Contact Energy Limited logo

Contact Energy FY26 Result: A year of delivery

Full Year Results9 August 2026CENUtilities

Contact Energy Limited Level 2 Harbour City Tower, 29 Brandon Street, Wellington 6011 | PO Box 10742, Wellington 6143
P: +64 4 499 4001 | W: contactenergy.co.nz

10 August 2026



Contact Energy FY26 Result: A year of delivery



Twelve months ended 30

June 2026 (FY26)*

Twelve months ended 30 June

2025 (FY25)


Reported Against underlying

i


EBITDAF

ii

$1,011m ↑ 31% from $774m

Profit $423m ↑ 62% from $261m

Profit per share 41.5 cps ↑ 27% from 32.7 cps

Operating free cash flow

iii

$648m ↑ 49% from $434m

Operating free cash flow per share 64.0 cps ↑ 18% from 54.4 cps

Average ROIC

iv

5.9% ↑ 100bp from 4.9%

Total assets $10,661m ↑ 56% from $6,813m

Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) $145m ↑ 32% from $110m

Growth capital expenditure (cash) $375m ↑ 3% from $363m

* Includes Manawa from 11 July 2025. Prior period does not include Manawa.

Strategic highlights

• Completed Manawa acquisition and integration; adding 2.4TWh renewable output in-year.

v


• Added new flexibility with first 100MW battery online. Started construction on another 200MW.

• Expanded flexible supply agreement to support NZ Steel’s electric arc furnace.

• Progressed construction of Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal and advanced Tauhara 2 drilling.

• Entered commissioning of Kōwhai Park solar. Confirmed Glorit solar investment.

• Secured consent for Southland Wind Farm with a pathway to supply NZAS potline 4.

• Contracted 50MW HFO to manage dry year risk and support security of supply.

• Entered All-of-Government gas supply agreement, for schools, hospitals and public entities.

• Supported 165,000 retail customers to take advantage of off-peak energy.

vi


• Launched The Good Initiative; more than 60 community groups supported.

Delivering financial performance through Manawa integration and renewable investment

Contact Energy has reported net profit of $423m in FY26 and operating earnings (EBITDAF) of

$1,011m. The period includes the acquisition of Manawa Energy from 11 July 2025, which

contributed to the uplift in earnings.


The improved operating result was driven by a significant lift in renewable output, up 2.9TWh

including PPAs, with total output 98% renewable in FY26. This reflected the addition of the

Manawa hydro assets and its contracted PPAs (wind and geothermal), which together

contributed 2.4TWh, along with a full period of generation at Contact’s new Te Huka 3

geothermal plant. Higher renewable output supported increased contracted sales.

With national hydro inflows in FY26 at 118% of mean, and New Zealand’s hydro storage ending

the period 135% of mean, market conditions contrasted sharply with those of FY25. Average

pricing on electricity sold was lower at $140/MWh, down 11% from $157/MWh in FY25, reflecting

the normalisation of market conditions from a challenging FY25. CFD sales were at lower prices,


Contact Energy Ltd

2

reflecting generation costs. Contact spent less on gas purchases and acquired generation, costs

of which were more expensive in FY25 when fuel was scarce.

The acquired Manawa irrigation business contributed to a lift in other income. In FY25 other

income was affected by losses on the sale of excess gas to Methanex. Operating costs reflected

the combined operations of Contact and Manawa. Cost-reduction synergies of $28m have been

secured on a run-rate basis, 100% of target, with $22m recognised in FY26 within other operating

costs.

“The 2026 financial year has been transformational for Contact, with the completion of the

Manawa acquisition and the welcoming of its people and assets. The strong performance of the

combined entity has set us up well as we move forward to execute the Contact31+ strategy,” said

Chief Executive, Mike Fuge.

Operating free cash flow of $648m was up 49% on FY25, driven by the acquisition, improved

operating performance and a positive movement in working capital. This was partly offset by

higher interest and tax paid and higher maintenance capex reflecting the larger asset base.

In February 2026, Contact raised $575m of new equity. This reduced net debt and will enable

Contact to advance the execution and potential upsizing of renewable energy projects which

would accelerate the Contact31+ strategy.

The Board declared a final dividend of 24 cents per share, taking the annual dividend declared

for FY26 to 40 cents per share. Shareholders will have the option to participate in Contact’s

dividend reinvestment plan at a two percent discount.

Supporting New Zealand’s security of energy supply

In FY26, Contact took pragmatic steps to support New Zealand’s security of energy supply both

for electricity and gas.

In August 2025 we entered into a 10-year agreement with Genesis for 50MW of Huntly Firming

Options (HFOs), mirroring Genesis’ agreements reached in parallel with Meridian and Mercury.

Collectively the agreements help keep Huntly’s Rankine units operational in the event of future

supply constraints in a dry year.

Contact has invested in two grid-scale batteries at Glenbrook near Auckland. The first 100MW

battery came online this March and construction started on a second 200MW battery in that same

month. The second battery is expected online in Q1 2028. This will take Contact’s installed

battery capacity to 300MW, enabling Contact to free up natural gas used in peak periods,

reallocating this to customers.

In September 2025, Contact signed an agreement with the Ministry of Business, Innovation and

Employment to supply gas to around 100 essential public services. The agreement, which runs

for the seven years from 1 October 2025, sees Contact supply around 2PJ of gas a year,

ensuring schools and hospitals have certainty of supply - and price. This was made possible by

the seven-year supply agreement reached in July 2025 with Greymouth Gas.

“Contact’s actions to secure gas for the medium term will support security of supply for essential

institutions like schools and hospitals, as well as Kiwi businesses and homes. This way we can

help them continue to operate and walk alongside them as they transition to a renewable energy

future,” said Mr Fuge.

Supporting customers backed by renewable growth

In line with its strategy to lead New Zealand’s renewable energy future, Contact continued

construction across its committed solar, geothermal and battery projects and has further

advanced development options from its 11TWh p.a. pipeline. Contact continues to work closely


Contact Energy Ltd

3

with existing and potential customers to align proposed future developments with their

requirements.

In August 2025, Contact entered a new 11-year 50MW supply agreement with major industrial

customer NZ Steel to cover periods of higher production from its new electric arc furnace. The

agreement for additional energy mirrors the structure of the 30MW off-peak deal reached in 2023,

giving NZ Steel long-term renewable energy supply for the ongoing operation of its wider

business.

“Long-term, flexible electricity supply solutions like these can work for a wide range of customers

looking for reliable, renewable energy; all while supporting security of supply,” said Mr Fuge.

Contact continues to extend its advantage as New Zealand’s geothermal leader, with

construction well progressed at the Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal development. The plant is

scheduled to be online in Q3 CY2027 and will deliver baseload renewable generation to partly

replace output from the 1950s-built Wairakei geothermal station. At Tauhara, pre-FID drilling has

been underway to advance steamfield development for the proposed Tauhara 2 geothermal

plant.

Commissioning is underway on the Kōwhai Park solar farm built through Contact’s joint venture

with Lightsource bp. The joint venture’s second project, the Glorit solar farm, reached financial

close in June. The summer-weighted generation from these solar farms is well suited to support

the ~0.5TWh p.a. of dairy electrification load that Contact has under contract.

“Since 2021, Contact has maintained a continuous infrastructure build programme, with $2.4

billion committed to renewable projects in the last five years. Our investment has helped to bring

the market back into supply and demand balance. Long-dated futures prices have reduced by

around 30% since the start of the year, currently at the lower end of our view of long-run

wholesale prices,” said Mr Fuge.

In April, consent was granted for Contact’s proposed Southland Wind farm; expected to deliver

an average annual output of more than 1.2TWh. Contact has signed a letter of intent with Rio

Tinto for a PPA to support the potential restart of 50MW line 4 potline at NZAS, new demand that

would be backed by generation at Southland Wind. Contact has also further advanced its

process to identify a strategic wind partner for its extensive wind pipeline.

Contact has today separately announced that it is working together with CDC Data Centres

(CDC) to explore a potential data centre development at Stratford, Taranaki. For details see the

release “Contact partners with CDC to explore data centre development”.

Leading the energy transition at home

Total retail connections reached more than 690,000 across electricity, gas, broadband and

mobile, up 50,000 on FY25. The continued focus on multi-product customer growth saw the

increase of around 15,000 in the period compared to FY25.

Supporting New Zealanders, Contact continued to see growth in its Time-of-Use products with

more than a third of customers on Good Plans that offer free, or discounted power in return for

shifting usage to off peak periods. Around 165,000 households are taking part, up from 144,000

last year. Since launching in August 2021, customers have received more than 403 million hours

of free power. We have expanded our Hot Water Sorter programme to 30,000 households, up

around 50% on last year, shifting 13GWh of electricity use out of peak periods in FY26.

Last winter, backed by $5m for FY26, Contact launched The Good Initiative, a grassroots

programme to support communities and customers in need. In its first year, Contact has

partnered with 60 community groups, covering the cost of energy, and provided more than

23,000 instances of support to New Zealand households and communities. Contact’s investment

in The Good Initiative will increase to $7.5m in FY27 to further support customers in need. Our


Contact Energy Ltd

4

partnership with Women’s Refuge continues with Contact providing free power and broadband to

all refuges and safehouses nationwide.

Outlook

Looking ahead, the next twelve months will see Contact advancing the execution of its

Contact31+ strategy, launched in November 2025.

“I have huge aspirations for New Zealand and the part the renewable energy economy must play

in creating jobs, building regional communities, powering manufacturing, attracting new industry,

and growing the country’s export earnings. We have a clear strategy, strong balance sheet and

the proven execution capability to see us lead New Zealand’s renewable energy future,” said Mr

Fuge.


1/ CONTACT DETAILS

Investor enquiries Media enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth Louise Wright

Head of Strategy and Investor Relations Head of Communications and Reputation

+64 27 227 2429 +64 21 840 313

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz media@contactenergy.co.nz


2/ CONFERENCE CALL

A conference call will be held at 11am NZDT on 10 August 2026 regarding Contact’s FY26

results announcement. If you would like to attend the live presentation, please see the details

below to view the webcast off your chosen device:

Click here to enter the webcast: LIVE EVENT LINK

Or access this link via our website: https://contact.co.nz/aboutus/investor-centre


i In FY25, the release of the Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M.

These impacts have been removed from underlying performance. All variances reflect year-on-year changes in underlying performance.

ii

Refer to slide 46 of the FY26 results presentation for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP performance

measure earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment and write-offs, and changes in fair value of

financial instruments (EBITDAF).

iii

Refer to Note A3 of the 2026 Full Year financial statements for a definition and reconciliation between cash flow from operating activities and

the non-GAAP measure operating free cash flow. Operating free cash flow represents cash available to repay debt, to fund distributions to

shareholders and growth capital expenditure.

iv Refer to slide 19 of the FY26 results presentation for a definition of average return on invested capital (ROIC).

v

Includes 0.8TWh renewable output acquired through long-term Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs).

vi As at 30 June 2026.

---

1
1

2026 full year results

presentation

10 August 2026

Twelve months ended 30 June 2026

2
Disclaimer and important information

This presentation contains summary information and statements about Contact and its

businesses and activities as at the date of this presentation. The information is not held

out as being complete or exhaustive, nor does it contain all the information which a

prospective investor may require in evaluating a possible investment in Contact.

While all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation, neither Contact

nor any of its directors, employees, shareholders nor any other person gives any

representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information or accepts any

liability for any errors or omissions.

Contact recommends that you read this presentation in conjunction with both its market

announcements and the materials attached to those announcements, and in particular

the market announcements and materials itreleased on the date of this presentation.

These are available on the NZX website (at www.nzx.com), ASX website (at

www.asx.com.au) and on Contact's website (www.contact.co.nz).

This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to a

variety of matters. All such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,

significant uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which

are outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of

Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or

implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only

as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation (including the

NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no obligation to

update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances that occur

subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current any of the

information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in

the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income and performance) are

based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information available as of the date

of this presentation.

EBITDAF, free cash flow, operating free cash flow and return on invested capital are

financial measures that are “non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial

information” under Guidance Note 2017: ‘Disclosing non-GAAP financial information’

published by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, “non-IFRS financial

information” under ASIC Regulatory Guide 230: ‘Disclosing non-IFRS financial

information’ and “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Regulation G

under the U.S. Exchange Act of 1934.

Such financial information and financial measures (including EBITDAF, free cash flow

and operating free cash flow) do not have standardised meanings prescribed under New

Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”),

Australian Accounting Standards (“AAS”) or International Financial Reporting Standards

(“IFRS”) and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by

other entities, and should not be construed as an alternative to other financial measures

determined in accordance with NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRS accounting practice) measures.

Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is

provided in the supporting material.

This presentation does not constitute legal, financial, tax, accounting, investment or other

advice. Further, this presentation does not constitute a recommendation or offer of

financial products for subscription, purchase or sale, or an invitation or solicitation for

such offers, and may not be relied on in connection with any purchase of a Contact

security. Any person who is considering an investment in Contact should obtain

independent professional advice prior to making an investment decision, and should

make their investment decision having regard to their own objectives, financial situation,

circumstances and needs.

Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.

All references to $ are New Zealand dollar unless stated otherwise.

Alltrademarks, service marks andcompany namesare thepropertyoftheir respective

owners. All company, product and service names used in this presentation are for

identification purposes only. Use of these names, trademarks and brands does not imply

endorsement or that they are or will be customers of Contact and reflects public

announcements of intention only.

3
Agenda

FY26 Highlights

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

Financial results &

outlook

Strategy update

Matt Forbes

Chief Financial Officer

Supporting materials

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

Slides 4 to 9

Slides 10 to 22

Slides 23 to 29

Slides 31 to 51

4
FY26 highlights

Total shareholder return FY26

Continued representation within

DJ BIC Asia Pacific and MSCI indices

Delivering for

shareholders

Manawa acquisition completed

100%of the$28M identified

cost synergies secured (run-rate basis)

Manawa hydro and PPAs increased

renewable output by 2.4TWh in FY26

Generation at new Te Huka 3

geothermal plant 0.4TWhin FY26

Contracted 50MW Huntly Firming

Option for 10 years to manage dry

year risk, supporting security of supply

Delivering portfolio

change

Delivering renewable

energy growth

Delivering financial

performance

Delivering for

customers

Delivering for

the market

+9%

+37%

Renewable output YoY

renewable in FY26

3

98%

Financial close reached on Glorit solar

150MWac / 287GWh p.a.

Kōwhai Park solarin commissioning

150MWac / 275GWh p.a.

Glenbrook-Ohurua

100MW battery online and 200MW

battery under construction

+31%

+62%

NPAT $423M

up $162MYoY

EBITDAF

1

$1,011M

up $237M YoY

40cps

Total dividend

Average ROIC

2

5.9% up 100bpsYoY

+100bps

Commenced electricity supply to

NZ Steel’s new EAF

4

AoG

5

contract providing 2PJ

ofgas to core community assets

165khouseholds choosing

discounted or free off-peak energy

6

Contact Good Initiative $5M

supporting customers and communities

1. Refer to slide 46for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP profit measure earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments

(EBITDAF). FY25 EBITDAF is an underlying figure that excludes release of the AGS onerous contract provision that increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. |2ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) /

Average IC (4-year average). Refer toslide 19 for the operating free cash flow reconciliation and for the basis of calculation of return on invested capital. | 3. Renewable generation includes wind and geothermal PPA purchases but

excludes short-term acquired generation purchases e.g. fuel replacement via ASX which will reflect the renewable mix of the market | 4. Electric Arc Furnace (EAF). | 5. All of Government (AOG). | 6. As at 30 June 2026.

5
New Zealand electricity market was 93% renewable in FY26

Inflows & hydro:

Hydro inflows 118% of post market mean.

1

Total market renewable percentage was

93%

2

, the highest rate achieved since the

market was introduced.

Network and transmission

pressures continue:

Lines cost increases

from 1 April 2025.

8

Demand returns:

Demand was robust, up ~3% on FY25,

~1% normalised for NZAS

6

demand

response.

7

Gas production continues to decline:

2P Gas production forecast for 2027

is down 24% compared to the

same forecast last year.

9

High inflows, energy storage and record renewable generation have led to subdued pricing

1. Source: NZX Hydro. |2. Source: EMI. | 3. Source: Electricity Authority. Generation output by plant. | 4. AhuroaGas Storage Facility (AGS). |5. Source: ASX.Change in ASX Settlement prices at Otahuhu for Q3 2026 from 31

December 2025 to 30 June 2026. | 6. New Zealand Aluminium Smelters Ltd. On 1 July 2024, responding to dry market conditions, Meridian called on its demand response contract with NZAS resulting in operations being

turned down and demand for electricity being reduced temporarily in 1H25. | 7. Source: EMI and Contact. | 8. Source: Commerce Commission. From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network

charges began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10-$25 per month on average (depending on region and usage profile). |9. Source: MBIE electricity & gas data.

ASX futures soften:

Winter 2026 pricing fell by more than

60% over 2H FY26, reflecting high energy

storage.

5

Longer-term futures pricing fell 27% over

2H FY26,

2

with the market moving into

supply / demand balance on the back of

renewable generation investment.

Energy storage:

FY26 ended with hydro lakes at 135% of

mean

3

, gas storage (AGS

4

) close to full, and

the Genesis coal stockpile at 1,189kt (up

70% on prior year), all contributing to low

fuelling risk for winter 2026.

Market update

6
▪NZAS now operating on long-

term supply contracts coupled

with demand response.

▪1TWhof committed dairy

electrification projects to be

supported by summer-

weighted generation.

▪NZ Steel’s Electric Arc Furnace

backed by shaped supply

contract.

▪Market and regulatory settings

have evolved alongside the

energy transition.

oNon-discrimination

obligations and super-peak

market making have been

implemented.

oEnhanced EA enforcement

and regulatory powers have

been introduced.

▪NZAS demand response

mechanisms in place for dry

year support.

▪Huntly Firming Options

signed to support dry year

capacity.

▪Strategic coal reserve and

stored gas and hydro.

▪Fast Track consenting

regime now operating.

▪New renewable generation

added 4TWh over the last

five years (BCG).

1

▪Electricity market reached

93% renewable in FY26.

▪Industry-wide focus on energy

wellbeingconsumer care and

reducing barriers to access.

▪Disconnections viewed as last

resort.

▪No disconnection or

reconnection fees (Contact).

▪In FY26 Contact Good Initiative

provided ~$5M of customer

and community support.

The market has adapted for the energy transition

Investing at

pace in

renewable

energy

Managing fuel

security and dry

year risk

Enhancing

market

settings

Supporting

energy

wellbeing

Sector investment, customer innovation and market settings have all advanced as New Zealand has progressed through the energy

transition

▪RMA Reform: Planning and

Environment Bills expected to

pass by end of year.

▪~3TWh of generation either

committed or under

construction and expected to

come online by 2027.

2

▪Consultation to conclude in 2026 on MBIE’s proposed Winter

Reliability Obligation framework.

▪Potential to extend HFO for further dry year support.

▪Potential for right-sized LNG import terminal to enhance fuel

diversity.

▪Potential for diesel storage as an additional strategic reserve.

▪Contact advocating for a

market-wide obligation to

connectto further lift energy

wellbeing outcomes.

▪$7.5M committed through

Contact Good Initiative in

FY27 to support customers

and communities.

Delivered

Looking ahead

Innovating for

industrial and

commercial

customers

▪Potential reopening of NZAS

Line 4 potline at Tiwai Point.

▪Continued dairy

electrification, aligned to

summer load.

▪Estimated New Zealand data

centre capacity of up to

~725MW by 2035 (Invest NZ).

3

1. Boston Consulting Group. Energy to Grow: Securing New Zealand’s Future (2025). ​| 2. Company announcements and Contact’s analysis. ​| 3. Invest New Zealand, Data and AI infrastructure Report (2026). Data

based on base case scenario.

Market update

7
Renewable investment programme continues

Glenbrook-Ohurua

Battery 2

200MW / 400MWh

Target online Q1 CY28

Target IRR >10% at FID

3

Te Mihi Stage 2

Geothermal

101MW / ~840GWh p.a.

(~200GWh net uplift)

4

Target online Q3 CY27

Target IRR ~10% at FID

3

Glorit

Solar

150MWac / 287GWh p.a.

Target online Q4 CY28

Target IRR >12% at FID

2

Te Mihi Stage 2

•Construction underway.

Earthworks began March 2026.

•Battery packs under

construction with lithium price

locked in second half 2025.

•Steamfieldseparator, heat

exchangers and turbines for the

first unit installed. Cooling

tower nearcomplete.

•Delays being incurred in

equipment delivery, in part due

to global shipping constraints.

•Target online remains Q3 CY27.

•Financial close reached in

June 2026.

•Early works underway.

•Notice to proceed issued to

EPC contractor.

1. Total construction cost over the life of the projects including joint venture and project financing (solar). | 2.Target Contact IRR includes joint venture returns and margin on acquired generation. Return on

acquired generation will ultimately depend on sales channel and market conditions. | 3. Representing target ungeared project IRRs. | 4. Indicative average uplift from new generation accounting for the planned

partial closure of Wairakei geothermal station.

Glenbrook-Ohurua

Battery 2

Glorit

Auckland

Wellington

Strategy delivery

Current projects under construction represent ~$1.3b of investment

1

, ~0.5TWh of net new generation

Under construction:

Kōwhai Park

In commissioning

Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 1

Online Mar 2026

Te Huka 3

Online Dec 2024

Tauhara

Online May 2024

Recent projects –Continuous build programme since 2021:

+275GWh p.a.

+100MW / 200MWh+430GWh p.a.+1,450GWh p.a.

8
Benefits from Manawa integration realised

Strategy delivery

An $84M uplift has been secured in FY27, excluding benefits from generation normalisation, 35% higher than the long-run benefit

indicated at deal announcement

22

28

FY26FY27

Opex synergies delivered,$M (in-year)

Integration benefits secured, FY27

1

100%

of identified cost

synergies have been

secured at $28M

(FY26 exit run-rate basis)

$23M to $28M

targeted at deal

announcement

EBITDAF

uplift $M

Change

$/MWhGWh

2652500Mercury volume resold to C&I and CFD channels

2

4450869Mercury volume shifted to ASX-linked pricing

3

(14)(22)640Mercury wind PPA repricing

56Net repricing benefit

28Cost synergies achieved (FY26 exit run-rate)

84Total uplift

Integration benefits of

$84M

secured for FY27

(excluding generation normalisation)

1

+35%

on long-run expected

benefits indicated at deal

announcement

Legacy Manawa development options Huriwaka

(wind), Kaihiku(wind)

4

and Argyle (solar) are being

actively advanced.

Together they represent potential to contribute

2.1TWh p.a. of output.

5

Development pipeline advanced

1. Benefits have been illustrated excluding generation normalisation as this can be expected to fluctuate year on year with hydrology and wind conditions. | 2. Indicative price change reflects a mix of FY27

channel pricing of $168/MWh for C&I (net price) and $155/MWh for CFD, which are 95% and 98% sold respectively. Compared to fixedprice in FY26. Includes portfolio benefit of $16M givenContact’s ability

to sell 300GWh of Manawa generation that would previously be held as a risk buffer.| 3. Repriced with reference to ASX. As at publication, ~97% of FY27 repricing is confirmed. Compared to fixed price in

FY26. | 4. Kaihikuis a 50:50 JV with Pioneer Energy. | 5. All development options remain subject to FID. Pending appropriate market conditions and projects meeting returns thresholds.

9
Contact has delivered on the FY26 plan

​FY26 operational plan

▪Multi-product customers >156k (up from 149k).

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

​Strategic theme

Impressive delivery of the strategic targets outlined at the start of the year

Manawa

integration

In-year benefits target:

▪Targeting net price up by ~2%.

Exit run-rate benefits target:

1. Cumulative measure, shown on a total contracted basis. | 2. Total retail operating costs (direct and indirect) / average connections. Includes customer acquisition costs. This is $113 per connection based on

closing connections.| 3. This is a through-the-cycle measure. Actual result will be impacted by hydrology, fuel and other market conditions. | 4. Based on the sale of 300GWh risk management buffer at a blend of

FY27 CFD and C&I pricing. Refer to slide 8 for detail.

▪Cost to serve <$116/connection.

2

​FY26 achieved

▪Opex reduction $10M to $20M.

▪Portfolio benefits $5M.

3

▪Opex reduction $22M to $25M.

▪Portfolio benefits $10M to $20M.

3

Multi-product customers 165k.

Net price target exceeded.

Cost to serve $117per connection.

2

Opexreductionof $22Machieved in-year.

Portfolio benefits >$5M achieved in-year.

Portfolio benefits of $16M secured for FY27.

4

Exit run-rate achieved.

Opexreduction exit run-rate of $28Machieved.

▪Close TCC gas generation plant late CY25.

▪Sustained New Zealand leadership position in the Asia Pacific DJSI.

▪Scope 1 & 2 emissions <650ktCO

2

e.

TCC closed, at end-of-life, after 30 years in service.

FY26 Scope 1 & 2 CO2e of 319kt (gross).

Contact maintained in the Dow Jones Best-in-Class Asia

PacificIndex(formerlyAsia Pacific DJSI).

▪Achieve FID for CO

2.

Grow

Demand

▪New demand facilitated since FY21 to reach >250MW.

1

▪At least 50% of new demand contracted in-year structured

with favourable shape (considering load and generation).

The CO

2

project is under development with active technology

trials underway.

New demand facilitated since FY21 is 258MW of which 157MW is

currently operational. Additional 101MW expected online in FY27.

New in-year demand contracted in FY26 of ~28MW of which

26MW issummer-weighted.

▪Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 1 online Q1 CY26.

Grow

renewable

development

Subject to market conditions and obtaining consents, achieve FID on:

▪Consents lodged on at least 2 renewable development projects.

▪Kōwhai Park solar online Q2 CY26.

▪Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal on track for online Q3 CY27.

▪Solar (e.g. Glorit, Argyle); and/or

▪Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 2 (200MW).

Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 1 online in March 2026.

Te Mihi Stage 2 on track to be online for Q3 CY27.

Kōwhai Park in commissioning, expected online Q3CY26.

Lodged for Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 2 and Stratford hybrid-solar.

FID achieved (Glorit). Reached financial close in June 2026.

FID achieved. Construction underway.

Strategy delivery

10
Financial results

and outlook

11
Twelve months ended

30 June 2025 (FY25)

1

Twelve months ended 30

June 2026 (FY26)

1

Against underlying

2

Reported

3% from $3,306M↓$3,206MRevenue

3

31% from $774M↑$1,011MEBITDAF

4

900bps from 23%↑32%EBITDAF margin

62% from $261M↑$423MProfit

27% from 32.7c↑41.5cProfit per share

49% from $434M↑$648M

Operating free cash

flow

5

18% from 54.4c↑64.0c

Operating free cash

flow per share

5

100bps from 4.9%↑5.9%Average ROIC

18% from $355M↑$419MDividend declared

3% from 39.0c↑40.0c

Dividend declared per

share

32% from $110M↑$145M

Stay-in-business(SIB)

capital expenditure

(cash)

3% from $363M↑$375M

Growth capital

expenditure (cash)

6

Summary of key financial performance measures

Strong result with $1,011M EBITDAF reflecting investments in

renewable generation

1. Includes Manawa from 11 July 2025. Prior period does not include Manawa. | 2. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. These impacts

have been removed from underlying performance. All variances and commentary reflect year-on-year changes in underlying performance. | 3. Revenue figures align with the treatment of realised movements in

financial instruments within the segment note of the financial statements.| 4. FY26 EBITDAF was$1,037M excluding Manawa transaction and integration costs of $26M. Refer to slide 46for a definition and

reconciliation of profit to EBITDAF. | 5. Refer to slide 19 for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow. | 6. Includes capitalised interest.

Delivering on the benefits of

the Manawa acquisition with

100% of cost synergies

delivered: $22M in-year

($28M run-rate basis)

TCC closureand reduction

in gas generation (down

79% on FY25)

Increasing sales to major users

in the long-term inflation-

protected, strategic fixed price

sales channel

Manawa acquisition added

2.4TWh of additional volume

in-year from hydro generation

and PPA contracts

Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 1

online, shifting 11GWh of

volume in the first 3 months

of operating

Key themes from the results

Record performance

reflecting greater scale

from renewable

development and the

Manawa acquisition

12
Profit, $M

EBITDAF up $237M (31%) on FY25 (underlying), reflecting the Manawa acquisition and increase in renewable generation

Profit of $423M for FY26

EBITDAF, $M

Prior period gas

and acquired

generation prices

were elevatedby

short-term

Methanex gas,

NZAS demand

response and fuel

scarcity

conditions.

Combination of

higher channel

pricing and a mix

shift between

strategic and

retail channels.

Renewables up

with the addition

of Manawa

generation,

normalisation of

hydro output, and

a full year of Te

Huka 3.

This now includes

Manawa irrigation

income.

Prior period

included losses on

sale of excess

Methanex gas.

4

3

1

FY26 results

FY25

EBITDAF

1

1. Renewables

2. Net

volume

2

Higher contracted

sales volumes

underpinned by

higher generation

and Manawa

contracted sales

acquired as part of

the transaction.

6

3. Long Term

channel

pricing

5.Gas, carbon

and acquired

generation

price

6.Other

income

122

88

40

51

103

98

774

-21

-32

-8

-106

872

225

-114

1,011

4.Market

channel

pricing

Hydro conditions

led to a

normalisation of

CFD prices. These

were elevated in

FY25 as risk

management

contracts reflected

challenging

market conditions.

5

7

7.Fixed

operating

costs

Manawa fixed costs,

inflation impacts, non-

recurrence of AGS

provision unwind benefit

and transaction and

integration costs

($8M higher than

prior period).

Partly offset by in-year

cost synergies and

productivity benefits.

FY25 profit

1

Net

interest

costs

EBITDAFDepreciation

& Amortisation

TaxChange in

FV of

financial

instruments

FY26 profitAsset

impairment

/ write-offs

FY26EBITDAF

AGS onerous contract release (pre-tax)

Acquired Manawa hydro (measured at GWAP)

Manawa transaction & integration costs

261

423

237

39

71

-21

-40

17

-8

-62

331

56

AGS onerous contract release (after-tax)

Realised change in FV of financial instruments

Unrealised change in FV of financial instruments

1. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. These impacts have been removed from underlying performance. All variances and commentary reflect

year-on-year changes in underlying performance.

32.7

41.5

Profit per

share, cps

13
Wholesale EBITDAF, $M

1

Retail EBITDAF,$M

Corporate / unallocated costs, $M

Operating performance by segment

EBITDAF up by $237M

Refer to slides 14 -16

Refer to slide 17

-49

-41

FY25

0

Electricity

Volumes

125

130

Electricity

Prices

17

Other

products

2

4

OpexFY26

+7

Electricity gross

margin

(-$6M)

Electricity

and

network

cost

inflation

Price

recovery

2.Other products includes retail gas and telco gross margins.

FY26 results: Segmental performance

1. Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAF.

EBITDAF is shown excluding a $98M provision release in FY25

(underlying EBITDAF).

3. Increase net of in-year synergies. | 4.Stats NZ CPI increase

over the 12 months to June 2026 plus wage inflation.

55

18

FY25

6

Transaction

&

Integration

Cost

Increase

9

Acquired

Manawa

corporate

costs

5

Inflation &

Non

Recurring

69

24

FY26

-73

-93

-20

4

Manawa transaction & integration

895

1,145

281

FY25

15

Generation

costs

(including

acquired

generation)

Total

contracted

revenue

15

Trading,

merchant

revenue

and losses

FY26

+250

3

14
Electricity generated or acquired, GWh

Generation volume rises significantly, reflecting greater scale and portfolio diversity

FY25FY26

Electricity generated or acquired costs, $M

Generation costs

FY26 results: Wholesale business

Gas and diesel

Acquired

Thermal

Renewable

Gas storage

1

Carbon costs

Electricity and gas

transmission and

levies

Other operating

costs

Generation volumes


Contribution from Manawa hydro assets and a normalisationof

hydro output led to a 53% increase (1,735 GWh) in hydro

generation. Despite high inflows, generation was ~718GWh below

Contact’s mean expectation for FY26 (5,750GWh) owing to a

period of spill in summer 2025.


Geothermal volumes were up 371GWh on FY25 (8%) supported

bya full period of TeHuka 3. This was partially offset by statutory

outages at Tauhara, TeHuka 3 and Wairakei.


Thermal generation supported Winter 2025, however, strong

hydro inflows and new renewables brought online in the last 18

months reduced the need for thermal with generation falling

859GWh, 79% year on year.


PPA purchases of827GWh in FY26 reflected wind and

geothermal PPAs acquired with Manawa.


Market acquired generation was purchased to cover geothermal

statutory outages and when spot prices were advantageous.

Totalvolume was up 223GWh on FY25. Costs were $84.4/MWh

lower than FY25 despite HFO premiums now being included.

Costs


Renewable generation costs were up $69M (46%) on FY25,

including $66M from hydro ($53M driven by operating new

stations).


Thermal generation costs were down $139M (-60%) on a lower

cost of gas per unit (FY25: $15.4/GJ, FY26: $13.9/GJ).

4,543

4,914

3,297

5,032

1,088

462

685

827

FY25

229

FY26

PPA purchases

Market acquired

Thermal

Hydro

Geothermal

9,390

11,687

134

197

149

37

218

41

233

143

94

27

122

61

203

26

31

122

80

123

8

Generation

type

14

Cost

type

11

Generation

type

Cost

type

511511

526

526

+15

88%

Renewable % of

own generation

98%

$54.40/MWh

$44.96/MWh

1. In FY25, gas storage costs included a $14.6 million provision unwind released

throughout the year.

Development

Market acquired

PPAs

15
601

657

169

307

471

312

146

361

4

5

-9

FY25

37

5

-12

FY26

Other net income

Steam sales

Strategic fixed price sales

CFD sales

C&I net price

Retail segment sales

C&I channel

and decarbonisation

support costs

1,386

1,666

+281

3,675GWh

$178.7/MWh

Contracted

revenue, $M

Diversified mix of long-term and ASX-linked sales channels

2,008GWh

$155.4/MWh

-14GWh

+$15.8/MWh

-289GWh

-$49.5/MWh

Contracted wholesale revenue increased in aggregate as Contact made

additional sales backed by the addition of the Manawa assets and PPAs.


Sales to the retail segment were down 14GWh as lower average customer

usage offset growth in customer connections during FY26. Pricing on sales

to retail increased by $15.8/MWh to $178.7/MWh, reflecting higher wholesale

electricity prices over recent years.


C&I channel sales were up 694GWh driven by growth in customer contract

volumes, including the addition of contracts acquired through the Manawa

transaction. Net Price increased $20.6/MWh reflecting contract repricing and

the inclusion of higher-priced contracted volumes acquired through

Manawa.


CFD sales volumes were down 289GWh as a greater proportion of

contracted sales were directed into strategic long-term channels and C&I

contracts. Hydro conditions led to a normalisationof CFD pricing, down

$49.5/MWh to $155.4/MWh. Prices were elevated in FY25 as risk

management contracts reflected challenging market conditions.


Strategic fixed price volumes were up 2,180GWh driven by the acquisition of

the long-term Mercury CFD from Manawa, a full year of Tauhara-linked

CFDs, increased sales to NZAS and the commencement of the NZ Steel

contract. Prices were up by $7.8/MWh as new long-term agreements better

reflect Contact's long-run view of electricity pricing.


Other income was $33M higherdue to the inclusion of irrigation net income

from Manawa (+$11M), non recurrence of gas sold at a loss in FY25 (+$14M)

and Peaker GT22 insurance proceeds ($12M).

Wholesale contracted revenue

1,864GWh

$164.7/MWh

+694GWh

+$20.6/MWh

FY26 results: Wholesale business

3,907GWh

$92.5/MWh

+2,180GWh

+$7.8/MWh

Year-on-year

changes to

volume and

price

FY26 volumes

and price

16
Trading EBITDAF, $MLong / short position, GWh

9.0%

($7.4/MWh)

1.5%

($1.2/MWh)

In FY26 high hydro inflows coupled with strong

wind conditions in 1H26 and the addition of new

renewable generation brought online in the last 12

months led to subdued spot prices. FY26

conditions were shaped by:


Elevated but highly concentrated hydro inflows

led to spill, reducing hydro output.


High wind conditions in 1H26 compounding the

increase in supply and adding to spill conditions.


Subdued wholesale spot prices throughout the

year.


A shift away from merchant exposure, to long-

term contracts.

Contact’s LWAP/GWAP spread fell to ~1% on the

back of revised portfolio dynamics following the

Manawa integration and geothermal build, very

low spot prices, and improved FTR

1

outcomes. This

resulted in a very low absolute LWAP / GWAP

spread, significantly reducing Contact's LWAP /

GWAP losses.

Trading revenue

Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when

the spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact

generation.

LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price

differences between where electricity is

generated and purchased.

Wholesale trading and merchant revenue

$80.4MWh

Spot purchases and

sell CFD settlement

Spot sales and buy

CFD settlement

Merchant generation

100

19

-80

-14

FY25FY26

20

5

507

8,883

-8,883

FY25

11,464

-11,464

FY26

507

234

234

FY26 results: Wholesale business

LWAP/GWAP

losses

$197.9MWh

Trading EBITDAF reflected reduced merchant exposure and subdued wholesale spot prices

1. Financial Transmission Rights(FTRs).

17
1

Retail business performance

EBITDAF, $M

Retail EBITDAF up $7M despite higher energy and lines costs, supported by Gas and Telco margin growth and 50k connection growth

VarianceFY26FY25

Revenue & Tariff

,

$M

Tariff$MTariff$M$M

+$38/MWh128$350/MWh1,2071,079

Electricity revenue

-$2/GJ95$47/GJ198103

Gas revenue

-$1/connection16$71/cn117101

Telco revenue

-347

Other income

2371,5271,290

Total revenue

$134$129

Cost to serve/customer

1

666k633k

Average connections

$117$116

Opex per connection

1. Reflects total operating costs (direct and indirect) less customer acquisition costs / closing customers. | 2. Retail connections and customers only, excludes Simply Energy.Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of

Goods (Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and telco). | 3. Input costs shown per MWh at the GXP. | 4. From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges began to take effect,

increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month on average (depending on region and usage profile). Costs are increasing annually.

13

17

18

33

-11

-16

-74

-78

4

FY25

3

FY26

Other

Gas GM

Electricity GM

Telco GM

Other operating

expenses

-49

-41

FY26 results: Retail business

FY26

Gas

642

692

FY25

445

148

465

437

415

124

79

Customers

Telco

Electricity

73

Closing customers & connections

2

, ‘000s

$181/MWh$164/MWh

Energy cost

3

$153/MWh$132/MWh

Networks,

meters and

levies

3

Retail EBITDAF increased by $7M on FY25 largely due tostrong

growth in Gas and Telco margins, partially offset by high wholesale

prices and rising distribution costs:


+$130M increase in electricity input costs, which were not fully

passed through to customers.


The average Retail electricity tariff increased by +12% reflecting

widespread retail price rises to partially offset higher wholesale

costs and full recovery of lines cost increases.


Around 90% of customers received a price increase in the last 12

months.

Cost pressures on the lines component of the tariff are expected to

remain as the increased costs of transmission and distribution

infrastructure continue to be incurred.

4

Moderating wholesale prices are expected to lower the electricity

component over time.

Connections grew strongly throughoutFY26, particularly through

Telcoand Time of Use (ToU) electricity Good plans, with a focus on

multi-product customers.


Total connections +50k on FY25with Telco up 24k and Energy

up 26k.


Multi-product customers up 10% on FY25, driven by strong

Telco product attachment alongside ToUGood plans growth.

Opex–increased by $1/connection, largely driven by wage

inflation,partially offset by increased connections, and productivity

improvements through continued growth in digitised interactions.

18
Other operating cost movement FY26, $M

FY26 movement commentary

Manawa acquired opex


$93M Manawa related opexfrom FY25 Manawa financial statements

($117M) excluding one-off bad debt for Prime Energy (-$7M),

transaction costs (-$7M) and transmission costs which Contact

includes in gross margin (-$10M).

Base movement and headwinds


$9M general inflation of 3.1% impacting operating costs. These have

been seen across all cost categories including labour cost.


$2M increase in bad debts over Retail mass market and C&I segment

with Kiwi Crunch liquidation.

Synergies & productivity delivered


$22M from Manawa related synergy delivered within FY26.


$2M related to continued efficiency from Retail cost to serve.

Growth


$2M incremental costs with TeHuka 3 online vs prior year.


$2M incremental investment related to retail connection growth.

Manawa transaction and integration related costs


$8M additional transaction and integration related costs incurred

with transaction related costs up $3M and integration costs up $5M.

Operating costs increase on inflation and growth

FY26 results: Operating costs

93

24

26

276

FY25Manawa

acquired opex

9

2

General

inflation and

headwinds

Synergies and

productivity

4

GrowthFY26

underlying

Manawa

transaction

and

integration

costs

FY26 reported

11

361

387

FY26 Manawa transaction and integration costs

FY25 Manawa transaction and integration costs

General inflation (3.1%)

Headwind & non-recurring costs

11

16

FY26 BAUInflation

4

GrowthSynergies &

productivity

FY27 BAU

361

360

Expected other operating cost movement FY27

1

, BAU $M

18

1. BAU opexwill exclude SaaS implementation and Manawa integration costs.

19

Higher EBITDAF on FY25 (underlying), as detailed on slide 12.


Working capital change was a positive $20M impact to OpFCF(vs. negative $35M in FY25), mainly due to a

reduction in carbon unit inventory reflecting changes in thermal generation.


Tax paidwas $13M higher,reflecting the addition of provisional tax payments for Manawa and KCE groups,

offset by a lower FY25 final tax payment that is paid during FY26.


Interest paid, net of capitalisedinterest, rose by $45M. Linked to increased borrowing in support of the

Manawa acquisition.


FY26 stay-in-business (SIB) capital expenditure includes previous accelerated programme ($14M),

geothermal and hydro enhancement projects and integration ($12M), Wairakei extension ($21M) and risk-

rated and improvement projects ($98M).

Comparison

against FY25

12 months

ended

30 June

2026

12 months

ended

30 June 2025

$237M


$1,011M

$774MEBITDAF

$55M


$20M

($35M)Workingcapital changes

($13M)


($119M)

($106M)Taxpaid

($45M)


($122M)

($77M)Interest paid, net of interest capitalised

($35M)


($145M)

($110M)SIBcapital expenditure

$15M


$3M

($12M)Non-cash items includedin EBITDAF

$213M


$648M

$434MOperating free cash flow

9.6 c↑64.0 c54.4 cOperating free cash flow per share

up 900bps↑64%55%Cash conversion (OpFCF /EBITDAF)

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

Cash conversion higher driven by strong EBITDAF growth and reduced value of fuel inventory

Cash flow and capital expenditure

Sources and uses of cash, $M

FY26 results: Cash flow

20017496251

NOPAT, $M

1. NOPAT is calculated as annual EBIT less tax (tax includes annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year as aproxy for cash tax paid). Invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing

balance of: net working capital (adjusted to remove current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50M) +non-current assets (adjusted to remove non-current derivatives). The ROIC calculation includes

movement in the AGS provision for FY23, FY24 and FY25. | 2. ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) / Average IC (4-year average). | 3.ROIC (FY) is calculated as Annual NOPAT (FY) / Average IC (FY).

648

387

575

375

121

358

253

18

4

47

Sources

3

Uses

1,3951,395

Cash Accumulated

Net debt drawdown

OpFCF

Dividend re-invested

(DRP)

Sale of asset

Strategic investments / acquisitions

Growth investment

Dividends paid

Realised losses on market derivatives

Financing costs

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3.7%

3.7%

3.3%

3.7%

4.9%

5.9%

ROIC (average)

2

ROIC (FY)

3

475

Net operating profit after taxes (NOPAT) / Invested capital (IC)

1

Average IC, $M

4,482

4,518

4,874

5,349

5,670

7,412

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

Equity raise

557

20
Approach and FY26 highlights

•Contact’s capital management strategy is

anchored to maintaining an investment grade

credit rating, which is supported by a net debt

to EBITDAF sustainably below 3.0x. At FY26

year-end, the point estimate of net debt to

EBITDAF was 2.1x.

•During FY26, Contact issued an inaugural

€500m European Medium Term Note (EMTN).

This debt was certified against the Green

Bond Principles under Contact’s Sustainable

Finance framework and supported the

funding of the Manawa acquisition.

•Contact repaid the $14M of remaining NEXI

export credit facility and $88M US Private

Placement debt (USPP) early in April and May

2026 respectively and closed out the related

cross currency swaps.

Looking ahead

•The first reset date of the Capital Bond issued

in 2021 is approaching in November 2026.

Contact intends to redeem the bonds at this

reset date and issue a replacement in line with

market expectations.

Post the $575M February equity raise and debt consolidation, Contact is well positioned to advance investments aligned with Contact31+

Closing net debt, $M

Face value of borrowings less cash

Interest rate, %

Weighted average gross interest

1

on average borrowings

Net debt to EBITDAF, X

Includes S&P adjustments

2

Borrowing maturities, $M

Average tenor of 7.2 years as at 30 June 2026

Streamlined balance sheet

1. Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included. | 2.Illustrated here on a point basis based on

expected S&P adjustments. See breakdown of S&P approach on slide 47.

774

1,025

1,831

2,314

21

-514

-766

-150

FY21

25

-168

FY22

49

1,474

-140

FY23

47

-229

FY24

50

FY25

63

2,905

FY26

645

882

1,383

1,649

1,850

2,202

Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand

250

350

434

435

1,011

225

250

150

350

FY27FY28

300

FY29FY30FY31FY32FY33FY52FY55

400

650

Undrawn bank facilities

Domestic bonds

Capital bonds

AMTN

EMTN

1.4

1.8

2.6

2.7

2.3

2.1

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

974

892

1,310

1,727

1,973

5.2%

FY21

5.4%

FY22

5.8%

FY23

6.1%

FY24

5.8%

FY25

5.2%

3,057

FY26

Average gross interestAverage gross debt

FY26 results: Key balance sheet metrics

21
Dividend for FY26 of 40 cents per share

•The final dividend of 24 cents per share is imputed up to 79% or 19 cents per share for qualifying shareholders.

•This takes the total FY26 dividend declared to 40cents per share, representing a pay-out of 65% of FY26

operating free cash flow and 114% of the average operating free cash flow over the preceding 4 financial years

(FY22-FY25).

•The record date is 18 August 2026; payment date is 23 September 2026.

•The NZD / AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends will be set on

25 August 2026.

Dividend per share for FY26 up 3% to 40cps

Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)

•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder elects to participate, they

will remain in the plan at the same participation level until they elect to terminate or amend their

participation level.

•A 2% discount will be offered for the FY26 final dividend and Contact will have the right to terminate or

suspend the plan at any time.

•Dividend reinvestment plan application forms must be in by 19August 2026 to confirm participation in the

plan.

•The trading period for setting the price for the DRP is 17 August 2026 to 21 August 2026. The DRP strike price

will be announced: 25 August 2026.

Ordinary dividends, $M

Declared

Final dividend

Interim dividend

% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow

35

35

37

39

83%

97%

68%82%

Operating free cash flow

Average operating free cash flow for the preceding four financial years

Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80-100% of average operating free cash flow

of the preceding four years. As the historic measure will not capture the operating free cash

flow contribution from Manawa within the history, the Board will apply discretion in the first

few years post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100%, so that it is not

constrained in delivering the expected DPS uplift. This has been the approach taken in FY26.

If the shares issued in FY26 as consideration for Manawa, the February 2026 equity raise, and

the acquisition of KCE are excluded, the dividend declared would represent a pay-out of 50%

of FY26 operating free cash flow and 89% of the preceding 4-year average.

326

261

FY22

333

266

82%

FY23

318

256

92%

FY24

352

282

101%

FY25

368

294

114%

FY26

330

282

➢Annual operating

free cash flow

100%

80%

Dividend level

as a % of preceeding

4yr operating fcf

164

165

181

227

260

109

109

110

128

159

FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

273

274

291

355

419

cps

424434

1. All dividend decisions are a matter for the Board at the conclusion of each reporting period. These align to the dividend policyand

are dependent on business and market conditions when each payment decision is made.

Dividend expectations

•Contact expects to lift the total dividend in FY27 to 42 cents per share.

1

‒On this basis, dividends in FY27-FY28 are expected to be imputed up to ~70%.

•Reliable ordinary dividends are expected to increase over time with growth in operating free cash flow.

Reflects 65% of FY26 operating free cash flow and 114% of the average operating free cash flow for the preceding four years

65%

648

40

22
Normalised and expected FY27 EBITDAF $1,045M

1

Assumptions based on mean hydrology and wind conditions

$299M$90/MWh3,335GWh

Strategic fixed

price

$367M$155/MWh2,370GWhCFDs

$335M$168/MWh1,995GWhC&I

$652M$171/MWh3,810GWhRetail

$116MOther income

4

$1,769M

-$0M$0/MWh5,850GWhHydro mean

-$11M$2.5/MWh4,635GWh

Geothermal

average

-$52M$178/MWh

5

291GWhThermal

-$102M$107/MWh950GWhRenewable PPAs

-$82M$193/MWh

6

x425GWhMarket acquired

-$247M

-$98MTransmission/Storage$56MLength

7

-$360MOpex BAU-$56MLocation losses

8

-$7MOpex –Integration costs

-$12MOpex –SaaS implementation cost

-$379MTotal Opex

-$477MTotal $0MTotal

* Fuel is natural gas, carbon and PPA costs.

2,324

46

Channel choices maximise

long term value

2

1

Net price

3

driven by

best commercial practices

2

x

=

FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY27

Fuel cost

Net Revenue

Trading

Fixed costs

Hydrology & Asset

availability optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel*

drives financials & risk position

Total

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

=

=

1,895

100

3,810

3,335

CFDs

C&I

Retail

Strategicfixed

$155/

MWh

$168/

MWh

$171/

MWh**

ContractedUncontracted

1,769

-247

-98

-360

0

1,045

-19

x

53

48

42

38

55

107

116116

152152152

42

40

35

45

80

94

135

68

50

Aug-

26

Sep-

26

Oct-

26

Nov-

26

31

Dec-

26

Jan-

27

Feb-

27

Mar-

27

Apr-

27

May-

27

Jun-

27

ASX Futures, $/MWh

At 23 Jul 2026

$90/

MWh

OTA monthly

OTA Quarterly

BEN Monthly

BEN Quarterly

1. Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability / capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro

refurbishments).| 2. All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP). | 3. Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh. | 4. Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin, irrigation and other

income. | 5. Gas price of $15/GJ, carbon price of $59/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (9.8GJ/MWh). | 6. Acquired generation price includes premiums paid for HFO and NZAS demand response. | 7. Length of 557GWh assumed. | 8.

Locational losses of 5.6% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $87/MWh.

=

Trading delivers value to

largely offset locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

Opex(BAU)

$M

** Retail volume contracted. Competitive risk remains on pricing achieved.Note: All figures are subject to rounding.

GWh:

=

=

Integration & Saas

implementation

23
Strategy

update

​Empowered
people and leaders

​Unite our people behind

Contact31+ and develop NZ’s

best energy leaders

​Relationships with

our stakeholders

​Maintain enduring trust with

stakeholders, investing for secure, affordable

renewable energy while upholding our

environmental commitment

​Productivity

​Drive disciplined growth by

simplifying processes and

deploying automation

​Tech advantage

​Establish a distinctive edge in

data and AI on a simplified and

secure technology platform

​Extend our advantage as

NZ’s geothermal leader

​Scale on high-quality existing fields,

explore new options, and continue to

improve our cost-leadership position​

​Build into new demand

with wind and solar

​Deliver lowest-cost diversified wind

and rapidly deploy solar, anchored on

long-term industrial partnerships​

​Lead the energy

transition at home

​Empower our customers to shift

energy use, while making every

interaction easy and personal

​Lead on new flexibility in NZ

​Accelerate batteries, build advantage in

hydro flex and maintain gas flex,

optimising our portfolio in real time​​

​Strategic pillars

​Leading New Zealand’s renewable energy future

​Values

Performance edge​Own the future​Brave humility

Underpinned by continued operational excellence across our diverse and resilient portfolio

​Enablers

24

25
Contact31+ is anchored on building renewables in

connection with long-term industrial partnerships

Data Centres

Metals

Electrification of dairy

Opportunities for new electricity demand exist at scale across key sectors

Tangata whenua

relationships

Environmental

stewardship

Grid / network

connectivity

Fuel flexibility

management

Local government

engagement

Sustainable business

practices

Planning and project

governance

Energy firming and

resilience

Community

involvement

Consenting

processes

Local contracting

relationships

Flexible load

contracting

Dairy decarbonisation could see

1.8 –4.6TWh

2

of new demand

Opportunities totalling 4 –6TWh

1

from

existing and proposed sites

Announced metals projects could add

>600GWh

3

of new demand

Enabling capabilities:

Contact can draw on its deep set of enabling capabilities to support customer energy transition and growth

1. Based on ~185MW total capacity at existing sites, with ~15% average 2025 utilisationestimated, and the disclosed, uncommitted pipeline capacity across major existing and potential large operators. | 2. Includes

known and committed biomass and electricity conversions. Upper bound is based on manufacturing and fuel use disclosure in Fonterra’s FY25 Climate Statement. Suitability for electrification to be confirmed. It is

expected a portion of load from shifting dairy manufacturing away from coal will go to biomass. | 3. Includes NZ Steel’s Electric Arc Furnace and the potential reopening of NZAS Line 4 potline. The consented

National Green Steel EAF presents further upside.

26
Total uncommitted generation pipeline of 11TWh+,

provides optionality to meet demand as it materialises

We are advancing 4TWh+ of development options, to be

anchored on long-term industrial partnerships

Huriwaka

250MW | 890GWh

Southland wind

>325MW | 1,210GWh

Te Mihi Stage 3

Up to 100MW | 830GWh

1

(Up to ~300GWh net uplift)

2

Tauhara 2

50 –70MW | 415 –580GWh

Stratford BESS

200MW | 400MWh

Argyle

80MWac | 180GWh

Stratford Solar (hybrid)

150MWac | 312GWh

1. Ultimatesize is subject to additional consented mass-take. | 2. Represents potential net uplift in output after accounting for the planned closure of the Wairakei geothermal station. | 3. Fluidtake is partially

consented. Ultimate size is dependent on additional land access and consented mass-take. |4. TeMihi Stage 3 is included on a net uplift basis.

Consent granted

In Fast-Track

Contact31+ priority

development options,

representing ~4TWh of

net new renewable output

And can draw additional projects from our 11TWh+ total pipeline as customer needs evolve

Tauhara 3

Up to 100MW | 830GWh

3

High priority proposed

Contact31+ growth

projects subject to FID

Future development

pipeline options

under assessment

​11

Solar

Geothermal

4

Wind

0.5

0.7

​Renewable generation development pipeline options, TWh

​4

​7

​7TWh

​4TWh

27
A pathway is in place for NZAS to act as long-term customer

underpinning Contact’s 1TWh+ Southland Wind Farm

Electricity stats

Up to

55 Turbines

>325MW

total capacity

Average annual output expected to be

>1,210GWh

Non-binding letter of intent (LOI) signed with Rio Tinto for a PPA to

support the potential restart of 50MW Line 4 potline at NZAS.

Consent approved April 2026.

Specialised infrastructure

advisor, Mafic, appointed to run

identification and selection

process for a strategic partner for

Contact’s extensive wind pipeline.

We have engaged a shortlist of credible wind partners.

Project updates

Contact is advancing strategic partner identification and targeting mid-2027 for Final Investment Decision

28
High-capacity fibre connection

Solar and battery development options

Available transmission capacity

Diverse high-capacity fibre,

both terrestrial and subsea,

provides connection to

Auckland where New

Zealand’s international

cables land.

350MW transmission capacity

available within 1-2 years with

minimal substation work.

600MW expected to be

available within 2-3 years

following planned upgrades.

3

150MWac / 312GWh p.a. solar

farm in consenting, with DC

coupled batteries potentially

providing up to 750MWh

storage.

2

500MW grid-scale battery

capacity consented.

Land owned and under option

Existing site complemented

by significant adjacent land

options.

Able to support scalable

renewable and load growth

opportunities.

Long-term member of the community

50 years operating in the

Stratford community.

Long-standing relationships

with local stakeholders

including councils and

tangatawhenua.

1. IT / compute load of 250MW. Approximately 350MW total load including ancillary load at peak times (subject to final design). | 2. Based on batteries with 5-hour duration. | 3. BCG analysis based on Transpower

data and disclosures.

Following the March 2026 closure of Contact’s Taranaki Combined Cycle baseload gas plant (TCC), Contact is taking steps

to leverage the unique combination of site resources and support growth in the Taranaki region

Contact and CDC will seek resource consent for a 250MW data centre

1

. It would be supported by co-located battery

storage development. Current activities focus on consenting, site and infrastructure design, customer engagement

and development planning.

Contact has partnered with CDC to explore data centre

development at its highly strategic Stratford site

Existing generation

The operation of Contact’s

existing 200MW fast-start

gas peaking assets at

Stratford is not impacted

by the data centre concept.

.

29
​Extend our advantage

as New Zealand’s geothermal leader

​Build into new demand with

wind and solar

​Lead the energy transition at home

​Lead on new flexibility in

​New Zealand

​Strategic pillars

​FY27 pillar targets

•Te Mihi Stage 2 on track (for delivery FY28)

•Tauhara 2 FID taken

1

•Tauhara 3 option progressed

•0.5TWh industrial energy demand electrified

•Kōwhai Park solar delivered

•FID on 1-2 additional solar farms

1

•1+ wind farms consented

•Glenbrook-Ohurua100MW battery delivered

•Additional 200MW battery under construction

•Manawa portfolio benefits of $10-20M p.a. delivered

•Future technology stack selected and execution commenced

•Cost-to-serve $135 per customer

2

•15 –20MW retail demand flex under management

Benefits of

productivity

programme clear

Manawa

benefits

delivered

42cps

dividend in

FY27

3

​FY27 financial targets

1. Each FID to be considered in isolation with all information available at the time. Pending appropriate market conditions and projects meeting returns thresholds. | 2. Cost-to-serve per customer (real 2026). Target

rebaselined to include all direct and indirect retail opex other than cost to acquire (previous method did not include all indirect costs allocated from corporate). Will be measured excluding any SaaS implementation

costs associated with investment in future retail platform. This differs from $/connection previously measured under Contact26. | 3.All future dividend decisions are at the discretion of the Board at the time.

What you can expect from us in the next 12 months

We have already accelerated the delivery on a number of our FY27 Contact31+ strategy pillar targets

Accelerated / early (FY26) delivery

30
Questions

31
Supporting

materials

Market update

32
National electricity demand

Source: EMI, Contact.

Does not include NZAS.

National electricity demand, TWh

Regional

change, %

FY26vs FY25

Source: EMI, Contact.

NZAS demand response is estimated by comparing total demand in FY25

against average demand at the Tiwai node over the preceding 4 years.

Market demand

NZ electricity demand up ~3% (up ~1% normalised for NZAS demand response)

National electricity demand in FY26 was up ~3%

year-on-year to 42TWh. Adjusting for NZAS

demand response –called by Meridian in 1H25

to support challenging hydro conditions –

demand was up ~1%.

Demand at the Central North Island node was

down 15% due to the impact of the Winstone

Karioi pulp mill and Tangiwai sawmill closures

in August 2024, reflecting broader challenges in

wood and paper processing without the

protection of fixed price electricity hedging.

Huntly node demand increased 7% in FY26, due

to population growth in the Waikato/Hamilton

region and increasing electricity use from

electrification and industrial customers.

Seasonal conditions at irrigation nodes, along

with population growth, have resulted in a 4%

increase in demand in South Canterbury.

Southland demand growth appears to be

driven by ongoing industrial electrification,

particularly in the dairy and meat processing

sectors, alongside broader regional growth.

0%

7%

1%

4%

0%

(0%)

(2%)

0%

8%*

4%

0%

1%

(15%)

1%

3%

1%

4%

1%

5.1

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.0

4.2

5.0

10.3

10.6

10.2

10.5

11.2

10.9

11.1

25.8

26.1

25.8

25.6

25.9

25.7

25.9

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

41.2

41.6

41.1

41.1

42.1

40.9

42.0

+2%

+3%

North IslandSouth Island (ex NZAS)NZAS

3%

33
Hydro generation was up ~15% on

FY25, driven by high inflows from

Q2 FY26.

Impacts included:


The lowest thermal generation

share since the introduction of

the market (~6%).


Lower spot wholesale prices

than in FY25.


Lower total industry carbon

emissions.

Geothermal generation volume

was up ~6% with the addition of

TOPP 2 and Ngā Tamariki OEC5 in

2H26 and a full operational period

of Te Huka 3.

Solar increased from 17GWh to

~270GWh, ~0.7% of total market

generation.

Battery storage discharged

~40GWh during the period.

2

Generation by type, TWh

•FY26 began with storage levels close to the post-market average before a short dry spell saw levels draw

down over winter. Hydro storage reached its lowest level in August 2025, some 0.5TWh higher than the

lowest point in August 2024.

•Strong inflows from September drove a rapid recovery, with storage peaking in December 2025.

•Drier conditions followed through the second half of the year, although storage remained above

historical averages for the remainder of the period, closing with national hydro storage 135% of post-

market mean.

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

Jul-

24

Dec-

24

Jul-

25

Dec-

25

Jun-

26

1H251H26

National hydro storage, TWh

Carbon

emissions (mT)

Source: EMI (generation data), MBIE (emissions data, Electricity data tables) and NZX Hydro data.

1. Carbon emissions for FY26 Apr-Jun quarter have been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation data. | 2. Battery storage discharge is not included in total generation numbers.

Record renewable period

Fuel supply

High hydro inflows and new renewable generation online pushed thermal generation market share to its lowest since the market wasintroduced

2H262H25

2.9

2.7

2.9

0.3

3.5

3.7

3.8

7.6

9.0

9.6

23.9

21.4

24.7

2.4

1.7

0.5

3.9

4.2

2.3

FY24FY25FY26

Gas

Coal

Hydro

Geothermal

Wind

Solar

Non-identified

44.1

42.9

44.0

2.1

1

4.2

4.1

MeanActual

34
The market is responding to record investment in

renewable generation and actions to reduce dry year risk

Wholesale and futures electricity pricing, $/MWh

Source:EMI wholesale pricing, OTA, to 30 June 2026.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

Jun-

17

Jun-

18

Jun-

19

Jun-

20

Jun-

21

Jun-

22

Jun-

23

Jun-

24

Jun-

25

Jun-

26

Long-dated futures (>12 months)Short-dated futures (<12 months)Monthly average spot price

1. Change in ASX Settlement prices at Otahuhu for Q3 2026 from 31 Dec 2025 to 30 June 2026. Source: ASX.| 2. Company announcements and Contact’s analysis.| 3. 2025 real –Otahuhu Node OTA,

Auckland. This is a through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices achieved are a function of the market at a point in time.

Reliable, plentiful

natural gas

5 year average

spot price

=$139/MWh

10 year average

spot price

= $127/MWh

Gas outages & availability decline


Reduced thermal generation allowed more gas to

be stored in AGS, while Genesis replenished its coal

stockpile (backed by the HFO). As a result, short-

dated futures moved lower alongside spot prices,

responding to low risk of fuel scarcity in Winter

2026.


The low fuelling risk led to ASX settlement prices for

Q3 2026 falling >60% over 2H FY26

1

.

Short-term pricing (reflected in short-dated futures)


Long-dated futures declined 27% over 2H FY26,

reflecting an expectation that the market is largely

moving back into supply / demand balance.


~3TWh of generation either committed or under

construction and expected to come online by 2027

2

.


Contact expects the long-term wholesale price to

settle around $115-125/MWh

3

reflecting the marginal

costs of new renewable projects and the costs

associated with firming renewable intermittency.

Long-term pricing (reflected in long-dated futures)


Spot wholesale electricity prices fell sharply

following Winter 2025 as intense rainfall and high

wind conditions lifted renewable generation

volumes.


This displaced the need for thermal generation

(leading to the lowest thermal generation market

share since the introduction of the market).


These conditions led to the lowest recorded

monthly average spot price in January 2026

($4/MWh).

FY26 spot wholesale pricing

Wholesale market pricing

35
Retail electricity market connection trends


Retail competition remained active, with customer churn broadly

unchanged at ~19.5%.


Tier 1 retailers now hold ~86% market share. Growth over the last 2

years was led by Meridian (+12% over two years, excluding Flick),

followed by Contact (+6%) and Mercury (+3%).


Genesis’ decline has been driven by the closure of Frank Energy

(announced June 2025) and a shift to focus on margin quality over

raw customer numbers.


Tier 2 retailers held steady, while Nova fell by 9%. The ~41k

connection loss across Tier 2 retailers was largely driven by

Meridian’s acquisition of Flick Energy in May 2025.


Contact added 27k electricity connections over the past two years,

resulting in a 20% market share.

Change in retail customer electricity connections, ‘000s

30 June 2024 –30 June 2026

2yr % change2yr ICP delta (1000s)

Retail electricity tariff changes, c/ kWh

Tier 2: -41k connections

Retail pricing trends


Residential electricity prices have risen steadily, at a compound

annual growth rate of ~6% over the five years to March 2026.


Average prices increased ~11% in the year to March 2026, reaching

38.3 c/kWh.


The lines component rose 13%, while the energy and other

component increased 10%.


Cost pressures on the lines component of the tariff are expected to

remain as the increased cost of transmission and distribution

infrastructure continues to be incurred.

2


Moderating wholesale prices are expected to lower the electricity

component over time.

12 months

ended:

Tier 1: +93k connections

Source: EMI –residential ICPs only

Source: MBIE

18.6

19.5

20.7

20.9

23.0

11.6

12.0

12.4

13.5

15.3

Mar-22Mar-23Mar-24Mar-25Mar-26

30.2

31.5

33.1

34.4

38.3

+6%

Competition remains strong as Tier 1 retailers extend market

share leadership

Retail electricity market

Lines (c/kWh)Energy & Other (c/kWh)

1

1. Compound annual growth rate. | 2. From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month

on average (depending on region and usage profile). Costs are increasing annually.

6%

3%

24%

-9%

2%

3%

1%

11%

-30

-20

-10

0

10

20

90

-40

-6%

GenesisMercuryMeridianNovaPulseElectric Kiwi2Degrees/

Vocus

OtherContact

Breakdown of an average household

electricity bill

38.5%

8.0%

24.5%

11.0%

13.0%

4.5%

0.5%

Generation

Transmission

Distribution

Metering

Retail

GST

Levies

Source: Electricity Authority

36
Supporting

materials

Financial results

37
Guidance topics

FY27 Guidance CommentaryFY27 guidance

FY26

result

FY26 guidance

1

$375M -$385M$387M$385M -$395M

Other operating costs

$360M$361M$360M

Other operating costs –BAU

2

Reflects costs of implementing new systems designated as SaaS, reduces SIB

capex, includes costs to FID for the Future Retail Platform.

$10M -$15M--

Other operating costs –SaaS

Non-recurring costs relating to the Manawa acquisition.$5M -$10M$26M$25M -$35M

Other operating costs –Manawa integration and

transaction

$178M -$188M$145M$170M -$185M

Stay in business (SIB) capex (cash)

$134M -$139M$82M$115M-$125M

SIB capital expenditure BAU

Completion of programme in FY26.-$14M$12M-$13M

SIB accelerated programme

Spend brought forward into FY26 with remainder expected in FY28. -$15M-

SIB capital expenditure Tauhara spare rotor

Completion of extension work activities to occur within FY27.~$17M$21M$20M-$25M

SIB capital expenditure Wairakei

Continued upgrade work on Highbank and Coleridge hydro sites. $7M -$12M$5M

$18M -$22M

SIB capital expenditure Manawa refurbishment

Decommissioning relating to TCC and Wairakei. ~$5M$1M

SIB capital expenditure decommissioning provisions

-$5M

SIB capital expenditure Geothermal Wells

Completion of system integration from Manawa transaction. ~$15M$2M

SIB capital expenditure integration

Te Mihi Stage 2, Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 2 and pre-FID activity. $460M-$470M$375M$500M-$510M

Growth capital expenditure (cash)

3

Increase with Battery and Wairakei depreciation and increase in digital assets.$310M-$320M$294M$280M-$290M

Depreciation and amortisation

$120M-$130M$140M$115M -$125M

Net interest (accounting)

$100M-$110M$122M$105M-$115M

Cash interest(in operating cash flow)

FY27 lower tax due to benefits of investment boost policy and tax credit on

decommissioning of TCC.

$80M-$90M$119M$120M-$130M

Cashtaxation

Including (gains) / losses on ASX market making.$5M-$10M($4M)$5M-$10M

Realised (gains) / losses on market derivatives not in a hedge

relationship

Increase in the ordinary dividend to reflect benefits of the Manawa acquisition.42 cps40 cps40 cps

Target ordinary dividend per share

Increase due to impact of lower cash tax and higher capitalised interest due to Te

Mihi Stage 2 and Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 2.

65 -70%64%~50%

Operating cash flow conversion

1. Updated at 1H26 results. | 2. Includes corporate costs (ex integration and transaction) of $69M in FY26 (vs. $60-70M guidance) and ~$65M in FY27 guidance. | 3. Growth capital expenditure includes capitalisedinterest.

38
$376M$95/MWh 3,960GWh

Strategic fixed

price

$264M$155/MWh1,700GWhCFDs

$289M$165/MWh1,750GWhC&I

$627M$164/MWh3,825GWhRetail

$100MOther income

4

$1,656M

-$0M$0/MWh5,750GWhHydro

-$20M$4/MWh4,950GWhGeothermal

-$59M$215/MWh

5

275GWhThermal⁴

-$83M$100/MWh830GWhRenewable PPAs

-$52M$260/MWh200GWhMarket acquired

6

-$214M

-$90MTransmission/Storage$139MLength

7

-$370MOperatingexpenses –BAU -$140MLocation losses

8

-$35MOpex -integration and transaction costs

-$405MTotal Opex

-$495MTotal-$1MTotal

FY26assumptions that deliver normalised & expected

EBITDAF of $945M over a financial year

Hydrology & asset availability

optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel*

drives financials & risk position

Channel choices maximise

long term value

2

1

Net price

3

driven by

best commercial practices

2

Total

x

=

Trading delivers value

offsetting locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumptions

1

FY26 results

With reconciliation to actual performance

x

x

=

=

=

=

Normalised & ExpectedFY26 at start of year

Lower renewables

FY26 EBITDAF normalised for non-recurring

Manawa transaction and integration costs

Renewable generation below mean (-754GWh)

Calculated at thermal SRMC

Fixed costs

Transmission & storage costs were $18M lower than forecast,

supported by LCE rebates. Reclassification of $10M to fixed costs.

Integration & transaction costs were $9M lower than forecast.

Non-recurring Manawa related costs

Reported FY26 EBITDAF

132

25

94

34

36

26

8

945

1,011

1,037

Lower thermal heat rate due to final run of TCC and acquired

generation price lower than assumed (-$80/MWh)

Market channel price

Lower GWAP on merchant sales was more than offset by very low

location losses. Contact’s LWAP/GWAP spread reduced to ~1%

Lower sales volumes wereoffset by meeting sales with lower

thermal and more acquired generation at lower prices

Net volume impact

Increased long-term channel price

Retailnet price outperformed guidance

assumption by $10/MWh

=

Gas, carbon, acquired generation price

$M

1. Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability/capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro

refurbishments). | 2. All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP). | 3. Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh. |4. Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, broadband gross

margin, irrigation and other income. | 5. Gas price of $16/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (10.5GJ/MWh). | 6. Acquired generation price includes premiums paid for HFO (operational from 1 Jan

2026) and NZAS demand response. | 7. Length of 770GWh for FY26 assumed. | 8. Locational losses of 6.5% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $180/MWh.

39
57

76

100

939

-265

-291

-315

-346

-459

-85

-56

-74

-80

-185

-94

-269

-326

-256

​1,023

FY22FY23

​1,269

​53

FY24

​1,476

​50

FY25

​1,640

​-14

FY26

Electricity sales margin

Other gross margin

Fixed operating costs

Location losses

Variable fuel costs

546

573

663

774

1,011

Operating earnings (EBITDAF)

106

115

127

136

132

3.69

1.39

​FY22

3.73

1.42

​FY23

3.80

1.22

​FY24

3.69

1.73

​FY25

3.68

3.91

​FY26

5.08

5.14

5.02

5.42

7.58

RetailLong-term sales

117

126

116

200

138

1.13

0.39

FY22

0.52

0.15

FY23

1.62

0.59

FY24

1.09

0.46

FY25

0.23

0.68

0.83

FY26

1.52

0.67

2.20

1.55

1.74

ThermalAcquiredPPA Purchases

Electricity sales

Variable fuel costs

11111

3.94

3.28

FY22

3.92

3.19

FY23

3.63

3.39

FY24

3.30

4.54

FY25

5.03

4.91

0.01

FY26

7.22

7.10

7.02

7.84

9.96

HydroGeothermalBattery

(i) Renewables

(ii) Thermal, acquired and PPAs

133133

150

186

155

0.94

2.10

0.63

FY22

1.10

1.44

0.09

FY23

1.13

2.57

0.51

FY24

1.17

2.30

0.51

FY25

1.86

2.01

0.23

FY26

3.66

2.63

4.21

3.97

4.10

Commercial and IndustrialCFDsSpot sales

(i) Long-term channels

(ii) Market channels

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Fuel cost

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Fuel cost

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Integrated portfolio performance

Continuing operations, $M

1

EBITDAF

1

2

1

2

1. Refer to slide 46for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. EBITDAF figures are underlying i.e. excluding the impacts of the ($113M) AGS onerous contract provision expense in FY23, a $12Mnet movement in the AGS

provision in FY24, and a release of the AGS provision of $98M in FY25.

117

121

137

158

140

​8.739

​7.772

​9.232

​9.390

​11.687

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Historic performance

40
Greenhouse gas emissions

Carbon reporting

1.Contact’s swaption with Genesis Energy ended 31 December 2022 and was not called during FY23. |2. All science-based targets are expressed as absolute emissions reductions and measured

on a calendar-year basis.| 3. The target for Scope 3 emissions from use of sold products increased due to Contact’s role in supplying gas to essential All-of-Government public services.

FY26FY25FY24FY23FY22TargetUnitIndicator

317,255

740,468947,491526,621786,842

45% reduction of

2018 Scope 1 and 2

emissions by 2026,

equivalent to

647,443 tCO2e.

2

tCO2eDirect GHG emissions (Scope 1)

316,112

739,790947,131526,282786,544tCO2e-Stationary combustion (generation)

824

409332307297tCO2e-Mobile combustion

50​

11428321tCO2e-Fugitive emissions

269

155tCO2e-Stationary combustion (ancillary equipment)

2,460​

1,1839751,9571,399

tCO2eIndirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)

319,715

741,651948,466528,579788,241tCO2eSub-total Scope 1 and 2

390,731

369,583265,034273,673394,784tCO2eIndirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)

15,517​

8,7996,5226,1976,37134% reduction of

2018 Scope 3 GHG

emissions from use

of sold products by

2026, equivalent to

244,311 tCO2e.

2

45% reduction of

2018

Scope 1 and Scope 3

emissions from all

sold electricity by

2026, equivalent to

688,253 tCO2e.

2

tCO2e-Category 1 –Purchased goods and services

79,634​

87,20379,18588,26657,876tCO2e-Category 2 –Capital goods

4,251​

8,0065,1301,050149,743tCO2e-Category 3 –Fuel and energy

1

478​

205254108444

tCO2e-Category 4 –Upstream distribution and

transportation

93​

695847108tCO2e-Category 5 –Waste

1,720​

1,0811,6011,274567tCO2e-Category 6 –Business travel

2,044​

956927965832tCO2e-Category 7 –Employee commuting

267,348​

250,612170,929175,603178,554tCO2e-Category 11 –Use of sold products

3

8,678​

339429164289tCO2e-Category 13 –Downstream leased assets

11,979

12,313---tCO2e-Category 14 –Investments

711,456

1,111,2351,213,500802,2521,183,025tCO2eTotal Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

41
Growth capital expenditure

1. Excludes ~$0.6M of development capex that was incurred by Manawa prior to acquisition. | 2. Total under current board approvals. | 3. Additional funding was approved in FY26 to close out the Tauhara project including

replacement of pipework and acid dosing systems. | 4. For TeMihi Stage 2 at FID, the board approved an additional $49M contingency (over and above the contingency amount already included in the expected and

approved total construction cost of $712M) to account for a scenario where a broader range of risks materialiseand to ensure prudent balance sheet management. If called on, this would take the total cost to $761M. | 5.

Relates primarily to deployment of demand flex technology and Clutha consenting. | 6. Solar covers both Kōwhai Park and Gloritinvestment and excludes pre-FID development expenses for solar which are captured

within receivables. Gloritobtained Financial Close during FY26.

Growth capital expenditure –cash basis, $M¹

Total²

Remaining under

current approvals

12 months ended

30 June 2026

Up to

30 June 2025

940827905Tauhara

3

305310292Te Huka 3

712305205201Te Mihi Stage 2

4

3861121Wind

163155691Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 1

235207271Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 2

392316-Tauhara Unit 2

211219Other

5

33511721196Capitalised interest

2,7896863751,727Total

Contact’s FY26 growth investment demonstrates progress in the strategic execution of its renewable development pipeline

Project status


Construction commenced in FY25 on three major renewable projects:

Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 1, Kōwhai Park solar and TeMihi Stage 2

geothermal. Contact’s firstbattery is now operational, with final costs and

close out activities to come.


Construction of Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 2 commenced during FY26

and Notice to Proceed was issued to the EPC contractor for Gloritsolar.


Construction of the Tauhara and TeHuka 3 geothermal plants is now

complete, with remaining spend relating to final close out activities.


Tauhara 2 is now in the Select stage as well as pre-FID drilling works.


Contact does not currently have any wind projects under construction.

The reported wind development spend reflects pre-FID activity only.

Total²

Remaining under

current approvals

12 months ended

30 June 2026

Up to

30 June 2025

866322-Solar

6

9216CO

2

840183Forestry

179652489Total

Investment in joint ventures and associates, $M

FY26 results: Cash flow

Financial treatment


For major growth projects, Contact capitalisesinterest from the point of

FID—or from the commencement of significant pre-FID works—through

to commissioning. The capitalisationrate reflects the average interest rate

across the portfolio.


Contact’s investments in the Kōwhai Park solar farm and Gloritsolar farm

are accounted for as investments in joint ventures and associates, and are

therefore excluded from growth capital expenditure.

42
Output from Contact generation and renewable PPAs sold to the national grid, GWh

Generation and sales position

3,333

3,114

3,283

3,185

3,388

4,543

4,914

3,752

3,698

3,940

3,919

3,628

3,297

5,032

1,360

1,592

1,046

1,620

1,088

229

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

11

827

FY26

8,445

8,404

8,269

7,543

8,636

8,928

11,013

439

Operational data

Renewable %

84%81%

87%

98%

94%

81%88%

Geothermal generation, GWh

FY26 geothermal generation was 371GWh higher than FY25. A full period of generation Te Huka 3 was

partially offset by statutory outages at Te Huka 3, Tauhara and Wairakei.

1,415

1,240

1,386

1,380

376

1,045

1,081

1,055

998

1,405

1,255

1,261

335

339

331

308

1,064

1,287

1,384

340

299

322

323

274

986

1,062

198

155

189

176

316

300

309

203

277

316

210

206

FY20FY21FY22FY23

127

FY24

229

FY25FY26

3,333

3,114

3,283

3,185

3,388

4,543

4,914

Hydro generation, GWh

Thermal generation, GWh

871

1,126

673

164

1,395

692

147

291

234

179

148

223

378

195

213

190

125

78

3

79

FY20

18

81

FY21

4

81

FY22

2

FY23

1

FY24

18

FY25

0

81

FY26

1,439

1,673

1,127

517

1,620

1,088

229

Thermal generation was 859GWh lower than FY25 due to high hydro inflows and additional

renewable generation brought online in the last 18 months displacing both Contact, and the

market’s, need for thermal generation outside of winter 2025. Following the closure of TCC, Contact’s

mean expected thermal volume is now 250 –300GWh p.a.

Te Huka

Ōhaaki

Poihipi

Wairakei

Te Mihi

Tauhara

Te Huka 3

Whirinaki

Te Rapa -direct

Te Rapa -spot

Stratford Peakers

TCC

BatteryRenewable PPAsThermalHydroGeothermal

1,657

1,667

1,775

1,740

1,594

1,445

1,480

2,095

2,031

2,165

2,179

2,034

1,852

1,979

669

904

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

3,752

3,698

3,940

3,919

3,628

3,297

5,032

North Island

South Island -ex Clyde & Rox

Clyde

Roxburgh

43
Plant and fuel performance

Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairakei vs consented, mT

Wairakei, Poihipi and Te Mihi conversion effectiveness,

MWh per kT extracted

% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted

20

40

60

80

100

0

100%

90

FY20

98%

87

FY21

100%

89

FY22

98%

FY23

100%

91

FY24

95%

87

FY25

97%

89

FY26

89

+4%

31.1

30.5

31.0

30.4

29.2

29.7

29.9

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

+1%

Geothermal fuel performance

Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)

Hydro

Geothermal

2

Stratford Peakers

Plant availability

1

1. Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but not plant deratings. | 2.Reduction in geothermal net capacity in FY23 was a result of decommissioning wells on the Wairakei

steam field. Increases in FY24 and FY25 related to Tauhara and Te Huka 3 respectively. | 3. Statutory turnarounds occur after the first operating year of a new plant, again in operating year 3, and every four years thereafter. The

table shows which plant have a major statutory turnaround in the next 3 calendar years. The GWh impact is an estimate based on understood scope at the time of publishing. Turnarounds in FY27 and FY28 are indicative.

Excludes impact of reduced Wairakei field output in FY27 associated with Wairakei station decommissioning and switchover to Te Mihi Stage 2.

Diesel Peakers

Despite a planned outage at Wairakei in FY26, total mass extracted,

and extracted volumes as a % of consented mass take, were up on

FY25 (which included a planned outage (25 days) at Te Mihi and an

electrical outage at Wairakei A&B station).

Upcoming geothermal statutory turnarounds (outages)

3

Frequency & typeFYImpact

(GWh)

Plant

4y Stat Turnaround2716

Te Huka 1&2

4y Stat turnaround + ext works27320Wairakei

4y Stat turnaround2831Poihipi

Y1 Stat Turnaround2873Te Mihi Stage 2

Y3 Stat Turnaround28169

Tauhara

Y3 Stat Turnaround2857

Te Huka 3

4y Stat turnaround29158Te Mihi

Pool revenueElectricity

Output,

GWh

Capacity

factor

AvailabilityNet

capacity

MW

$M$/MWh

12118067320%84%377FY22

181071645%85%377FY23

2571841,39542%82%377FY24

22933069221%89%377FY25

271831479%93%377FY26

Pool revenueElectricity

Output,

GWh

Capacity

factor

AvailabilityNet

capacity

MW

$M$/MWh

4781213,94057%83%784FY22

290743,91957%84%784FY23

5941643,62853%90%784FY24

5381633,29748%87%784FY25

410815,03240%78%1,295FY26

Pool revenueElectricity

output

GWh

Capacity

factor

AvailabilityNet

capacity

MW

$M$/MWh

4581403,28391%97%425FY22

254803,18589%94%410FY23

6011773,38889%94%586FY24

8451864,54384%90%649FY25

360734,91488%92%649FY26

Pool revenueElectricity

Output,

GWh

Capacity

factor

AvailabilityNet

capacity

MW

$M$/MWh

3821217910%53%202FY22

312071488%77%202FY23

3917522312%50%202FY24

8221737822%70%202FY25

10122814%85%202FY26

Pool revenueElectricity

Output,

GWh

Capacity

factor

AvailabilityNet

capacity

MW

$M$/MWh

259740%95%158FY22

1.249120%82%158FY23

1.168710%97%158FY24

12661181%92%158FY25

0.112200%95%167FY26

Operational data

44
Hawea storage,GWh

Gas storage, PJ

Closing storage

Closing storage (current)

Fuel storage movements

Source: NZX Hydro data

113

252

188

141

85

263

160

275

322

265

242

232

330

174

377

252

-183

-326

-291

-286

-151

-278

-263

-265

1H232H231H242H241H252H251H262H26

Inflows

Opening storage

Releases

253

191

139

87

264

160

275

261

4.7

2.4

3.4

2.8

1.6

3.4

3.3

3.9

2.7

1.7

0.9

1.3

3.1

1.9

2.1

0.9

-0.7

-0.7

-1.5

-2.5

-1.3

-2.0

-1.6

-0.9

-4.3

1H232H231H242H241H252H251H262H26

Gas Injected

Gas Extracted

Opening Storage

2.4

3.4

2.8

1.6

3.4

3.3

3.9

3.8

Operational data

4

Balance

classified as

long term

storage (PJ)

44

44444

Transferred to long-term storage

45
Contracted gas volumes,PJ

Uses of gas, PJ

Gas storage monthly injections and extractions, PJ

Contracted and stored gas

Gas injectedGas extracted

5.4

5.9

6.5

7.0

5.4

3.0

3.03.0

2.2

5.0

3.0

2.6

2.2

2.8

2.8

2.8

3.8

0.2

CY26

1

CY27

CY28

CY29

CY30

CY31

CY32

CY33

CY34

CY35

2

9.0

8.4

8.5

8.6

9.7

8.1

5.8

Aug-

25

-0.13

0.24

Sep-

25

-0.50

0.00

Oct-

25

-0.76

0.01

Nov-

25

-0.61

0.02

Dec-

25

0.99

0.27

Jan-

26

-0.05

-0.08

0.17

Feb-

26

-0.14

0.03

0.29

Mar-

26

0.00

Jul-

25

0.26

Apr-

26

-0.32

0.01

-0.17

May-

26

-0.17

0.20

Jun-

26

-0.02

16.1

15.1

15.5

8.8

-3.0

1.9

-1.6

-6.1

-13.0

-9.2

-2.0

-2.8

-2.5

-2.2

-4.3

-4.2

-1.5

-2.6

-2.0

FY23FY24FY25

-0.5

FY26

Net extraction (injection)

Generation

Customer sales

Wholesale sales

Purchases

Operational data

1.CY26reflectsactualvolumesandforecastsforthesecondhalfoftheyear.|2.CY26-CY35reflectsthemaximumvolumeofgasavailableundercontracts.

Short-term gasGreymouthPohokura

46
EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, asset impairment

and write-offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments.

EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of Contact’s

performance.

Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:

Variance onprior

year

12 months

ended

30 June 2026

12 months ended

30 June 2025

%$M

Against underlying

1

ReportedReportedUnderlying

1

62%

162

423331261Profit

7%

21

294273

Depreciation and

amortisation

na

(56)

(21)35

Change in fair valueof

financial instruments

40%

40

140100 Net interest expense

60%

62

166132104Tax expense

800%

8

91

Asset impairment / write-

offs

31%

237

1,011872774EBITDAF

Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF

The movements between FY26 and FY25 underlying profit are

as follows:

•Depreciation and amortisation: increased by $21M as a

result of an increase in fixed assets from the purchase of

Manawa and a full year of TeHuka 3 depreciation. This has

been partially offset by significantly lower usage of thermal

assets compared to FY25.

•Net interest expense:higher than FY25 as a result of

additional borrowing to complete the Manawa acquisition

and interest no longer being capitalised on TeHuka 3.

•Tax expense:increased by $62M due to the tax impact of

higher operating earnings.

•Asset impairment / write offs: Assetwrite offs related to

equipment replaced during first Tauhara outage (inclusive

of pipework upgrade) and inventory related to TCC post

decommissioning.

Non-GAAP profit measure

1. All variances and commentary reflect movements in underlying performance. In FY25, reported results include a release of the AGSonerous contract provision of $98M pre-tax ($71M after tax). Underlying performance

excludes the impact of the provision release.

47
S&P Net Debt / EBITDAF ratio

FY26FY25FY24FY23FY22$M

Estimated

Actuals from S&P ratings report

Net Debt

3,0512,4491,9131,5561,099

Carrying value of borrowings

(90)(94)(41)(43)(55)

Fair value adjustments

18116514212053

Restoration and environmental provisions net

of tax

(238)(238)(113)(113)(113)

Hybrid bond credits

1

(766)(514)(146)(89)(4)

Accessible cash

2

2,1381,7681,7631,431980

S&P Adjusted Net Debt

EBITDAF

1,011774663573546

Reported EBITDAF (underlying)

-(15)---

Utilised AGS provision released

(3)(13)(6)(27)(9)

Realised gains/losses on market derivatives

75444

Share based compensation

1411---

Transaction costs related to the Manawa

acquisition

1,029762661551541

S&P Adjusted EBITDAF

2.12.32.72.61.8

Net debt/EBITDAF (x)

1. 50% equity credit for capital bonds. | 2. Cash less restricted cash held by Macquarie for ASX prudential.

•These calculations have been

provided as an illustration of

the adjustments made by

Contact’s ratings agency, S&P

Global, when assessing

Contact’s Net Debt/EBITDAF

ratio.

•Net Debt has been adjusted

from the financial statements

to include certain long-term

liabilities where S&P considers

these to have debt-like

characteristics.

•Adjusted EBITDAF reflects

S&P’s view of core operating

items (unrelated to investing

and financing).

S&P adjustments

48
Reconciliation of change in fair value of financial

instruments

DescriptionChangeFY25FY26

Realised /

unrealised

Change in fair value offinancial instruments $M

Realised gains or losses on the settlement of

electricity derivatives entered into to meet Contact’s

market making obligations

17(13)4

Realised(A) Net market making

Mark-to-market of open electricity derivatives in

future periods

224

Unrealised

Market making

NPV of the changes to the forecast forward

wholesale price path vs the wholesale path when

the contracts were agreed

(70)(7)(77)

NZAS long-term sale CFD

37(13)24

Kōwhai Park acquired PPA

66-66

Mercury CFD (Manawa)

Mark-to-market of open electricity / interest rate

derivatives in future periods

9(4)5

Other non-hedged movements

Contact recognises a share of the profit that joint

ventures make in the Income Statement. This is the

amount within their profit that relates to the joint

venture’s unrealised derivative movements.

(5)-(5)

Share of unrealised gains/(losses) from joint

ventures

39(22)17

Unrealised

(B) Unrealised movements in non-hedge effective

electricity derivatives

56(35)21

Realised

and

unrealised

Total change in fair value offinancial instruments

as per segment note (A+B)

Commercial hedges recognised in EBITDAF that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Financial contracts that hedge portfolio sales that

are settled in the period

(10)(5)(15)

Realised

Financial Transmission Rights (FTR) settlements

and Exchange for Physical (ASX)

Realised settlement (difference between the fixed

contract and spot settlement)

92(134)(42)

Net settlement of NZAS and Mercury contracts in

the period

5-5

Reclass share of unrealised gains/(losses) from joint

ventures to Statement of Comprehensive Income

143(174)(31)

Change in fair value of financial instruments as

per Income Statement

In the period, Contact acquired Manawa

Energy and all of its associated long-term

sales contracts. This included several major

contracts for difference (CFD) that are not

eligible for hedge accounting. The most

significant of these is the sale of electricity

to Mercury Energy.

As with Contact’s existing CFDs ineligible

for hedge accounting, movements in

expected wholesale prices, when

compared to forward wholesale prices

when the contracts were entered into,

drive changes in their recorded fair value.

These non-cash movements, which relate

to future periods, are recognised in the

current period in the change in fair value

of financial instruments line item. These

movements increase the volatility of

Contact’s reported Net Profit After Tax.

Fair value of financial instruments

49
Historical financial information

FY26

FY25FY24FY23

FY22Unit

ReportedUnderlying

2

ReportedUnderlying

2

ReportedUnderlying

2

3,2063,3062,8672,1182,387

$MRevenue

1

2,1952,4342,5322,1922,2041,6131,5001,820

$MExpenses

1

1,011872774675663460573546

$MEBITDAF

423331261235230127211182

$MProfit

648434424282330

$MOperating free cash flow

64.054.453.936.042.4

cpsOperating free cash flow per share

4039373535

cpsDividends declared

10,6616,8136,2085,8085,166

$MTotal assets

5,4324,0533,5893,0042,326

$MTotal liabilities

5,2292,7602,6192,8042,840

$MTotal equity

3747423628

%Gearing ratio

3

Historic performance

1.Revenue and expense figures align with the treatment of realised movements in financial instruments within the segment note of the financial statements. | 2.In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract

provision expense for AGS of ($113M) within EBITDAF and ($84M) within profit. In FY24 Contact recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12M within EBITDAF and $5M within profit. In

FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. | 3. Gearing ratio is calculated as: Senior debt -

including finance lease liabilities / (Senior debt -including finance lease liabilities + Equity).

Note:From FY24 Contact no longer reports impairments and write-offs within EBITDAF. These are now reported separately to better reflect underlying performance. FY24 EBITDAF is stated excluding $50M of

write-offs and impairments. Previous years have not been restated (FY22 includes a $1.5M peaker write-off).

50
FY26FY25

Year ended 30 June 2026Year ended 30 June 2025

GWAPVolumeGWAPVolume

$M$/MWhGWh$M$/MWhGWhNote: this table has not been rounded andmight not add

657179 3,675601163 3,689Electricity sales to Retail segment

3311512,189208 1331,566Electricity sales to C&I (netback)

1,270920CfDs –Tiwai support sales

677411Tauhara PPAs

1,517-CfDs –Mercury

1

507394CfDs –Other Long term sales

1,6181,903CfDs and ASX -Short term sales

637114 5,589569157 3,629Electricity sales –CfDs

1,62414211,4541,3771558,883 Total contracted electricity sales

5 202475 21 229 Steam sales

2314Other income

2(12)Net income on gas sales

11-Irrigation net income

11Net income on electricity related services

374Net other income

1,66614211,701 1,386 1529,112 Total contracted revenue

(323)(32)10,175(389)(44)8,928Generation costs

2

(203)(134)1,512(122)(264)462 Acquired generation cost

(526)(45)11,687(511)(54)9,390Generation costs (including acquired generation)

824 8110,1861,742 1958,928Spot electricity revenue

117771,512 116252462 Settlement on acquired generation

9418011,6981,8581989,390 Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)

(509)(87)(5,875)(1,143)(218)(5,255)Spot electricity cost

(427)(76)(5,589)(695)(191)(3,629)Settlement on CFDs sold

(936)(82)(11,464)(1,838)(207)(8,883)Spot purchases and settlement on CfDs sold (LWAP)

523420507 Trading, merchant revenue and losses

1,145895Wholesale EBITDAF

2

-98Onerous contract provision unwind

1,145994Wholesale EBITDAF reported

Wholesale segment

Segmental performance

1. Mercury volume included from 11 July 2025 (completion of Manawa acquisition). | 2. FY25 EBITDAF (underlying) excludes the release of the AGS onerous contract provision equated to

$98M.

51
FY26FY25FY24FY23

UnitResidential gas

FY26FY25FY24FY23

unitResidential electricity

71,53870,369

68,09266,605

#Average connections

414,387

401,332388,459380,482

#Average connections

1,5211,509

1,5841,504

TJSales volumes

2,871

2,8092,7982,688

GWhSales volumes

21.321.4

23.322.6

GJ per ICPAverage usage

6.9

7.07.27.1

MWh per ICPAverage usage

63.052.9

45.142.1

$/GJTariff

348.4

311.5287.9272.1

$/MWhTariff

-32.0-29.1

-24.5-22.9

$/GJNetwork, meters and levies

-163.4

-142.2-128.0-122.7

$/MWhNetwork, meters and levies

-17.0-11.0

-9.8-10.1

$/GJEnergy costs

-191.2

-174.5-158.8-138.6

$/MWhEnergy costs

1

-3.9-4.4

-3.1-4.2

$/GJCarbon costs

-6.2

-5.11.110.8

$/MWhGross margin

10.18.5

7.74.9

$/GJGross margin

-43

-36877

$ per ICPGross margin

215

182

181112

$ per ICPGross margin

-18

-14329

$MGross margin

1513

127

$MGross margin

FY26FY25FY24FY23

UnitSME gas

FY26FY25FY24FY23

UnitSME electricity

3,8722,662

2,9723,519

#Average connections39,893

41,65444,11346,962

#Average connections

2,721607

7941,063

TJSales volumes582

651754794

GWhSales volumes

703228

267302

GJ per ICPAverage usage

14.6

15.617.116.9

MWh per ICPAverage usage

37.638.5

31.025.2

$/GJTariff

355.4

313.4282.2259.3

$/MWhTariff

-10.4-13.9

-11.6-9.5

$/GJNetwork, meters and levies

-161.9

-132.9-118.3-117.0

$/MWhNetwork, meters and levies

-17.0-11.0

-9.8-10.1

$/GJEnergy costs-190.8

-174.5-157.3-138.6

$/MWhEnergy costs

1

-3.9-4.4

-3.1-4.2

$/GJCarbon costs

2.7

5.96.63.6

$/MWhGross margin

6.39.2

6.51.4

$/GJGross margin

40

9311262

$ per ICPGross margin

4,473

2,130

1,750412

$ per ICPGross margin

2

453

$MGross margin

186

51

$MGross margin

FY26FY25FY24FY23

Retail segment EBITDAF

FY26FY25FY24FY23

Unit

Telco

-16

-11832

$MElectricity Gross margin

136,730

116,70995,16879,057

#Average connections

33

18179

$MGas Gross Margin

71.4

72.171.869.6

$/cust/mthTariff

17

13106

$MTelco Margin

-61.2

-62.8-63.4-63.5

$/cust/mthNetwork, provisioning, modems

34

213547

$MTotal Gross Margin

10.3

9.38.46.2

$/cust/mthGross margin

3

479

$MOther net income

17

13106

$MGross margin

-78

-74-74-69

$MOther operating costs

-41

-49-32-14

$MRetail segment EBITDAF

-2.7%

-3.8%-2.6%-1.2%

%

EBITDAF margins (% of

revenue)

Retail segment

Segmentalperformance

1.Energy costs reflect electricity purchased from solar customers: $1.2M in FY24, $2.7M in FY25 and $3.2M in FY26.

---

Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)




Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2026

Previous Reporting Period 12months to 30 June 2025

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$3,242,490


-5.7%

Total Revenue $3,242,490 -5.7%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$423,446 27.8%

Total net profit/(loss) $423,446 27.8%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.24000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.07388889

Record Date 18/08/2026

Dividend Payment Date 23/09/2026

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security (in

dollars and cents per

security)

$4.12 $2.87

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood

Net tangible assets per Quoted Equity Security have increased

compared to prior period due to increase in tangible assets from

the acquisition of Manawa Energy Limited. Borrowings have

also increased compared to prior period.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person authorised

to make this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary


Contact person for this

announcement

Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Strategy & Investor Relations


Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429


Contact email address investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz


Date of release through MAP

10/08/2026



Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

Distribution Notice





Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary Shares

NZX ticker code CEN

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZCEME0001S6

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies X

Record date Tuesday, 18/08/2026

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

Monday, 17/08/2026

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

Wednesday, 23/09/2026

Total monies associated with the

distribution

1


$256,950,517

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Operating Free Cash Flow

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution

2

$0.31388889

Gross taxable amount

3

$0.31388889

Total cash distribution

4

$0.24000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

N/A

Supplementary distribution amount $0.03352941

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

5


Is the distribution imputed


Fully imputed

Partial imputation

No imputation


1

Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form

2

“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of

Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).

3

“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.

4

“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.

This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.

5

The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is

fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute

advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.







If fully or partially imputed, please

state imputation rate as % applied

6


24%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.07388889


Resident Withholding Tax per

financial product

$0.02969444


Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)

2%

Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

Monday, 17/08/2026 Friday, 21/08/2026

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

Tuesday, 25/08/2026

Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

New Issue

DRP strike price per financial product

Not available at this time.

Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

Wednesday, 19 August 2026

Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person authorised to make

this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Strategy & Investor

Relations

Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429

Contact email address investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP Monday 10/08/2026







6

Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.

---

Bold Decisions
Accelerated Investment

Continued Growth

INTEGRATED REPORT

2026

Leading New Zealand’s

Renewable Energy Future

Sandra Dodds
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

Robert McDonald

Chair

Cover: Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1.

Ranie Lopez, Health Safety & Wellbeing Supervisor

and Jude Murdock, Planner/Schedular.

Most Contact Energy shareholders receive

digital reports. However, we have printed

700 reports using environmentally

responsible paper and inks.


Our Chair, Robert McDonald,

and our directors will host

shareholders at the Contact

Energy Annual Shareholder

Meeting (ASM) in Wellington,

on 16 September 2026.

Shareholders will be given

notice of the meeting in

August 2026.

We are listed on both the NZX and ASX.

About this Report

Nau mai, haere mai. Welcome to our 2026 Integrated Report.

This report explains how Contact

Energy creates value over time.


It sets out how we have delivered

the Contact26 strategy and our

goal to lead the decarbonisation

of Aotearoa New Zealand.

Five years on, we have made strong

progress. In this past year, 98 percent

of the energy Contact generated was

f rom renewable sources. This year

has been marked by bold decisions,

accelerated investment and

continued growth.

Our CEO, Mike Fuge, and our Board

confirm that this report provides

a true and accurate record of how

Contact has created value for

shareholders over the year to


30 June 2026.

Alongside this report, our Climate

Statement 2026 outlines how we

manage climate-related risks and

opportunities.

This report follows the principles of

the Integrated Reporting Framework.

It reflects how we think about long-

term value, guided by Contact26,

and looking ahead to our Contact31+

strategy.

We apply both Global Reporting

Initiative (GRI) standards and

the Integrated Reporting (IR)

Framework to provide transparency

on material environmental, social

and governance activities, and to

present a balanced assessment of

our performance.

Our Integrated Report is published

annually and covers both our

financial and sustainability reporting.

Our 2026 Integrated Report covers

the period f rom 1 July 2025 to


30 June 2026. This report is dated

10 August 2026 and is signed on

behalf of the Board of Directors of

Contact Energy.

We’re proud of our Contact story,

and proud of our continued journey

towards a renewable energy future.

For our people, customers, investors,

communities, tangata whenua,

suppliers, partners, regulators,


policy makers, and the people who

call Aotearoa New Zealand home –


this is for you.

Contents
9

40

58

66

93

126

Enabling our

strategy

About us

Governance

matters

Financial

statements

GRI and Climate

Statement directories

Our vision2

Letter from our Chair – Robert McDonald4

Letter from our CEO – Mike Fuge6

Our story: This is Contact9

Grow demand20

Grow renewable development24

Decarbonise our portfolio27

Create outstanding customer experiences33

Financial performance37

Enabling our strategy40

Environment, social and governance (ESG)41

Transformative ways of working50

Operational excellence54

About us58

Our Board59

Our leadership team60

Senior leaders61

External influences62

Creating value63

Our supply chain65

Governance matters66

Remuneration report71

Statutory disclosures84

Financial statements93

Combined Independent Auditor’s


and Limited Assurance Report

120

Glossary124

Te Reo Māori glossary125

GRI and Climate Statement directories126

Corporate directory135

Our story:

This is Contact

Bold Decisions

Accelerated Investment

Continued Growth

Contact Integrated Report 2026

Lake Matahina, Bay of Plenty.

Our Vision
Lake Mangamahoe, Taranaki.

Our vision is to lead New Zealand’s

renewable energy future.

Today 98 percent of the electricity

we generate is from sustainable,

renewable sources.

2

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Pātea Power Station, Taranaki.
Roxburgh Power Station, Otago.

Coleridge Power Station, Canterbury.

Clyde Power Station, Otago.

Cobb Power Station, Upper Tākaka.

Tauhara Power Station, Taupō.

Hinemaiaia A Dam, Taupō.

Te Mihi Power Station, Taupō.Lake Matahina Dam, Bay of Plenty.Te Huka 3 Power Station, Taupō.Mangorei Power Station, Taranaki.

Kaimai Power Station, Bay of Plenty.

3


Letter from

our Chair

Tēnā koutou,

It is my pleasure to present

Contact’s Integrated Report

for 2026.

As I write my final letter as Chair,

I find myself reflecting on how

significantly this company has

evolved over the past decade.

When I joined the Board, Contact

was already an important part of


New Zealand’s energy sector.

Today, it is a fundamentally

different company. We are one

defined by ambition, execution


and a clear sense of purpose.

We have transformed our generation

portfolio, reshaped our strategy,


and established ourselves as a

leader in New Zealand’s renewable

energy future. Most importantly,

we’ve demonstrated an ability to


turn ambition into delivery.

This year has been characterised

by bold decisions, accelerated

investment and continued growth.

Those themes are evident

throughout this report and across

every aspect of our business.


They reflect a company that has

remained focused on long-term

value creation while navigating a

rapidly changing energy landscape.

Five years ago, we launched

Contact26 with a vision to lead the

decarbonisation of New Zealand.

Today, as we reach the end of that

strategy period, we can be proud


of what has been achieved.

In this past year, Contact generated

98 percent of its electricity f rom

renewable sources, a remarkable

transformation. Major investments

in geothermal, solar, battery

storage and hydro generation have

strengthened our portfolio and

positioned us to meet New Zealand’s

growing demand for clean electricity.

The significance of this progress

extends beyond Contact.

Electricity will play an increasingly

important role in New Zealand’s

future prosperity. The electrification

of industry, transport and

communities represents one of

the country’s greatest economic

opportunities. As demand for

renewable energy increases,

Contact’s role is becoming more

important than ever. Reliable,

affordable and sustainable electricity

is essential to economic growth,

energy security and decarbonisation.

Our Board remains confident in the

future because we have continued

to invest ahead of demand. We have

taken decisions that strengthen

Contact’s long-term competitiveness

while supporting New Zealand’s

transition to a lower emissions

economy. Projects such as Tauhara,

Te Mihi Stage 2, Kōwhai Park

solar farm and grid-scale battery

developments demonstrate both

the scale of our ambition and our

confidence in the future.

Robert McDonald

Chair Contact Energy

4

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The successful integration of Manawa
Energy has also strengthened

Contact’s position. While the

acquisition expanded the scale and

diversity of our renewable portfolio,

the benefits realised have exceeded

expectations. Together, the combined

portfolio provides greater flexibility,

resilience and opportunities for


future growth.

Strong financial performance enables

these investments. Maintaining

a disciplined approach to capital

allocation remains a priority for the

Board. Our responsibility is not only to


deliver returns today but also to ensure

Contact is well positioned for future

generations. The investments we are

making now will support sustainable

shareholder value while delivering

wider benefits for customers,


communities and New Zealand.

Alongside growth and investment,

we remain conscious of the

responsibilities that come with being

one of New Zealand’s leading energy

companies.

Energy affordability, customer

wellbeing, environmental

stewardship and strong relationships

with tangata whenua and

communities continue to shape

Board discussions and decision-

making. The expectations placed


on companies have never been

higher. Creating long-term value

requires balancing commercial

success with social and

environmental responsibility.

We believe those objectives are

mutually reinforcing, not competing

priorities.

This report also marks a leadership

transition for Contact. As I prepare


to step down as Chair, I do so with

enormous confidence in the

company. Contact has an

experienced Board, a highly capable

leadership team and more than

1,400 talented people who continue

to deliver exceptional outcomes for

customers – and shareholders.

I want to personally acknowledge the

contribution of my fellow directors,

our Chief Executive Mike Fuge and

the leadership team. The progress

outlined in this report reflects years of

dedication, expertise and hard work.

What excites me most is that

Contact’s story is still being written.

The achievements of Contact26

provide a strong foundation, but


the opportunities ahead are greater.

New Zealand’s renewable energy

transition is no longer a future

aspiration. It is underway. Contact is

helping lead that transition, and our

next strategy, Contact31+, provides a

clear path to continue creating value

for shareholders and for the country.

It has been a privilege to serve as

Chair. And I share a warm welcome


to our new Chair, Jon Macdonald.

Thank you for your continued

support of Contact as we build a

better, cleaner and more prosperous

New Zealand.

Ngā mihi nui,







Robert McDonald

Board Chair

Pictures from left to right: The official opening of Glenbrook Ohurua Battery, on site at Kōwhai Park solar farm, on site at Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Battery opening address in May 2026.

The expectations placed on

companies have never been

higher. Creating long-term

value requires balancing

commercial success with

social and environmental

responsibility.

Robert McDonald

Chair Contact Energy

5

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Mike Fuge
CEO Contact Energy

Letter from

our CEO

Tēnā koutou,

Five years ago, we committed

to being a leader in the

decarbonisation of

New Zealand.

Our strategy to grow demand, grow

renewable development, decarbonise

our portfolio and create outstanding

customer experiences has served


us well. And we have delivered on

our promise.

This Integrated Report captures our

Contact26 achievements. We’re now

supplying renewable energy to some

of the country’s leading industrials.

We have brought 1.9TWh of new

energy to the market. We’ve reduced

our emissions by closing all baseload

thermal generation. And we’ve seen

significant growth in the numbers of

everyday Kiwis who chose to connect

their homes with us.

Across the electricity industry,


the momentum behind renewable

energy investment is now flowing

through to lower future wholesale

prices. That matters. It moves


New Zealand closer to energy

independence. It gives our businesses,

industries and wider economy a

stronger competitive edge.

Through investment, we are helping

build long-term economic value for

New Zealand.




Financial performance

Today, with the acquisition of

Manawa we are a bigger company,

adding 2.4TWh of renewable output,

including f rom Power Purchase

Agreements in the past year.

Contact’s total generation for


the FY26 period was 10.2TWh.

Our strong FY26 performance and

generation growth reflect both


the completion of the Manawa

integration and the impact of our

ongoing renewable investments.

In FY26 we have reported a net


profit of $423 million and operating

earnings (EBITDAF) of $1,011 million.

This result was underpinned by a

significant lift in renewable energy

generation, with 98 percent of the

energy generated being renewable

this financial year.

In FY26, we will deliver investors a


40 cents per share annual dividend,

up three percent f rom FY25.

Strategy

We launched Contact26 in the

pandemic. It was, a bold strategy


that began when our world was

locked down and our home became

our everything.

Since then, we’ve brought 1.9TWh


of new energy to the market, built

two new geothermal plants together

powering the equivalent of 260,000

Kiwi households, brought our first

grid-scale battery online and our


first solar farm, Kōwhai Park,

has started commissioning.

6

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

We successfully completed the
country’s biggest energy-generation

acquisition in purchasing Manawa

Energy, and we have proactively

decarbonised our portfolio. All this

while ensuring an orderly, systematic

energy transition amid the rapid

decline in the upstream gas market.

Contact26 was supported by our


focus on environment, social and

governance (ESG) leadership.


We want to make things better for

future generations, and that means

creating long-term value, sustainably.

For the fifth consecutive year,

Contact is in the Dow Jones

Sustainability Index, now the Dow

Jones Best in Class Asia Pacific


Index (DJBIC). We’re proud of the

meaningful progress we’ve made

towards reducing our environmental

impact, support of communities and

helping New Zealand transition to a

renewable energy future.

In November 2025 we unveiled

Contact31+ to the market, our

strategy for the next five years.


Our ambition is to lead New Zealand’s

renewable energy future, creating

long-term value for our customers,

communities, and our shareholders.

We will do this by:

+ Extending our advantage as

New Zealand’s geothermal leader

+ Leading on new flexibility

+ Building into new demand with

wind and solar

+ And leading the energy transition

at home.

This will be enabled by empowering

our people and our leaders, growing

relationships with our stakeholders,

leveraging technology and continual

focus on productivity and operational

excellence.

Grow demand

In August 2025, we signed two new

agreements with NZ Steel. This extends


our long-term partnership and

continues our shared commitment


to New Zealand’s renewable energy

future. This latest 50MW demand

flexibility agreement will reduce

demand f rom the energy system in

peak winter periods so electricity can

be directed where it is needed most.

We have also leased additional


land f rom NZ Steel next to our new

100MW Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1

grid-scale battery, where we have

started construction on an additional

200MW battery at the site.

Contact and Rio Tinto signed a


letter of intent in May that will

support new generation and grow

demand. This supports the restart


of the idle fourth potline at the

New Zealand Aluminium Smelter

at Tiwai. Under the proposal,

the smelter could underpin the

development of our consented

Southland Wind Farm.

The dairy industry is a significant

contributor to our economy and

we’re proud to play our part in

electrifying the sector.

Our partnership with Fonterra,


the country’s largest dairy company,

shows what can be achieved in

collaboration for good. We have


been working together to electrify

Fonterra’s Whareroa dairy factory in

Taranaki. And we are now discussing

the electrification of other factories.

Meanwhile, dairy company Synlait

will buy 25 percent of the energy

generated f rom our new Kōwhai Park

solar farm.

An important part of our role in

building a better, cleaner and more

sustainable country in the energy

transition is working alongside

businesses and government as


they transition to renewable energy.

Last September we signed an

agreement with government to

supply gas to schools, hospitals


and other public services.

Grow renewable development

Contact has, in the past four years,

committed more than $2.4 billion to

renewable energy projects. We now

have an 11TWh development pipeline

across wind, solar and geothermal as

well as 700MW of grid-scale battery

options.

In Taupō, in April, we started a


$30 million drilling programme to

advance steamfield development for

the proposed Tauhara 2 geothermal

plant. And Te Mihi 2, our staged

replacement of the iconic Wairākei

geothermal power station, is a year

into construction. This $712 million

inf rastructure project will generate

enough renewable electricity to

power the equivalent of 120,000 homes.

We are delighted our first solar farm,

Kōwhai Park, in partnership with

Lightsource bp, has started

commissioning and will be online


at the end of 2026. Our second solar

farm under this partnership is at

Glorit, on the Kaipara Coast near

Auckland. This site is also consented

for a DC-coupled battery enabling

solar energy to be stored and

despatched when needed.

Our Southland Wind Farm is a crucial

project to enhance energy security

for all New Zealanders, benefiting


the households and industries that

drive our economy and support our

communities. It was pleasing to get

consent in May 2026. Our first wind

farm project will help unlock new

renewable generation and regional

economic growth.

Decarbonise our portfolio

In May, our first grid-scale battery

at Glenbrook Ohurua 1 was officially

opened by the Prime Minister,


Rt Hon. Christopher Luxon.

This 100MW battery is more than new

inf rastructure. It represents a shift in

how we power New Zealand’s future.

As we move toward a highly

renewable system, flexibility f rom

assets like these batteries support

I have huge aspirations

for New Zealand and for

the part the renewable

energy economy can play

in powering manufacturing

and growing the country’s

export earnings.

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

7

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

energy security when the sun doesn’t
shine and the wind doesn’t blow.


It also reduces exposure to global

energy shocks and builds a more

independent energy system for


New Zealand.

We are well underway with our

Glenbrook Ohurua battery 2.


It will provide an additional 200MW

of energy storage and flexibility


to the country’s energy system.

It was a poignant day in January 2026,

when after 30 years in operation,


we began decommissioning our

Taranaki Combined Cycle thermal

generation plant. Our long-term


plan to retire this plant has been

done systematically, and last year, to

support energy security, we kept TCC

available, should the energy system

have needed it during the transition.

Create outstanding customer

experiences

We work hard to ensure the

renewable energy transition remains

as affordable as possible for Kiwi

households.

New Zealanders continue to make

competitive choices with our Good

Plans, with more than a third of our

customers taking advantage of these

options that offer f ree or discounted

power in return for shifting use to off

peak. Since launching in August 2021,

customers have benefited f rom more

than 403 million hours of f ree power.

We now have more than 690,000

customer connections across

electricity, gas, broadband and

mobile. Our focus on multi-product

customer growth saw an increase


of around 15,000 compared to FY25.

Doing the right thing by the most

vulnerable, is important to us.


Last winter, we quietly launched

The Good Initiative, a $5 million

annual fund to support communities

and customers in need. In its first

year, this grassroots programme has

partnered with 60 agencies covering

the cost of energy and provided more

than 23,000 instances of support to


New Zealand households. The Good

Initiative funding increases to


$7.5 million in FY27.

Our people

Contact has 1,400 team members

who come to work every day

passionate about the role they play in

leading the renewable energy future

for New Zealand. Heartland people,

our team works hard to generate and

deliver the electricity that keeps our

country moving.

In the second half of 2025 we brought


together the best of Manawa and

Contact, and we now operate


as one brand. Six months after the

change our employee engagement

score increased to 8 out of 10, up f rom

7.5 the previous year.

As part of Contact31+, we have

ref reshed our values to reflect the


way we need to operate and deliver

on our new strategy.

We’re playing our part in building a

more diverse future energy workforce

through our early careers programme.

We were awarded Best Diversity


and Inclusion Strategy f rom the

NZ Association of Graduate Employers,

and we continue to rank NZ’s number

one graduate employer in the energy

and utilities sector. Importantly,

applications f rom women, Māori and

Pasifika graduates have increased

significantly over the past two years.

The future

As an industry, we’re developing

renewable generation at the fastest

rate in New Zealand’s history.


Over the past five years, Contact

alone has committed more than


$2.4 billion to geothermal, batteries

and solar. And we are only just

getting started.

The New Zealand renewable energy

system has so much latent potential.

I have huge aspirations for


New Zealand and for the part the

renewable energy economy can play

in powering manufacturing and

growing the country’s export earnings.

Finally, I would like to thank our Chair

Rob McDonald, for his governance,

wisdom and leadership over the last

decade. I personally have deeply

appreciated his wise counsel,


strong challenge and unflappable

demeanour through challenging

times as the company has led the

New Zealand electricity market’s

transition away f rom fossil fuels.

And to all our people, thank you for

your extraordinary work. I am proud

of you, and all that you have delivered.

Ngā mihi nui,


Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

8

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our Story:
This is Contact

Te Mihi Power Station, Taupō.

9

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our operations
1,421

*

employees

FY25 1,249

59k

shareholders

FY25 54k

+

29

Customer Net Promoter

Score (Contact only)


FY25 +28

40c

per share dividend

FY25 39c

98%

renewable generation

FY25 88%

$119m

tax paid

FY25 $106m

$1.89m

spent in communities

(Contact only)

FY25 $1.3m

98.6%

gender pay equity

FY25 98.4%

0

tier 1 process

safety incidents

(Contact only)

FY25 0

11.5TWh

contracted electricity

sales (GXP vol)

FY25 9TWh

$5.2b

net assets

FY25 $2.8b

317k

tCO

2

e Scope 1

Group emissions

FY25 740k

* Includes Western Energy employees.

10

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Total non-renewable generation
0.2TWh

Total renewable generation

9.9TWh

*Our capacity numbers are net capacity. **Based on EMI data for generation by the market. ***Excluding Clyde and Roxburgh.

Te Mihi (155 MW)

Wairākei (124 MW)

Poihipi (53 MW)

Ohaaki (41 MW)

Te Huka (27 MW)

Te Huka 3 (51 MW)

Tauhara (174 MW)

1,384

1,062

376

316

206

309

1,261

Geothermal4,914(GWh)

5,033(GWh)Hydro

Roxburgh (320 MW)

Bay of Plenty (119 MW)

Canterbury (70 MW)

Tasman/Marlborough (46 MW)

Taupō/Hawkes Bay (37 MW)

Ruapehu (13 MW) 54

West Coast (18 MW) 68

Mangahao (40 MW) 78

Taranaki (41 MW) 118

Otago*** (111 MW) 136

Clyde (464 MW)

1,979

147

1,480

510

270

196

144

Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)

Other – Bream bay

and Whirinaki (165 MW) 0.46

Stratford –

Peakers (202 MW) 81

Thermal229(GWh)

10.2TWh

total generated

2026 generation output

by type of generation*

This graph shows the relative size of

generation output from each station

during the FY26 year.

of the country’s electricity

generation**

24.30 percent

Renewable output acquired

under Power Purchase

Agreements

0.8TWh

Total Volume of electricity

shifted by Glenbrook Ohurua

Battery 1 in Q4 FY26

11GWh

11TWh total output including electricity acquired under

renewable Power Purchase Agreements.

11

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Dunedin
Kōwhai Park

Roxburgh

Clyde

Lake Hāwea

Wellington/Simply Energy

Levin

Auckland

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2


(under construction)

Glorit

(under construction)

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1

Whirinaki

Simply Energy

Tauhara

Te Huka 1 & 2, Te Huka 3

Ohaaki

Te Mihi Stage 2


(under construction)

Te Mihi

Taupō

Wairākei

Poihipi

Stratford

Wheao/Flaxy

Mangahao

Arnold

Branch

Bream Bay

Cobb

Coleridge

Christchurch

Tauranga

Deep Stream

Esk

Highbank

Kaimai

Kaniere Forks/McKays Creek

Dillmans

Mangorei

Matahina

Motukawa

Paerau/Patearoa

Pātea

Wahapo

Waihopai

Waipori

Kuratau

Wairere

Piriaka

Mokauiti

Key

Thermal

power station site

Battery storage

Hydro

power station site

Geothermal

power station site

SolarStorage lake

Western Energy

Offices and

call centres

Hinemaiaia

Our diverse and resilient portfolio

Contact’s balanced portfolio of hydro, geothermal, thermal, solar and

battery storage assets provide the flexibility, resilience and reliability

needed to power today and enables our ambition to lead New Zealand’s

renewable energy future.

Battery storage site

1

26

Hydro sites

*

Geothermal sites6

2

Solar farm sites

**

3

Thermal sites

Site counts represent physical locations with generation

assets, flexible storage assets or assets under construction.

The map includes associated facilities, development

projects and supporting infrastructure. Multiple assets/

power stations within a single scheme or location are

counted as one site.

* Our acquisition of Manawa Energy in 2025 tripled our

generation stations, giving us a balanced portfolio of

geographically diverse hydro generation spanning the

North and South Islands.

** Contact’s solar developments are owned and operated

through a 50:50 joint venture with Lightsource bp.

12

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our connections
Connections by product type

**

Volume sold to customers

*

Connections by account type

647k

599k

53k***

47k

ResidentialBusiness

79k

73k

148k

124k

473k

449k

ElectricityNatural gasTelco

700k

total customer connections

at 30 June 2026


645k at 30 June 2025

2026

2025

2.1

Electricity TWhNatural gas PJ

4.2

5.9

5.3

* Relates only to volume sold to retail and commercial

industrial customers.

** These connection figures include Simply Energy

connections.

*** This includes Simply Energy connections.

13

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our strategic focus
New Zealand’s renewable

energy economy is taking

shape, and at Contact we

are ready to help lead it.

We launched Contact26 in the

pandemic – a bold strategy that began

when our world was locked down –

and home became our everything.

Through Contact26 we set out to

be a leader in the decarbonisation

of New Zealand, growing demand,

building renewables, decarbonising

our portfolio and creating outstanding

customer experiences.

This report sets out how we have

achieved this strategy in the five years

since its inception. We are proud to

say that 98 percent of the energy we

generated this past year was f rom

renewable sources, and Contact’s

enterprise value has grown f rom


$6 billion to around $12 billion.

As we look to our future, we’ve

launched Contact31+, with the equally

bold mission to lead the renewable

energy future of New Zealand.

Contact31+ is our roadmap for the

next five years, delivering long-term

impacts and a legacy stretching far

beyond that horizon.

The four pillars of Contact31+ are clear:


extend our advantage as New Zealand’s

geothermal leader, lead on new

flexibility, build into new demand with

wind and solar, and lead the energy

transition at home. Together, these

pillars reflect where we can make the

greatest contribution to Aotearoa New

Zealand, and where we see the greatest

opportunity to create long-term value.

But back to Contact26. After five

years and a series of bold decisions

to accelerate investment, we have

delivered. We have brought 1.9TWh

of new energy to the market, built

two new geothermal power stations

that together power the equivalent

of 260,000 Kiwi households, brought

our first grid-scale battery online at

Glenbrook Ohurua, and our first solar

farm, Kōwhai Park in partnership with

Lightsource bp, is in commissioning

and will be online by the end of Q1 FY27.

We completed New Zealand’s biggest

energy-generation acquisition in

purchasing Manawa Energy, tripling

the number of generation stations

in our care, and giving us a balanced

portfolio of geographically diverse

hydro generation spanning the


North and South Islands. In FY26

we generated 5TWh f rom hydro,

up f rom 3.3TWh in FY25.

And over the past five years, we

have proactively and systematically

decarbonised our portfolio.

All this has taken place as New Zealand


undergoes its own energy transition.

Demand for electrification is building,


new sources of load are emerging,

and the electricity system is becoming


increasingly renewable.

There’s been plenty of progress.

There’s more to come as the industry

continues to invest in system security,

flexibility and firming. To help

accelerate and take advantage


of this growth, in February 2026

Contact raised $575 million in

equity f rom institutional and retail

shareholders.

Our ambition is clear: to lead


New Zealand’s renewable energy

future. This future will require

investment at scale, disciplined

execution and the ability to


balance affordability, reliability

and sustainability as customer

and system needs evolve.

Contact31+ provides a clear

f ramework for the next phase of

delivery. We’re looking forward to

the part we’ll play in building the

renewable energy economy so all

New Zealanders can have the best

chance to thrive and flourish.

Tauhara geothermal power station, Taupō.

14

2026

14

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The Contact26 strategy
Leading New Zealand’s decarbonisation

Themes

Enablers


Grow demand

Growing demand for

New Zealand’s renewable

electricity in a range of ways.

Grow renewable

development

Developing new, renewable

electricity generation as the market

evolves.

Create outstanding

customer experiences

We create outstanding customer

experiences as we build

New Zealand’s leading energy

and services brand to meet more

of our customers’ needs.

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Decarbonising our portfolio of

generation assets (and the New Zealand

electricity market) via an orderly

transition to renewable generation

(managing the balance between

continued security of supply, minimal

emissions, and affordability).

Environment,

social, governance (ESG)

• Create long-term value through our strong

performance across a broad set of ESG factors.

Operational

excellence

• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency

• Prudent management of stay-in-business capital

expenditure to deliver value

• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.

Transformative

ways of working (TWoW)

• Use technology to modernise our operating model

• Increase employee engagement to attract and

retain talent.

This will be underpinned by three key enablers

15

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

As we look to close out Contact26 and enter Contact31+,
we assess and review our strategic targets.

Contact26 targets

Strategic pillarStatus/achievement

1. Based on expected normalised and expected generation in FY27.

Excludes renewable PPAs.

2. This figure assumes mean hydro conditions and is net of in-year

forestry units expected to be received f rom Drylandcarbon One

Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited Partnership

(~79k units in FY27). This is consistent with the approach used

to set the target in 2023. Forecast units received are based on

current information and may fluctuate based on climate

conditions and/or regulatory updates.

3. Excludes Simply Energy connections.

4. Total retail operating costs (direct and indirect)/closing

connections. Excludes customer acquisition costs.

5. As measured by Kantar Better Futures survey.

258MW of new demand online

171MW of demand flex and demand response

online with another 35MW contracted

CO

2

project under development

Grow demand

• Facilitate 100MW of new demand.

• Reach 100MW total demand flex and start

pivoting to demand response.

• New green chemical channel established

contributing incremental EBITDAF.

FY27 targets (reset 2023)

11TWh mean renewable generation achieved

through new build and acquired hydro

1

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 online Q1 CY26

Grow renewable

development

• Grow to 10.3TWh p.a. of renewable assets f rom

geothermal new build, solar and wind.

• 100MW Battery 1 operational.

• Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions run rate of ~300kt

CO

2

e, putting us well on track to our 2035 net zero

commitment.

• Renewable flexibility strategy to reduce reliance

on thermal peaking.

~272ktCO

2

Scope 1 & 2 net run rate

2

Addition of Manawa hydro,

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 online and

Battery 2 under construction. Contact31+ strategy

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Greater than 690k connections

3

CTS $85/connection in FY26

3

FY26 telco EBITDAF >10x FY23

Not able to be measured due to change in

external survey methodology

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

• Greater than 685k connections.

• CTS at global benchmark of <$80/connection.

4

• Grow EBITDAF contribution f rom non-energy

lines of business by 3x.

• Top quartile NZ Business for Sustainability survey

5


and most Trusted Energy brand.

Complete/on-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

16

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Underpinned by continued operational excellence across our diverse and resilient portfolio
Our strategy

Leading New Zealand’s renewable energy future

Strategic pillars

Enablers

Values

Extend our advantage

as New Zealand’s

geothermal leader

Scale on high-quality existing fields,

explore new options, and continue to

improve our cost-leadership position .

Lead on new flexibility

in New Zealand

Accelerate batteries, build advantage

in hydro flex and maintain gas flex,

optimising our portfolio in real time .

Lead the energy

transition at home

Empower our customers to shift

energy use, while making every

interaction easy and personal.

Build into new demand

with wind and solar

Deliver lowest-cost diversified wind

and rapidly deploy solar, anchored

on long-term industrial partnerships .

Empowered

people and leaders

Unite our people behind Contact31+

and develop New Zealand’s best

energy leaders .

Tech advantage

Establish a distinctive edge in data

and AI on a simplified and secure

technology platform .

Productivity

Drive disciplined growth by

simplifying processes and

deploying automation .

Relationships with

our stakeholders

Maintain enduring trust with

stakeholders, investing for secure,

affordable renewable energy while

upholding our environmental

commitment .

+

Introduced in November 2025, Contact31+ defines our strategic direction out to 2031 and beyond. It builds on the foundations

of Contact26 to create long-term value for customers, communities, shareholders and to lead New Zealand’s renewable

energy future.

Own the

future

Brave

humility

Performance

edge

Underpinned by continued operational excellence across our deverse and resilient portfolio

17

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

targets
Strategic pillar

Headline 2031 targetsDetailed 2031 targets

Financial targets

1. Each final investment decision to be considered in isolation with all information available at the

time. Pending appropriate market conditions and projects meeting returns thresholds. Targets

by technology include projects under construction but yet to be delivered at the introduction of

Contact31+ i.e. Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal, Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 and Kōwhai Park solar.

2. In-year FY31 EBITDAF target $1.2–$1.3B.

3. All future dividend decisions are at the discretion of the Board at the time.

4. Cost-to-serve per customer (real 2026). Target rebaselined to include all indirect retail opex other

than cost to acquire (previous method did not include all indirect costs allocated f rom corporate).

Will be measured excluding any Software as a Service implementation costs associated with investment

in future retail platform. This differs f rom $/connection previously measured under Contact26.

+

Leading New Zealand’s

renewable energy future

Extend our

advantage as

New Zealand’s

geothermal leader

$1.3–1.4B EBITDAF

FULLY-RAMPED ON EXIT

2


250MW+ geothermal

DELIVERED/COMMITTED

• Tauhara 2 delivered

1

• Te Mihi Stage 3 on track (for delivery FY32)

1

• FID on Tauhara 3

1

• 50+ MW greenfield options

Lead on new

flexibility in

New Zealand

+300bps Return on

Invested Capital

VERSUS HISTORICAL

500MW batteries

ONLINE

• 500MW online with a further 500MW

consented

1

• Long-term renewable flex options developed

• FY31+ peaking strategy developed

Lead the energy

transition at

home

$115 per customer

RETAIL COST-TO-SERVE

4

• All customers live on new platform

• 65MW retail demand flex under

management

• $90 per customer retail cost-to-serve

4

$115 per customer

RETAIL COST-TO-SERVE

4

Build into new

demand with

wind and solar

>50cps

DIVIDEND

3


• 1+ TWh industrial energy demand electrified

• 500+ MW wind delivered or committed

1

• 450MWac solar delivered

1

500MW+ wind

DELIVERED/COMMITTED

450MWac solar

DELIVERED

As with Contact26, Contact31+ includes clear strategic targets against which

we will measure the success of our performance. These are outlined below.

18

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Manawa Energy Purchase
Contact’s purchase of Manawa Energy was an important step

in supporting New Zealand’s renewable energy transition.

The two hydro portfolios are

complementary. They have improved

resilience and diversification,

unlocked the ability to contract more

sales f rom existing generation and

strengthened our ability to manage

dry-year risk.

We have reduced duplication,

improved the value of the combined

business, and achieved targeted


cost synergies of $28 million on an

exit run rate basis.

Our renewable development pipeline

and capability is now stronger, with

several of Manawa’s development

options among Contact’s most

compelling.

From a people perspective, we have

brought together the best of both

organisations and operate as one

team. We worked with Tauranga-

based hapū Ngāti Hangarau to return

the gifted Manawa name and mauri

stone, with great respect to the history

of the taonga. We now operate as a

single brand and organisation.

Through this integration, our people

continued to deliver on the Contact26

strategy, and the commitments made

in the acquisition business case.

Our acquisition of Manawa was

recognised by the Institute of Finance

Professionals NZ (INFINZ) in 2026,

receiving the M&A Transaction of the

Year Award.

Cobb Reservoir, Tasman.

19

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow demand
Wairākei Geothermal plant, Taupō.

In this section

New deals with NZ Steel

Southland economy benefits

from NZAS partnership

Electrifying New Zealand’s

dairy sector

Gas for government, schools

and hospitals

Dairy factories powered by

the sun

20

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow
demand

Even before the rapid

decline in upstream local

gas supply, New Zealand

had reached a milestone

in the transition to a low-

carbon energy future.

98 percent of the energy

Contact generated this

year was renewable.

That’s a direct result of our investment

in new geothermal and solar projects,

and the diversity of our 26 hydro sites

across New Zealand following the

Manawa acquisition.

We’re deepening our partnerships

with businesses, industries, and

government as they too transition


to renewable electricity.

In metal processing, we have new

long-term supply agreements with

our long-standing partners NZ Steel

and NZ Aluminium Smelter (NZAS).


In the dairy sector, we’re working with

Fonterra, Open Country and Synlait

as they electrify. And we’re walking

alongside government agencies to

support their transition away f rom


gas in a planned and orderly way.

New deals with

NZ Steel

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Contact’s long-term

partnership with NZ Steel saw

us sign two new agreements

in August 2025, continuing

our shared commitment to

New Zealand’s renewable

energy future.

The first is an 11-year 50MW electricity

supply agreement to cover periods

of higher production f rom NZ Steel’s

new electric arc furnace, connected

in December 2025.

This new agreement mirrors the

30MW deal reached in 2023, giving

NZ Steel long-term renewable

energy supply for the ongoing

operation of its wider business.

Through demand flexibility, it helps

reduce demand f rom the energy

system in peak winter periods so

electricity can be directed where


it is needed most.

The second agreement is a lease

for land adjacent to the current

100MW Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1,

where we’re building a second larger

200MW grid scale battery (read more

in Decarbonise our portfolio).

These long-term, flexible electricity

supply solutions work for a wide

range of customers. They provide

reliable, renewable energy and

support security of supply.

New Zealand Steel plant at Glenbrook, Auckland.

21

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

New Zealand Aluminium Smelter at Tiwai, Southland.
Southland

economy benefits

from NZAS

partnership

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Contact and Rio Tinto signed

a Letter of Intent in May

to support restarting the

idle Line 4 potline at the

New Zealand Aluminium

Smelter at Tīwai. This has

the potential to both grow

demand and support new

renewable energy.

Under the proposal, the smelter

would become a long-term customer

underpinning Contact’s recently

consented Southland Wind Farm


(see Grow renewable development).

This shows how industry and

renewable energy can work together

to deliver long-term benefits for


both Southland and New Zealand.

Line 4 at Tīwai Point has been idle

since 2020. Restarting it would require

around 50MW of additional electricity,

while delivering increased production

and export earnings for New Zealand.

The combination of new renewable

generation and industrial demand is

expected to deliver strong economic

benefits for the region. Line 4 will

add around NZ$100 million in

annual export revenue and produce

approximately 30,000 tonnes more

sustainable aluminium per year,

when the line is fully operational.

In 2024, we announced a renewable

electricity agreement to provide


fixed-price coverage for the smelter

for a minimum of 10 years, paired with

demand response of up to 46MW

when required.


This agreement strengthens our

growing partnership with both

Rio Tinto and Contact, ensuring

that future industrial growth

reinforces our commitment to

environmental taurikura (prosperity)

and community resilience. We look

forward to exploring the wide-

ranging future opportunities this

unlocks for our people and the

community at large, particularly

in high-skilled jobs, clean energy

innovation, and long-term wealth

creation for Murihiku Southland.

Terry Nicholas

Murihiku Regeneration and

Ngāi Tahu representative

This Letter of Intent represents a

practical step toward restarting

Line 4 at Tīwai, strengthening

New Zealand’s position as a

producer of low-carbon aluminium,

supporting jobs, increasing exports,

and contributing to a more resilient

electricity system.

Armando Torres

Managing Director, Rio Tinto

Aluminium Pacific Operations

22

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Dairy factories
powered by the

sun

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Contact’s solar farm at

Kōwhai Park (see page 26)

will power two South Island

dairy factories, under a

power purchase agreement

signed with specialist dairy

company Synlait.

The 10-year agreement forms part of

a wider partnership between Simply

Energy (part of the Contact Group)

and Synlait. The dairy company

will buy 25 percent of the energy

generated by Contact’s new solar

farm at Kōwhai Park; a 50/50 Joint

Venture with Lightsource bp.

When Kōwhai Park starts commercial

operations in early FY27, Synlait’s

Dunsandel and Dairyworks sites will

be powered by 100 percent renewable

energy, with any additional energy

sold back to Simply Energy.



Simply Energy demonstrated a

deep understanding of how all

the elements – market dynamics,

network considerations, operations

and engineering – interconnect, to

achieve the best outcome for us.

Dave Williams

General Manager of Milk Supply

and Sustainability, Synlait

Gas for

government,

schools and

hospitals

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

An important part of our role

in building a better, cleaner

and more sustainable

country is walking alongside

New Zealand businesses and

government departments

as they plan the transition

to renewable energy.

In September 2025, we signed an

agreement with the Ministry of

Business, Innovation and Employment

to supply gas to around 100 essential

public services. This seven-year deal,

f rom 1 October 2025, sees Contact

supply around 1.65PJ of gas a year,

ensuring schools and hospitals have

certainty of supply and price.

This deal was made possible through

a long-term supply agreement for

seven years f rom Greymouth Gas.

Securing gas for the medium term

supports security of supply for

essential institutions, as well as


New Zealand homes and businesses.

It enables us to help our customers

navigate the transition to a

renewable energy future.

Electrifying

New Zealand’s

dairy sector

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Our partnership with dairy company

Fonterra, New Zealand’s largest

company, shows what can be

achieved when major energy users

and renewable energy generators

collaborate for good.

In 2025, we announced a 10-year

electricity supply agreement with

Fonterra. Since then, we have been

working together to electrify the

company’s Whareroa dairy factory


in Taranaki. The factory processes

up to 12.5 million litres of milk daily

and produces 30 percent of the


Co-op’s cheese.

The first stage of the energy

transformation at Whareroa will

see two electrode boilers installed,

reducing the site’s annual emissions

by an estimated 51,000 tonnes

of CO

2

e. This is the equivalent of

removing 21,000 cars f rom our roads.

By powering its boilers with

renewable energy, Fonterra is


future-proofing its operations

while reducing its reliance on gas.

Simply Energy, part of the Contact

Group, and Fonterra are now

discussing the electrification of


other dairy factories.


Our strategic partnership with

Contact and Simply Energy is

supporting our transition to

renewable energy. Electrifying

our Whareroa plant is one of

many steps we are taking toward

achieving Fonterra’s sustainability

targets while future-proofing our

operations.

Linda Mulvihill

General Manager, Energy and

Climate, Fonterra

Fonterra electric boiler at Whareroa, Taranaki.

23

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow renewable
development

In this section

Extending our geothermal

advantage

Powering up with solar and

batteries

Harnessing new wind

generation

Kōwhai Park solar farm, Canterbury.

24

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow renewable
development

New Zealand is in the midst of a renewable energy boom.

The sector is developing renewable generation at the

fastest rate in New Zealand’s history, and investing more

per capita in renewable energy infrastructure than the

United States, China, the UK, Norway and Australia.

Since the introduction of our

Contact26 strategy in 2021, we have

committed more than $2.4 billion

to building the renewable energy

inf rastructure New Zealand needs.

Over the past five years we have

completed two new geothermal

power stations – Tauhara and Te

Huka 3 – and our first grid-scale

battery at Glenbrook. And we have

a second larger grid scale battery,

and an additional geothermal

power station under construction,

with two solar farms in a 50/50


Joint Venture with Lightsource bp.

The Manawa Energy acquisition

in 2025 has increased our hydro

portfolio f rom two power stations

to 26 hydro sites – more than any

other New Zealand generator.

We now have a balanced portfolio

of geographically diverse hydro

generation. Our North Island power

stations produce more energy

during the winter due to higher

rainfall, while our South Island

stations make best use of the

summer snowmelt. This diverse

mix of renewable sources spans

the entire country. It helps support

security of supply and builds

geographical resilience into our

portfolio.

And our investment programme

continues at pace. We now have an

11TWh development pipeline across

wind, solar and geothermal, as well

as 700MW of grid-scale battery

options.

The Contact26 strategy has guided

this accelerated investment which

will continue through Contact31+.

The success of this strategy has

resulted in 98 percent of the

electricity Contact generated


this year being renewable.

Five years ago, it was 81 percent.

New Zealand’s renewable energy

transition is no longer a vision;


it is a reality.

Extending our

geothermal

advantage

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

As New Zealand’s geothermal

leader, operating on one

of the world’s largest

geothermal steamfields,

we’re investigating new

development projects in

the Taupō volcanic zone.

In April 2026, we started a $30 million

drilling programme to advance

steamfield development for the

proposed Tauhara 2 geothermal plant.

This follows our Tauhara and Te Huka 3

power stations coming online on the

Tauhara Steamfield in 2024.

Reservoir modelling indicates a plant

of 50–70MW could be sustainably

supported. We’re now working on

refining modelling, conceptual

design, and technology options

for this proposal. Final investment

decision is targeted for FY27.

Te Mihi Stage 2, the first phase of

our replacement of the 1950s-built

Wairākei geothermal power station,

is a year into construction.

The $712 million project is a two-unit

binary cycle plant and will be a useful

addition to the existing geothermal

stations on the steamfield.

Once operational, Te Mihi Stage 2

will generate enough renewable

electricity to power the equivalent


of 120,000 New Zealand homes.

Resource consent for the existing

Wairākei geothermal power stations

end in mid-2031. By then, Te Mihi

Stage 2, and Te Mihi Stage 3 (subject

to final investment decision) will be

online (read more in Environment,

social and governance).

Te Mihi Stage 2 under construction, Taupō.

$2.4 billion

committed to renewable energy

infrastructure since 2021

25

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTSENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Powering up with
solar and batteries

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Solar energy is part of

our commitment to lead

New Zealand’s renewable

energy future. In 2022,

we announced a 50/50 joint

venture with Lightsource bp

to develop all our solar

projects, and in June 2026

extended the partnership.

Our first solar farm, Kōwhai Park,

is in commissioning and will be

online in Q1 FY27. It will be one of


New Zealand’s largest solar projects,

with around 300,000 panels

generating enough renewable

electricity to power the equivalent

of more than 36,000 homes

(150MWac/275GWh per year). It is

situated next to Christchurch Airport.

Glorit, on the Kaipara Coast near

Auckland, will be home to our second

solar farm. Consent was granted in

October 2025. The Board confirmed

its final investment decision in

February 2026 and the project

reached financial close in June.

The site has been consented to

include a DC-coupled battery,

enabling solar generation to be

stored and dispatched when needed.

With access to Transpower’s existing

220kV power lines in the area, the

solar farm is expected to generate

150MWac/ 287GWh per year.

The Glorit solar farm is a significant

milestone in the acceleration

of Contact’s strategy. The farm is

expected to be online in the second

half of 2028.


Our partnership with Contact

continues to deliver strong results,

and the decision to extend our joint

venture reflects the success of what

we have built together and positions

us well to progress the next wave

of renewable energy projects in

New Zealand.

Adam Pegg

Chief Operating Officer

Asia-Pacific, Lightsource bp


Our third solar farm is proposed for

Stratford in South Taranaki. Current

home to thermal peaking generation,

we are exploring options to expand

our Taranaki site into a large-scale

renewable energy hub. Subject

to consent and final investment

decision we are planning to build

a 150MWac/312GWh solar farm,

potentially with a 150MW DC-coupled

battery for the site. This would create a

flexible and efficient hybrid renewable

energy asset, complementing

Contact’s existing energy operations

in the region. We also retain the

consented option of up to 500MW


of grid-scale batteries on-site.

These projects represent significant

milestones in the acceleration of the

execution of our Contact31+ strategy

to lead New Zealand’s renewable

energy future.

Harnessing new

wind generation

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Contact’s Southland Wind

Farm received consent in

May 2026. It will help unlock

new renewable generation

and regional economic

growth.

Demand for renewable energy f rom

this new site is already building

with NZ Aluminium Smelter signing

a non-binding Letter of Intent to

become a long-term customer


(see Grow demand).

Subject to final investment decision,

the wind farm would comprise up to

55 wind turbines on Slopedown Hill

in eastern Southland, approximately

25km south of Gore and 15km east of

Wyndham. It is expected to generate

more than 1.2TWh per year (enough


to power around 160,000 homes).

The Southland Wind Farm would

enhance energy security for all


New Zealanders, benefiting

households and the industries that

drive the economy and support


our communities. It would also

bring more than $400 million into

the New Zealand economy, much


of which will stay in Southland.

It will also offer environmental gains

through large-scale pest control,

fencing, planting and wetland

restoration undertaken by Contact.

The Department of Conservation,

Ngāi Tahu, Environment Southland,

Southland District Council and

Gore District Council approved the

conditions Contact put forward for

this project.

The Southland Wind Farm project

was not without challenge. In early


2025 we appealed the expert panel

decision that saw the original

consent declined. We felt strongly


that the panel’s decision was flawed,

with significant legal errors.

We withdrew the appeal, which was

a requirement of re-lodging the new

Fast-track allocation. We then re-

applied under the Fast-track process,

which was granted in May this year.

We are now advancing the strategic

partner identification process

and targeting mid-2027 for a final

investment decision.

The acquisition of Manawa Energy

opened a strong pipeline of other

wind development projects, including

Huriwaka in the Rangitīkei district

between Taihape and Waiouru, and

Kaihiku in South Otago between

Balclutha and Clinton. Kaihiku is

being developed in partnership


with Pioneer.

700MW

grid-scale battery options

11TWh

development pipeline across wind,

solar and geothermal

26

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Decarbonise
our portfolio

In this section

TCC retires

Glenbrook Ohurua battery

builds flexibility at scale

Huntly firming option

Changing operations on

the Clutha

Our 2035 net zero goal

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.

27

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

TCC retires
After 30 years in operation,

Taranaki Combined Cycle

(TCC) began decommissioning

in January 2026.

The retirement of TCC reflects the

increasing contribution of renewable

generation and was no longer

needed to support New Zealand’s

security of electricity supply. This

aligned with our stated plan to retire

our baseload thermal generation in a

systematic and orderly way. It follows

the closure of our Ōtāhuhu plant in

2015 and Te Rapa plant in 2023.

Our site at Stratford remains an

important strategic asset. It is home

to our gas peakers which play an

important role in giving us flexibility

when needed, and has the potential

to become a renewable energy

hub (read more in Grow renewable

development).

New Zealand has one

of the cleanest and

most reliable energy

systems in the world,

and some of the world’s

best renewable energy

resources.

For decades, we relied on thermal

generation to carry us through

when hydro, wind, and solar output

was low. As part of our strategic

commitment to decarbonise

our portfolio, we have been

systematically replacing thermal

generation with renewable energy.

It has been a careful balance. We have

not been af raid to change our plans

to ensure decarbonisation doesn’t

come at the cost of secure, reliable

and affordable energy. For example,

last year we made the difficult

but necessary decision to extend

the operational life of our Taranaki

Combined Cycle (TCC) plant to provide

short term support for New Zealand’s

energy security. TCC has now closed.

We are committed to achieving

net zero emissions f rom electricity

generation by 2035. This year we

reached 98 percent renewable

generation – that’s up f rom


81 percent in 2021.

Decarbonise

our portfolio

28

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Glenbrook Ohurua
battery builds

flexibility at scale

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Contact’s first grid-scale

battery at Glenbrook Ohurua

was officially opened by

Prime Minister Christopher

Luxon in May 2026.

The 100MW battery delivers fast,

flexible electricity, powering the

equivalent of around 44,000 homes

for two hours during average

winter evening peak. The Tesla-

supplied battery stores largely

renewable energy when demand


is low and supplies it back to the

grid when demand is high.

With the rapid decline in the upstream


gas market, Contact’s first battery

investment of up to $153 million

strengthens winter energy resilience.

It demonstrates how New Zealand

can build a more flexible, reliable and

increasingly self-sufficient energy

system, powered by renewable

electricity.

Importantly, the battery can help

reduce reliance on fossil-fuel

generation during peak periods,

making it another important tool


in decarbonising our portfolio.

Contact is investing $235 million


in a second Glenbrook Ohurua

Battery that will provide an additional

200MW. Together, the batteries will

provide up to 300MW of capacity,

enough to power the equivalent of

around 130,000 homes for two hours

during average winter evening peak.


Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 is a

finalist in the 2026 Energy Excellence

Awards – Energy Project of the Year.

These battery investments are

more than new inf rastructure;

it represent a shift in how we power

New Zealand’s future. As we move

toward a highly renewable system,

flexibility f rom assets like these

batteries support energy security.


It also reduces exposure to global

energy shocks and builds a more

independent energy system for


New Zealand.

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.

100MW

battery 1 now operational

200MW

battery 2 now under construction

Combined these will power 130,000

homes for two hours based on average

load during winter evening peak.

29

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
builds on NZ Steel’s existing

partnership with Contact Energy

and the battery’s opening marked

a great milestone for New Zealand’s

energy future.

Taking the battery from concept to

operation in under two years is an

impressive achievement that

shows what can be done through

strong cross-sector partnerships.

Delivering fast, flexible support

to the electricity grid and helping

enable more renewable generation,

the battery is another step in

decarbonising industrial production

in New Zealand. We are proud of

what we’ve achieved together –

and excited for what comes next

with Battery 2 already underway.

Robin Davies

Chief Executive, NZ Steel

As Glenbrook’s new kids on the block,

we’ve been getting to know our new

neighbours, including the actual kids

on the block at Glenbrook School.

After donating some fallen trees


which the school turned into a

firewood fundraiser, we invited

Principal Lysandra Stuart to join


us at our official opening.

“Opportunities such as this allow our

tamariki to see real-world examples

of innovation, sustainability, science,

engineering and environmental

responsibility happening within their

own community. Developments like

the battery farm provide authentic

contexts for inquiry learning, future

energy discussions, environmental

studies, and understanding how

technology and innovation can

positively shape communities.

We look forward to continuing to

explore local opportunities that

enrich learning and strengthen our

tamariki’s understanding of the

unique place they live in.” Lysandra

Stuart, Principal, Glenbrook School.

Contact Energy’s work developing

the Glenbrook battery is an

outstanding example of exactly

what we need to see more of, to

bolster New Zealand’s energy

resilience. It’s progress towards a

cleaner, more resilient, more reliable

energy system. It’s progress towards

greater energy independence, and

therefore a stronger and more

secure New Zealand.

Christopher Luxon

Prime Minister

Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua Chair, Riki Minhinnick

leads Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 blessing.

Glenbrook School, Auckland.

Contact team, Hicks Bros Civil Construction team,

and dignitaries at the site of Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2.

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1

opening with Contact CEO

Mike Fuge, Chair Rob McDonald,

Prime Minister Rt Hon Christopher

Luxon, and Hon Simon Watts.

30

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Changing
operations

on the Clutha

In our efforts to strengthen

New Zealand’s energy

security and reduce our

use of thermal generation,

we have been exploring

the possibility of adjusting

lake levels in times of

extreme need.

As we look to develop new projects

in wind and solar, and with the

impact of climate change on

our weather patterns, we are

considering how we can improve

our operations on the Clutha.

If we are able to hold back more

water for longer over the summer,

this could help bring down

electricity prices in winter. And if


we can vary the water flow, we can

use the power of the Clutha as


a renewable peaking resource.

As part of that, an increased

operating range on Lake Hāwea

would allow more water to be

captured and stored in the spring

snow melt each year, rather than

spilling the precious resource.

Our commitment to the Clutha

Mata-Āu catchment is reflected in

both our operational investments

and environmental partnerships.

Alongside significant upgrades

at Roxburgh and Clyde (see

Operational excellence –


Hydro upgrades), we continue

to support community initiatives

to help strengthen biodiversity

and f reshwater health across

the catchment. These include

improving environmental

and social outcomes through

partnerships such as WAI Wānaka,

initiatives such as the Kawarau

Arm Community Project and a

change of approach in working

with the seven rūnaka of Ngāi

Tahu (see Environment, social and

governance).

We intend to work with communities

in the area as we progress our

thinking, as we believe everyone can

benefit f rom this changed operation.

Clutha Mata-Āu catchment, Otago.

Huntly firming

option

As we transition to a

renewable energy future we

are taking pragmatic steps

to support energy security.

In August 2025, Contact

reached an agreement

with Genesis, Mercury and

Meridian to establish a

strategic energy reserve

at Huntly Power Station.

Approved by the Commerce

Commission in November 2025,


this agreement keeps Huntly’s

Rankine units operational in the

event of future supply constraints

during a dry year.

Contact has an agreement for


10-year Huntly Firming Options

(HFOs) of 50MW, which mirrors the

Meridian and Mercury agreements.

While maintaining our commitment

to net zero emissions f rom energy

generation by 2035, we recognise


the critical need for back up

electricity generation. We see


this as a buffer against future

dry winters, as New Zealand

transitions to renewable energy.

31

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Current emission
breakdown (ktCO

2

e)Decarbonisation pathway (ktCO

2

e)

FY26

Scope 1 and 2

emissions

320

105

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Batteries

2

Expected thermal

peaking

1

Decommission

TCC

3


(completed FY26)

Capturing or

reinjecting


carbon

4

Additional

initiatives being

assessed

5

-16

-13

-60

Forestry

partners units

received

6

-80

-256

SBTI 2026 target

648 ktCO

2

e

This chart illustrates the pathway to Net Zero

Scope 1 and 2 emissions f rom FY26 actual Scope 1

and 2 emissions.

1 Represents expected normal use of thermal

peakers in a mean hydrological year. FY26 was

a relatively wet year so peaker use would be

expected to be more in a mean year.

2 The figure shows estimated CO₂e emissions

avoided through reduced thermal peaker

operation due to Glenbrook Ohurua Batteries

1 and 2. Based on 150TJ of gas displacement

and the MfE emissions factor, ~10,000 tCO₂e is

avoided annually per battery (assuming mean

hydrology). The FY26 estimate is adjusted for

Battery 1’s three months of operation.

3 This figure represents the emissions f rom the

limited running of TCC in FY26 before retirement

that would not be present in our forward

emissions profile.

4 Carbon reinjection volumes estimated for

our Te Mihi 2 & 3 geothermal stations under

development.

5 Additional initiatives being assessed are carbon

reinjection potential at future geothermal

developments beyond Te Mihi 2 & 3 and a battery

energy storage system at our Stratford site.

6 Includes expected units f rom Drylandcarbon One

Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited

Partnership. Units shown are the total forecasted

available units as at 2035. Available units may

fluctuate based on climate conditions and/or

regulatory updates.

Our pathway to net zero for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035

Our 2035 net zero goal

Climate mitigation and energy transition

We are making solid progress

to achieving net zero

emissions from electricity

generation by 2035. In FY26,

98 percent of the energy we

generated was renewable

up from 81 percent in 2021.

We have proactively and

systematically decarbonised

our portfolio.

We have multiple complementary

strategies to achieve our net zero goal:

+replace thermal assets with

renewable generation

+reduce reliance on thermal peaking

with the deployment of grid-scale

batteries and demand response

innovation

+capture and reinject carbon at

select geothermal plant, and

+offset residual emissions through

our forestry investments.

This year, we, as planned, closed the

Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC) plant

in Stratford, which is expected to reduce

our scope 1 and 2 CO

2

e emissions by

an average of 41 percent. TCC was our

last remaining baseload gas plant


(read more in TCC retires).

Our new geothermal plants Tauhara

and Te Huka 3 came online in

FY25, Te Mihi Stage 2 is now under

construction, and we are exploring

options for further geothermal

developments. These investments

increase our baseload geothermal

generation enabling us to reduce

reliance on gas (read more in


Grow renewable development).

Further investments in the


Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 and 2,

Kōwhai Park solar farm and Manawa

Energy acquisition (which added


26 hydro sites and 1.9TWh mean

hydro generation) are further

demonstration of our mitigation

strategy in action.

Our net zero goal, supported by

bold decisions and accelerated

investment, means we are well

positioned to navigate the challenges

and opportunities of New Zealand’s

renewable energy transition. For

more on our calendar year 2026 SBTi

targets see Reducing greenhouse gas

emissions and measuring our impact.

32

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Create outstanding
customer experiences

In this section

Flexing power use at home

Staying connected

Choice and support through prepay

Making interactions easier

Customer voice

33

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Flexing power
use at home

Energy Wellbeing

Over a third of our customers

are now on Good Plans,

which offer free or

discounted power in

return for shifting usage

to off peak periods.

This sees customers do their

washing, put on the dishwasher

or bump up their heating on

weeknights between 9pm and

midnight or weekends between

9am and 5pm.

Since launch in August 2021,


our customers have benefited

f rom more than 403 million hours

of f ree power.

Our plans give customers choice,

enabling them to move usage to

times when there is less pressure

on the energy system and save

money in the process.

We’re now in our third year of


Hot Water Sorter – a programme

to switch off hot water cylinders

at peak times when most

New Zealanders are using power.

This does not impact customers’

energy use, and reduces the need

for non-renewable generation.

In FY26, we’ve grown the

programme to 30,000 households –

up 50 percent on last year.

Through Hot Water Sorter, customers

collectively shifted 13GWh of energy

out of peak times in FY26.

This flexibility not only works for

customers (92 percent gave it a

thumbs up in a recent survey),


it also reduces pressure on the

grid in peak times.

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

We recognise the impact the

cost of living pressures have on

Kiwi households. Our creation

of innovative time of use

plans, investment in lower

cost generation, and our front

line support programmes,

are designed to help

New Zealanders at home.

We have more than 690,000 customer

connections across electricity, gas,

broadband, and mobile – an increase

of 8 percent on FY25.

Our broadband and mobile services

grew 19 percent year on year to more


than 148,000 connections, and around

165,000 customers choose to buy

more than one product with us.

As an energy retailer, our role goes

beyond supplying electricity, gas,

broadband or mobile. We help


New Zealanders feel warm, connected

and supported at home, especially

when things are challenging.

Over the next five years, we will attract,

retain, and reward key customer

groups through personalised, digital

and AI-powered experiences while

empowering them to shift energy


use away f rom peak periods.

403 million hours

of free power given to customers

through our Good Plans

Retail brand image.

34

2026

Staying connected
Energy Wellbeing

We have embedded a

wellbeing-first mindset,

making empathy and

care part of our everyday

interactions.

We intervene early through tailored

plans, work alongside community

partners and focus on keeping

people connected wherever possible.

We don’t charge disconnection or

reconnection fees. In 2025 we reduced

the number of disconnections by


30 percent and reduced it a further

50 percent through 2026.

Our two-way referral pathways

enable our community partners


to refer vulnerable whānau who

are Contact customers through

our ‘Here to help you’ channel.

This year we introduced the Prepay

Winter Initiative (see sidebar),

launched The Good Initiative and

grew our partnership with Women’s

Refuge (read more in Environment,

social and governance).




When I was struggling to pay my

bills on time, your team showed

kindness and gave me extra

time to get back on track.

Your understanding and

willingness to work with me

during this challenging period

has meant a lot to me and my

family. Thank you again for

your excellent customer service,

compassion, and support.

I truly appreciate it.

Contact customer

name withheld for privacy

Contact Energy’s Customer Wellbeing Team.

Left to right: Hermione Cook, Phil Crowther, Lisa Swinbanks,

Tawanda Gwenhamo, Tommy Denisov, Mikaere Manuel.

Choice and

support through

prepay

Energy Wellbeing

Prepay is a valued service,

enabling customers to

carefully manage household

budgets.

Yet, Contact is now the only gentailer

taking on new prepay customers.

As a result, this customer base has

grown by 23 percent since December

2025 and continues to grow.

This year we introduced the Prepay

Winter Initiative as a targeted response

to materially reduce disconnections

over winter.

Our Customer Wellbeing team

developed a dynamic weekly

process to identify prepay customers

at highest risk of imminent

disconnection (based on payment and

usage patterns), allowing us to apply

targeted, just-in-time support.

Through this initiative, we have

supported 2,948 customers and

avoided 4,948 disconnections.


Most importantly, we supported

customers directly when they

needed it most.



On the frontline, we’re speaking

with people who are stressed,

vulnerable, or facing really difficult

circumstances. It’s not just about

applying processes or options. It’s

about listening, building trust, and

doing your best to support someone

in a moment that genuinely matters

to them. We now have more tools,

options, and flexibility to meet

people where they’re at and find

solutions that help.

Customer Services Representative

Contact

Making

interactions easier

This year we made customer

interactions faster and easier.

We simplified identity checks on our

IVR (phone system) so our team can

spend less time on administrative

processes and more time resolving

customer needs, while maintaining

privacy and safety controls.

We rolled out an AI assistant, Āwhina,

to support contact centre team




members with real-time guidance

during customer calls. Early results

show Āwhina is already saving

customers time.

These improvements, alongside

disciplined cost management, have

helped manage our cost to serve per

connection despite ongoing financial

pressures. Read more about how we

are using AI and digital technologies

to improve processes and boost

productivity in Operational

excellence.

35

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Source: Electricity Authority
Generation

Producing the electricity

you use.

Transmission

Building and maintaining

the national electricity grid

which moves electricity

around New Zealand.

Distribution

Building and maintaining

the power lines that

deliver electricity f rom

the grid to your local area,

and then to your home.

Metering

Reading and maintaining

your electricity meter.

Retail

The operating costs of

the retailer you’re with.

That’s us!

GST

New Zealand’s Goods and

Services Tax. GST is 15%

of the pre-GST cost, which

equates to 13% of the

GST-inclusive amount.

Levies

Organisations who

operate the electricity

market, including the

Electricity Authority.

What makes up my electricity bill?

GenerationRetail

38.5

%

Transmission

8

%

Distribution

24.5

%

GST

13

%

11

%

Metering

4.5

%

Levies

0.5

%

This is a breakdown of an average household electricity bill. Source: Electricity Authority

Breakdown of an average household electricity bill

Customer voice

Energy Wellbeing

As household budgets

remain under pressure,

New Zealanders are looking

more closely than ever at the

cost of the essentials in life,

including energy.

Some of the biggest drivers of

electricity bill increases, such as lines

and transmission charges, and gas

that we buy sit outside our control.

We remain focused on delivering

value, simplicity and support for our

customers.

This commitment is reflected in our

customer advocacy results, with

our relational net promoter score

(a measure of overall customer

satisfaction) NPS increasing by


1 point to +29. Our contact centre net

promoter score NPS rose by 2 points

to +63. These results demonstrate

growing trust in Contact and the

experience we provide.

We know affordability matters.


That’s why we continue to keep

prices we control as stable as

possible, while investing in products,

services and technology to help

customers better manage their

energy use and costs.

36

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Te Huka 3 Power Station, Taupō.
Financial

performance

37

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial performance
In FY26, Contact’s performance reflected the completion of

the Manawa integration and the impact of our renewable

investments.

Our performance in FY26 was

underpinned by a significant lift

in renewable output, up 2.9TWh

including PPAs

1

, with our total output

98 percent renewable this year.


This reflected the addition of the

Manawa hydro assets and its

contracted PPAs

1

(primarily wind

and geothermal) which together

contributed 2.4TWh, and a full year

of generation at our new Te Huka 3

geothermal plant.

Higher renewable output supported

increased contracted sales.

Market conditions contrasted sharply

with those of FY25. National hydro

inflows were 118 percent of the long-

term average, while New Zealand’s

hydro storage ended the period at


135 percent of typical levels.

Average pricing of electricity sold


was lower at $140 per MWh, down

11 percent f rom $157 per MWh in

FY25. This reflected the normalisation

of market conditions f rom a

challenging FY25. Pricing was lower

on CFD

2

sales, reflecting generation

costs. Contact spent less on gas

purchases and acquired generation,

costs of which had been elevated in

FY25 when fuel was scarce.

The acquired Manawa irrigation

business contributed to a lift in


other income. In FY25, other income

was affected by losses on the sale


of excess gas to Methanex.

Operating costs reflected the

combined operations of Contact and

Manawa. Cost-reduction synergies

of $28 million have been secured on

an exit run rate basis, 100 percent of

target, with $22 million recognised


in FY26 within other operating costs.

We have reported net profit of

$423 million in FY26 and operating

earnings (EBITDAF) of $1,011 million.

The period includes the acquisition

of Manawa Energy f rom 11 July 2025,

which contributed to the uplift in

earnings.

Reported figures also include


$26 million of Manawa transaction

and integration costs. Excluding these

costs, EBITDAF was $1,037 million,

up 34 percent on underlying FY25

EBITDAF.

Operating f ree cash flow of


$648 million was up 49 percent

on FY25, driven by the acquisition,

improved operating performance,

and a positive movement in working

capital. This was partly offset by

higher interest and tax paid and

higher maintenance capex


reflecting the larger asset base.

An interim ordinary dividend of


16 cents per share was paid in

March 2026, and in August 2026

the Board approved a final ordinary

dividend of 24 cents per share

(imputed by up to 19 cents per


share for qualifying shareholders).

This will be paid to investors on


23 September 2026. This means we

are delivering investors a 40 cents

per share annual dividend, up three

percent on FY25. The dividend policy

targets a pay-out ratio of between

80 percent and 100 percent of the

average operating f ree cash flow of

the preceding four financial years

3

.

We are actively investing in

renewable development projects to

grow our business as New Zealand

decarbonises, and expect the

dividend to increase further with

operating cash flow over time.


We have a clear strategy and a

strong balance sheet, enabling

us to deliver on opportunities

and continue to drive value for

our shareholders.

1 Power Purchase Agreements with Mercury NZ (wind) and Eastland Generation (geothermal).

2 Contract for Difference – a financial agreement for fixed price electricity.

3 Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80–100 percent of average operating f ree cash flow of the preceding four years.

As the historic measure will not capture the operating f ree cash flow contribution f rom Manawa within the history, the Board

will apply discretion in the first few years post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100 percent, so that it is not

constrained in delivering the expected dividend per share uplift.

Final dividend

Interim dividend

FY25FY26

16

39

23

16

40

24

FY22

14

35

21

14

35

21

14

37

23

FY23FY24

Dividends (cps) – declared

38

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit20222023202420252026

Revenue$m2,3872,1182,8633,4393,242

Operating expenses$m1,8201,6132,1882,4282,179

EBITDAF$m5464606758721,011

Profit/(loss)$m182127235331423

Profit per share – basiccps23.416.329.941.641.5

Operating f ree cash flow$m330282424434648

Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps42.436.053.954.464.0

Dividends declaredcps3535373940

Dividends paid$m272273275309387

ROIC*%3.92.04.78.47.5

Total assets$m5,1665,8086,2086,81310,661

Total liabilities$m2,3263,0043,5894,0535,432

Total equity$m2,8402,8042,6192,7605,229

Gearing ratio%2836424737

* Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) is calculated as annual net operating profit after taxes, divided by the average amount of capital invested in the year. Net operating profit after tax (NOPAT) is based on earnings

before interest and tax (EBIT), less tax. The tax amount includes both the annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year as a proxy for cash tax paid. Invested capital is calculated as the average of

the opening and closing balance of net working capital excluding current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50 million, plus non-current assets, excluding non-current derivative balances.

The ROIC calculation includes movement in the Ahuroa Gas Storage onerous contract provision in the 2023, 2024 and 2025 financial years.

39

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Kaimai Power Station, Bay of Plenty.
Enabling our strategy

In this section

Environment, social and

governance (ESG)

Transformative ways of working

Operational excellence

40

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Environment,
social and

governance

(ESG)

At Contact, we want

to make things better

for future generations.

That means making

decisions that create

long-term value and

sustainable outcomes

for our communities,

tangata whenua, the

environment, our

customers, and our

people.

For the fifth consecutive year,

we’re included on the Dow Jones

Sustainability Index, now the Dow Jones

Best in Class Asia Pacific Index (DJBIC).

We’re proud of the meaningful

progress we’ve made towards reducing

environmental impact, working with

communities and customers, and

helping New Zealand transition to

a renewable energy future. We are

committed to continuing to learn


and improve.

Our work is guided by our values, our

stakeholder engagement policy, and

our commitments to the environment

and local communities.

Tauhara Pou

Our Communities and Partnerships

We hosted members of Ngā Hapū

o Tauhara and their whānau at our

Tauhara Power Station Whānau Day

in early 2026. The event celebrated


our partnership and all things

geothermal.

During the Whānau Day we

unveiled a Pou carved by master

carver Delani Brown (Ngāti

Tūwharetoa). The Pou symbolises

our enduring partnership with

Ngā Hapū o Tauhara and the

whakapapa of geothermal energy.





Kaimai reconsent

Our Communities and Partnerships

In May/June 2026 Contact’s

Kaimai Hydro Scheme reconsent

application was approved. Kaimai

hydro site provides around a

quarter of Tauranga’s peak demand,

supporting electricity network

resilience and security of supply.

We value our strong relationships

with local hapū which contribute

to ongoing positive change and

improved environmental outcomes

at the Kaimai Hydro Scheme.

A highlight in 2026 at Ōtūkehu Falls/

Ōmanawa Weir saw us collaborate

with members of Ngāti Hangarau

hapū to experience the waterfall

at full flow, marking the first such

occasion in 50 years.


Ohaaki geothermal subsidence

Our Communities and Partnerships

Contact has been working closely

with the three iwi land trusts

affected by our operation at Ohaaki

to address land use losses and

safeguard the marae.

Geothermal subsidence at Ohaaki

over the past decade has caused

environmental and cultural

consequences and hindered Ngāti

Tahu’s kaitiakitanga responsibilities.

An extensive bund was put in place

in 2014, based on independent

advice as mitigation, has not

protected the whenua as predicted.





Contact has been working closely

with each trust to address these

challenges through mitigation

measures, compensation, and

efforts to reinforce partnership.

Individual agreements were

finalised with each trust, reflecting

the distinct impacts on each

trust’s lands and Contact’s specific

obligations.

Through this process Contact is

committed to ongoing partnership,

working with Ngāti Tahu on a

pathway of self-determination.


We are thankful to the trusts for

the constructive approach taken

as we work hand in hand to address

matters.



41

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Hui Taumata
Our Communities and Partnerships

In June 2026, Contact and tangata

whenua partners came together


for the first-ever Hui Taumata

to listen to tangata whenua

perspectives on partnership and


to share the Contact31+ strategy

and Tangata Whenua Framework.

The programme was co-designed

and delivered by Contact’s Head

of Sustainability, Taria Tahana,

and Wairākei hapū trustee,

Tredegar Hall.

Hui Taumata was a collective

conversation for Contact and mana

whenua to share perspectives,

strengthen relationships,


and identify priorities that will

help shape future partnership

discussions. We acknowledge that

the true value of Hui Taumata will

come from the relationships and

conversations that continue long

after the event.

For some, a relationship with Contact

carries opportunity and optimism.

For others, it carries historical

mamae, alienation from resources,

environmental impact and

unresolved inequity.

Hui Taumata attendee.

Hui Taumata

Dr Kate Mauriohooho.Taria Tahana and Tredegar Hall.Che Wilson.Dr Ruby Pitiroi.

42

The Good Initiative
Our Communities and Partnerships

Energy Wellbeing

Many New Zealanders are doing

it tough in the current economic

climate. In response to this growing

pressure, we launched The Good

Initiative in September 2025.

Backed by $5 million for FY26,


The Good Initiative is a comprehensive

programme to support customers

and communities in need.

This year we have partnered with

60 social agencies and community

organisations f rom Northland to

Invercargill, covering their energy

costs (and mobile costs for some).

These partners – f rom foodbanks and

budgeting services to housing and

wrap-around support providers –


are best placed to reach those who

need it most. Our support means

more of their resources can be

dedicated to doing just that.

Through The Good Initiative, we are

focusing our energy on addressing

deep social need across New Zealand.

Rather than supporting a single

community or organisation, we are

backing the community sector itself –


the organisations and people who

stand alongside whānau every day,

often at their hardest moments in life.

Since launch The Good Initiative has

provided more than 23,000 instances

of support to New Zealand households

and communities, helping customers

access assistance when they need it

most. It is a finalist in the Community

Initiative of the Year in the 2026 Energy

Excellence Awards.

The impact of this mahi is both

practical and deeply felt. With our

power and mobile costs covered,

our kaimahi can stay connected

with whānau who rely on

us – especially those facing

hardship, isolation or crisis. It has

strengthened our ability to respond

quickly, maintain continuity of care,

and uphold the mana of those

we walk alongside. The relief and

stability this support has created

is something our team and our

community experience every day.

James Leslie

Board member, Paetumokai

Charitable Trust

Resource consent for Kawarau

Arm community project

Our Communities and Partnerships

Biodiversity and Nature

The Kawarau Arm Community

Project involves one of Central

Otago’s most significant waterf ront

at Cromwell. It uses community-

based solutions to manage the

impacts of sedimentation in the

Kawarau Arm of Lake Dunstan.

This year, the project received

resource consent f rom Otago

Regional Council for native planting,


a raised boardwalk, a jetty extension

and land reclamation. These four

elements were agreed through

comprehensive engagement with

mana whenua, stakeholders, and

engineering and ecological experts.

We are now running planting trials

to choose species for along the

boardwalk and water’s edge, while

working with the community to

minimise disruption to local cycle

trails.

Whakaora Kai Food Rescue Northland.

Whakaora Kai Food Rescue

Northland is a small charitable

organisation that collects and

redistributes over 260 tonnes of

food a year. Our electricity bill was

a monthly stress...and applying

for funding for something that

fluctuates and changes was a

challenge. The partnership with

Contact is fantastic as we can now

put our energy into rescuing food

and supporting the community

groups we partner with rather than

worrying about how we are going

to afford our electricity bill.

Daniela Johnson

Kaihautū, Whakaora Kai Food Rescue

Northland

43

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Supporting healthy
waterways in

Wānaka

Biodiversity and Nature

Our Communities and Partnerships

The Clutha Mata-Āu catchment

is the heart of Contact’s central

Otago hydro generation.

This year, in recognition of the

region’s significance, we developed

a new partnership with WAI Wānaka

to achieve greater outcomes for

f reshwater and biodiversity in the

Upper Clutha.

This partnership builds on our existing

programme of local community

engagement and environmental

initiatives which includes facilitating

native fish passage at the hydro

dams (see page 45) and riparian

enhancement projects across the

lower catchment (see page 43).












Contact Energy are committed to

understanding and supporting what

matters most to community, and

WAI Wānaka knows that the biggest

impact happens when we work

alongside others. Together we care

about the long-term health of the

environment and the people

who live here – this is what this

partnership is grounded in.

Cat Dillon

CEO, WAI Wānaka

Contact: essential to

Women’s Refuge mahi

Our Communities and Partnerships

Energy Wellbeing


“I am honoured to have stepped

into the Chief Executive role this

year. Part of the National Collective

of Independent Women’s Refuges

for more than a decade, I have

been privileged to learn from our

communities and walk alongside

those we serve.

Our partnership with Contact

continues to make a real difference

to the women, children, and whānau

who access our services. Contact

powers our refuges with free

electricity and broadband, quite

literally keeping the lights on, our

safe houses warm and our clients

connected. This support allows us to

direct more funding toward frontline

services and practical assistance for

families.

We hear directly from clients about

the impact Contact has when they

are leaving our service. Helping

families get the power connected in

their new homes provides enormous

relief during what can be an

incredibly challenging time.

In addition, the research Contact

is funding is helping us better

understand the experiences of


those affected by family violence.

Safer When, Safer How is a three-

year research programme where we

are working together to understand

the underlying causes of violence,

from a victim’s perspective. It is this

victim-led approach that will inform

policy change, with scientific, data-

led insights on how best to support

systemic change and address

underlying causes. More than

3,500 victims have been part of this

research which is the first of its kind

in New Zealand.

Together, these initiatives provide

immediate support while helping

create brighter, safer futures for

women, children, and whānau


across Aotearoa.”

Naomi Ogg

Chief Executive, Women’s Refuge

Taupō coaching

initiative

Our Communities and Partnerships

In Taupō, our geothermal operations

not only deliver clean energy, they

also embody our commitment to

being a good neighbour.

After consulting with the Taupō

community to understand how

Contact could best support local

whānau, we have launched a new

partnership with Sport Bay of Plenty.

The initiative will strengthen support

for volunteer coaches of youth

sport across Taupō, helping to build

capability, confidence, and positive

outcomes for rangatahi.

This new partnership sits alongside

Contact’s long-standing support

of both SwimWell Taupō, which

delivers f ree swimming and water

safety lessons to around 3,500

primary students each year, and Kids

Greening Taupō, an education and

environment programme.

44

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Taking care of
native fish across

our hydro sites

Biodiversity and Nature

Renewable energy generation relies

on natural resources such as water

but can also disrupt the natural

ecosystems dependent on those

resources. This includes the migration

of native f reshwater species.

Today, 18 of our 26 hydro sites have

programmes to support the safe

passage of native fish species.


This includes sites in the Bay of

Plenty, Manawatū-Whanganui,


King Country, Taranaki, Marlborough,

Canterbury, West Coast, and Otago.

Our approach to fish passage

continues to evolve as we learn


more about its cultural, ecological

and environmental value.

Fish migration fluctuates significantly

year-on-year. The table below shows

the elver transferred upstream and

tuna heke released downstream


by local kāimahi (workers) and our

site teams.


Flora Dora erosion

mitigation

Our Communities and Partnerships

Biodiversity and Nature

In January 2026, a storm coinciding

with high lake levels contributed to

landslips along the cliffs below


Flora Dora Reserve at Lake Hāwea.

As this area is popular for walking

and recreation, we are focused on

public safety. Key information is

shared regularly, and the risk of

slips signposted. We’re working with

Land Information New Zealand as

the landowners, Queenstown Lakes

District Council, who maintain the

reserve, and the local community.

We are developing a long-term

erosion mitigation plan for the cliffs

to provide long-lasting protection for

the community and environment.

New consenting

framework at

Wairākei

Biodiversity and Nature

As we progress our phased

redevelopment plan to replace the

68-year-old Wairākei power station,

we are operating under a new

consent f ramework. This represents a

significant change to environmental

monitoring and management of the

Wairākei geothermal field.

We have been progressively

implementing consent changes

since 2023, with further changes

taking effect f rom 1 July 2026.

There are two key changes that will

reduce our environmental impact


on the Waikato River. In the first,

we drilled new wells to reinject

separated geothermal water back

into the geothermal reservoir,

ending the discharge of separated

geothermal water into the


Waikato River.

In the second change, we have

deployed a new buoy which monitors

the temperature of the cooling


water discharge f rom the Wairākei

power station so we can better

monitor the temperature of the river.

Innovation meets

conservation in

Stratford

Our Communities and Partnerships

Biodiversity and Nature

This year, Contact supported the 800

Trust which is using innovation and

technology to restore native forest

and farmland in eastern Taranaki.

Our contribution included funding

towards a predator control trapline,

the Trust’s bird acoustic monitoring

system, and opportunities for

rangatahi f rom local iwi to gain

hands-on conservation experience.

Restoring

fish passage

in Wheao

Biodiversity and Nature

Together with local kaitiaki

(guardians), we’re improving fish

passage at Wheao in the Bay of

Plenty. A new water pump system

now provides continuous flow

on either side of the Wheao weir

for climbing fish, and additional

substrate on the weir surface offers

more grip.

For the first time in more than


40 years, elver and galaxiids have

an opportunity to navigate the

weir with minimal obstruction.

We’re also working with Kohutapu

Lodge and Whirinaki Forest

Footsteps, a local tourism


company that will harvest and

weave harakeke (flax) ropes to

support elver migration upstream.

2025/26

season

2024/25

season

Transferred

upstream

731kg

of elver

165kg

of elver

Released

downstream

2,000+*

tuna heke

296*

tuna heke

* Not including elver and tuna heke using

passive fish passage systems.

45

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Environmental
stewardship at

Wairākei

Biodiversity and Nature

Wairākei is not only where we

generate renewable energy, it’s also

home to several hundred members

of our team, many of whom have

intergenerational connections to


the whenua.

Our long-standing partnership

with Wairākei Ahi Tamou Rōpu

demonstrates our commitment to

restore the environmental, cultural

and spiritual health of the Wairākei

geothermal steamfield.

This year, in line with our Taiao Plan,

we started restoring a 60-hectare

site, Pirorirori. We have installed


over 200 pest animal traps and

started eradicating pest plants


(such as wilding pines) to protect

and enhance threatened geothermal

vegetation, including geothermal

kanuka, forked fern, ladder fern


and giant hypolepis.

Through the Wairākei

Environmental Mitigation

Charitable Trust, we are funding

planting and maintenance of 10,000

native trees within the Tauhara

geothermal field. This planting will

protect threatened geothermal

vegetation in the area.

Waste and circular

economy

Biodiversity and Nature

This year we introduced waste and

circular economy as a new material

topic. This was driven by two key

changes: Contact’s purchase of

Manawa Energy in 2025 which


added 25 new generation sites to

our fleet, and our growing renewable

energy pipeline.

As a result of these changes, we need

to better understand and manage

the waste streams associated with

our operations. These may include

negative impacts like emissions

and air pollution, depletion of finite

resources, and land and water

contamination risks f rom waste

disposal. They also include positive

impacts like job creation, reduced

material and production costs, and

improved supply chain resilience.

Over the year, we completed

waste assessments at several sites,

working with teams to understand

the types and volumes of waste

generated across our operations.

These assessments provided valuable

insights into key waste streams and

opportunities to implement circular

economy initiatives.

This work has informed the

development of a waste management

programme, which sets out a series

of actions to be implemented over

the coming years.

Sustainable

procurement

Our people

Biodiversity and Nature

Our communities and partnerships

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

We are two years into our

Strengthening Procurement

programme to align supplier

values and practices with our high

standards of care and responsibility.

This year, we:

+assessed 268 suppliers against

social and environmental criteria,

with no significant adverse impacts

identified

+continued to share best practice

on modern slavery and human

rights risks.

+worked to integrate Manawa’s

supplier base into Contact’s

procurement systems and

processes, following completion


of the acquisition in July 2025.

Our commitments are set out in our

2026 Modern Slavery Statement,

Supplier Code of Conduct, Human

Rights Policy, and Environmental

Policy.

As most tier 1 suppliers are


New Zealand companies, our

spend supports jobs and economic

prosperity at home. Our policies


and processes help suppliers reduce

wider supply chain impacts.


46

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Tracking against our strategic metrics
Five years into execution we continue to make good progress.

Strategic themeRAG statusFY26 resultMaterial themeIndicatorTargets

Environment

Reduction of 857 ktCO

2

e

(reduced 73 percent)

Climate mitigation and

energy transition

Emissions f rom generationReduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions

by 45 percent by 2026 compared to a 2018

base year (SBTi target)

Achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by

2035

Reduction of 0.105 tCO

2

e/MWh

(reduced 77 percent)

Climate mitigation and

energy transition

Emissions intensity f rom

generation

Reduce Scope 1 GHG emissions by 37 percent

per MWh by 2030 compared to a 2018

base year

16,785 ML discharged

(increased 1,339 ML f rom FY25).

Discharge of separated geothermal

water f rom the Wairākei station

ceased 30 June 2026

Biodiversity and Nature Geothermal fluid discharge

to rivers

Significantly reduce operational discharges of

geothermal fluid to Waikato River by 2026

73,116 trees planted in FY26,

337,919 trees planted since

target set in FY21

Biodiversity and NatureNumber of trees plantedPlant 100,000 native trees around our

generation sites by 2024

Social

167 organisations supportedOur communities and

partnerships

Number of community

organisations supported

Support 100 community initiatives and

organisations each year

36 percent reconnected within

24 hours

Our customersPercentage reconnected50 percent of customers disconnected for debt

reconnected within 24 hours

88 percent without Prepay

93 percent with Prepay

Our customersPercentage of customers

accepted

Sign up 96 percent of new customers,

increasing energy accessibility for those with

poor credit history

Strengthened procurement

system to improve supplier

screening and updated standard

contracts to include modern

slavery clauses

Our peopleModern slavery

commitment

Committed to understanding and removing

modern slavery f rom our supply chain

98.6 percent pay equity for

Contact employees

Our peoplePay equity is monitored and

reported on

Ensure all Contact employees and contractors

are paid a fair and equitable wage

A member of Pride PledgeOur peopleInclusionMaintain commitment to Pride at Contact

Complete/on-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

47

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Strategic themeRAG statusFY26 resultMaterial themeIndicatorTargets
Governance

Continue to make progress to

embed at all levels

Our peopleGender splitMinimum of 40:40:20 female:male:open

through all levels of our company

Issued €500mn Medium Term

notes. 100% of debt certified as

green

Percentage green debtCertify all debt as green

Operational

excellence

Digital and technology enabled

trading optimisation

Digital capabilityContinuously improve operations through

innovation and digitisation

Digital and technology enabled

generation process

improvements

Digital capabilityContinuously improve operations through

innovation and digitisation

3 of 4 Roxburgh turbine

replacements successfully

installed and operational

Inf rastructure and asset

resilience

4 of 4 Clyde transformers

replaced

Inf rastructure and asset

resilience

Transformative

ways of

working





14,867 courses completedOur peopleContact UniversityCreate a flexible and high-performing

environment for Aotearoa New Zealand’s

top talent

17 leaders have completed

our Mau Taniwha Leadership

programme

Our peopleLeadership CapabilityCreate a flexible and high-performing

environment for Aotearoa New Zealand’s

top talent

48

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

1,250,000
1,000,000

750,000

500,000

250,000

0

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY23FY24FY25FY26FY22

Emissions from electricity generation (tCO

2

e)

1,250,000

1,000,000

750,000

500,000

250,000

0

FY18

Total greenhouse gas emissions by Scope

(tCO

2

e) for Contact and Western Energy

Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations

Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity

Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain

FY26FY25

Reducing

greenhouse gas

emissions and

measuring our

impact

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

In line with our 2035 Net Zero

generation commitment, we

continue to reduce our emissions.

We calculate and report our emissions

using the Greenhouse Gas (GHG)

Protocol and Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards (NZCS).

Our emissions include:

+Scope 1: direct emissions f rom

our operations

+Scope 2: emissions f rom purchased

electricity

+Scope 3: emissions across our

value chain

Emissions f rom electricity generation

account for most of our total emissions.

In 2018 we set Science-Based Targets

Initiative (SBTi)-verified emissions

reductions targets, updated in 2021 to:

+reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2

emissions by 45 percent by 2026

f rom a 2018 base year

+reduce absolute Scope 1 and 3

emissions f rom sold electricity


by 45 percent by 2026

+reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom

use of sold products by 34 percent

by 2026.

We remain on track to achieve our

Scope 1 and 2 and Scope 1 and 3

targets by the end of calendar year

2026 and our long-term goal of net

zero generation emissions by 2035.

The target for Scope 3 emissions

f rom use of sold products is at risk

given our role in supplying gas to

essential public services (read more

in Gas for government, schools and

hospitals).

We continue to review our target

setting approach, including

alignment with SBTi requirements.

Scope 1 emissions decreased

significantly this year due to the

reduced running of our Taranaki

Combined Cycle power station,

now closed, and increased hydro

and geothermal generation.

Our generation was 98 percent

renewable in FY26, and our Scope 1


emissions decreased by 57 percent

compared with FY25.

Compared to our 2018 base year,


in FY26:

+Scope 1 and 2 emissions were

73 percent lower

+Scope 3 emissions were

24 percent lower.

As the transition to renewables

continues, Scope 3 emissions are

expected to fluctuate due to security-

of-supply measures, including the

Huntly strategic reserve and the use

of gas as a transition fuel for industry

and government. See page 32 for

more about our 2035 Net Zero goals

and pathway to achieving them.

49

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

At Contact, our
community of team

members are deeply

committed to making

a positive impact on

New Zealand.

We know that by creating a workplace

where we look out for each other,

where our people can bring their true

selves to work, and where we provide

opportunities for growth and learning

aligned with our strategy, our 1,421


people will lead New Zealand’s

renewable energy future.

In June, Contact was honoured to

be awarded the third most inspiring

workplace in Australasia in the 2026

Australasian Inspiring Workplaces

Awards. The judges gave special

mention of our approach to wellbeing

and inclusion, noting our entry

was “an outstanding, evidence-rich

submission that clearly demonstrates

a purpose-led culture and a mature,

integrated people strategy at scale.”

In July 2026 our employee

engagement score increased to


8 out of 10, f rom 7.5 the previous year.

Several factors drove this increase,

including completing the integration

with Manawa and belief in our

strategy. Our employee net promoter

score (a measure of those who would

recommend working at Contact)


also improved by 13 points to 39.

Transformative

ways of working

Contact’s values





Own the future

We take responsibility

for the legacy we’re

creating – for ourselves,

our customers, and

Aotearoa New Zealand.

We do the everyday

things brilliantly,

unlock potential in

ourselves and each

other, and make bold

choices that shape a

future we’re proud of.

Brave humility

Turning up with

courage, curiosity,

and care – choosing

progress over

perfection, and people

over ego. It’s about

backing ourselves and

backing each other.


It’s how we stay

grounded and down

to earth so we can

grow fast and move

forward together.

Performance edge

We concentrate on

what truly gets results

and deliver with

conviction. We bring


a challenger mindset –

simplifying, raising

the bar, and acting

with pace to create

meaningful impact

for our business, our

communities, and


our people.

Over the coming months the refreshed values and behaviours will be embedded at

every touchpoint, from recognition to performance management, for new starters

to our longest tenured team members.

When these values are applied consistently, we reduce friction,

we improve execution and we lift overall performance. We make faster,

better decisions, and build trust with stakeholders by doing what we

say we will do. And we deliver renewable projects at pace and maintain

the resilience of our existing portfolio. Most importantly, we create the

operating environment that Contact needs to deliver.

Jan Bibby

Chief People Experience Officer, Contact

Refreshing our

values

Our people

This year, once the Manawa

integration was largely completed,

we turned our minds to how we

need to operate to deliver the

Contact31+ strategy. The time

felt right to look at how we work

together and the values and

behaviours we need to succeed.

Our Leadership Team reviewed

extensive insights f rom our people,

including verbatims f rom our

regular engagement and culture

surveys f rom both Contact and

Manawa. This revealed a set of values

and behaviours that we introduced

to senior leaders before sharing with

all Contact people in May 2026.

The ref reshed values and behaviours

will give our people clarity about

how we operate, particularly as

we move into the execution of our

Contact31+ strategy.

50

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion

Our people

At Contact, we are committed

to fostering an equitable work

environment where inclusion is

embedded in everything we do.

We believe in building workplaces

where our people can bring their


true selves to work. Our Inclusion

and Diversity policy and strategy

provide the f ramework to deliver


on this belief.

Our work on early careers (see

Attracting future talent) is an

important part of our long-term

strategy to address equity and

inclusion in our business.

Over 400 team members are directly

involved in our four employee-led


networks: Women, Māori and

Pasifika, Wellbeing, and Pride in

Contact. These networks are focused

on fostering inclusion, supporting

development, and strengthening

engagement.

This year, our networks have worked

on building awareness and capability

across a range of topics including

neurodiversity, women’s health,

and sleep, as well as celebrating

core inclusion dates – International

Women’s Day, Pink Shirt Day,


Te Wiki o te Reo Māori (Māori

Language Week), and Pride.

Our Growing your Whānau Policy is

now in its fourth year, with 52 team

members taking up the benefits as

primary care givers of new babies,

and another 19 receiving the partner

benefits. This policy supports anyone

who is the primary caregiver for a

child under six, f rom the early days

through to returning to work.

Developing our

people’s capability

Our people

We have continued to grow the

capability of our team through

development opportunities aligned

with our strategic priorities.

This year, we launched an AI Academy

open to all team members to build

confidence in using AI and ensure

responsible use. Three foundation

modules are now in place, with more

to come.

We ran a series of change readiness

workshops to support leaders and

team members in the lead-up to


the integration with Manawa, with

over 700 Contact people attending.

Seventeen leaders completed the

Mau Taniwha leadership programme,

which is now in its third year.


The launch of Contact31+ and our

new values will see our leadership

programme evolve in FY27.

Contact University, our custom-

developed platform for online

learning, continued to support


our people’s development. In the

last 12 months, our team members

completed more than 14,867

individual courses.

Health and Safety

Our people

Across Contact, our people take

safety seriously, looking out for each

other and ensuring everyone returns

home safely to their whānau at the

end of the working day.

We take a structured approach

to managing critical risks – those

with the potential to cause serious

harm to people, communities and

assets. Through site-specific risk

registers, safety-in-design, f rontline

engagement, and assurance

activities, we make sure our controls

remain practical, effective and

aligned to the way work is done.

We’re piloting an AI-powered health

and safety tool developed f rom

our company-wide hackathon.

Trend Tracker connects thousands

of observations across Contact to

identify emerging risks and themes.

It transforms data into actionable

insights, assigns risk levels, and

enables earlier intervention, better

prioritisation, and stronger decision-

making to improve the management

of critical risks.

The Manawa integration in 2025

gave us an opportunity to review the

safety climate amongst our newest

team members. Our score of 79

out of 100 was above the positive

safety benchmark for comparable

organisations.

We further strengthened our

safety climate by investing in safety

citizenship training for over 150 of

these new team members. This

programme is a core part of Contact’s

Left to right: Meriana Morehu (Tangata Whenua Coordinator),

Tunisia Davis (Tauhara Intern), Rongomai Hoskin (Tangata Whenua Advisor),

Dr Kate Mauriohooho (Volcanologist).

51

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

health and safety approach where
safety is an outcome of work done

well, embedded in how we operate

every day.

Our skin health programme, now in

its third year, continues to save lives.

We’re seeing greater awareness

of skin health and sun safety

practices among our people, with

more team members presenting

for early assessment. As a result

of this programme, over the past

12 months, our f ree skin check

programme has identified five

melanomas.

New Zealand

employment

market

Our people

Our success with early careers is

against the backdrop of a constrained

economy where unemployment is at

its highest level since the pandemic.

The first quarter of 2026 suggested

this may be starting to ease, with a

12 percent increase in the number of

jobs advertised across New Zealand.

Demand for engineering roles was

even more pronounced, increasing

by 25 percent on the previous year.

Despite this demand and a shortage

of specialist skills in New Zealand,


we continue to receive a high volume

of applications for open roles –


30 percent more this year than last.

The strength of our employment

brand has enabled us to attract the

talent we need, in spite of the skills

shortages.

As the economy improves and

the demand for labour intensifies,

we will continue to listen to the

market and our people to ensure

our offering and employment brand

remain compelling.

Attracting future

talent

Our people

Contact recognises that achieving

a secure energy future depends

not only on inf rastructure, but on

developing talent capability ahead

of demand.

In 2023, we identified key workforce

risks particularly in technical areas

where our teams were ageing, male-

dominated, and lacking Māori and

Pasifika representation. This came at

the same time as rising competition

for talent, growing skills shortages

and a constrained domestic talent

pipeline.

To address this, we hired a dedicated

early careers lead (Caleb Jasmat

pictured in breakout box) and

designed an end-to-end early careers

strategy, treating it as a long-term

workforce development pipeline.

Three pathways – a graduate

programme, summer internships,

and apprenticeships – collectively

support graduates, students,

apprentices, career changers, and

those re-entering the workforce.

Three years on, our early careers

programme is recognised as one

of the best in the country. In 2025,

Contact was ranked the number one

graduate employer in the Energy

and Utilities sector by Prosple, and

second overall in New Zealand.

Graduate applications have increased

by 315 percent between 2024 and

2025. Female representation of hired

graduates grew f rom 30 percent in

2023, to 87 percent in 2026. Māori

and Pasifika applications made up

25 percent of accepted offers for the

2026 cohort.

Our approach was recognised in

October 2025 with the Best Diversity

& Inclusion Strategy Award f rom

the NZ Association of Graduate

Employers. It is also a finalist in the

2026 Energy Excellence Awards,

FutureForce category.

Importantly our focus on early

careers is strengthening critical

capability, expanding access to

energy careers, building authentic

community partnerships, and

contributing to a more inclusive,

resilient energy workforce for

generations to come.

I’d planned to spend a few years

overseas playing cricket and chasing

the sun when I saw this opportunity

at Contact.

I’m privileged to work with people

inside and outside our business


from all over the country.

Our partnership with the First

Foundation is a real standout.

We support scholars from low

socio-economic households to

go to university, which genuinely

changes the pathway of their lives.

We stay with them for four years

and hopefully the next evolution

will see us support them with work

experience, internships or into a

graduate role to start their careers.

We have an important role to play

as a large company in a critical

industry to really shape the future

for young New Zealanders. We’re

giving them a start into a career

that could take them all around


the world. It’s an exciting time to be

part of Contact with it’s ambition

to lead New Zealand’s renewable

energy future.

I’m grateful for the support Contact

provides, allowing me to chase my

dreams outside of work, continuing

to play cricket around the world.

Caleb Jasmat


Early Careers Lead, Contact

Former Captain, Samoa Cricket Team

Wairākei Power Station, Taupō.

52

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Gender balance
Our people

Contact partners with Global Women

on the Champions for Change

reporting initiative, which tracks

participating organisations’ progress

towards our shared gender balance

goal of 40:40:20 (men:women:open).

Our seven-member Contact Board

includes two women, with a third

woman director being appointed

effective 1 September 2026. While

our eight person leadership team

has two women. The Contact Board

recognises that improvement is

needed. We are taking proactive

steps to ref resh our talent f ramework

and strengthen the identification,

development and progression of

a more diverse pipeline of future

leaders. Encouragingly, the proportion

of women in senior management

roles has increased f rom 40 percent


in FY25 to 42 percent this year.

Women comprise 42 percent

of our overall workforce.

Like others in the energy sector,

Contact faces a long-term challenge

in addressing the gender pay gap.


In FY26, our median pay gap decreased

f rom 42.4 percent to 37.8. This reflects

the composition of our workforce,

with a higher proportion of women

in our contact centres and more men

in our power stations, where many of

the most highly skilled and highest-

paid technical roles sit. Pay equity

(equal pay for equal work) amongst

our people improved to 98.6 percent.

Read more in Gender pay reporting.

Our people have told us that pay

equity is important to them, and

we understand that perceptions of

inequity can impact engagement.

Our Inclusion and Diversity initiatives

will help close this gap, and our mahi

on early careers (see Attracting

future talent) is an important part


of the long-term solution.

Gender

(Contact and Western Energy)

FY26FY26FY26FY26FY25FY25FY25FY25

Men

56.7%

Men

53.3%

Women

41.7%

Women

45.3%

Undisclosed

1.6%

Undisclosed


1.5%

Gender

Board and Leadership team

Board*

Leadership team* **

Women

2

Women

3

Men

5

Men

4

Men

8

Men

7

Women

2

Women

1

1 Individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities. Data is for Contact only,

Western Energy does not track ethnicity data.

2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.

Ethnicity

1

Māori

0

200

300

400

100

500

600

700

Pasifika

Asian

European

Other

AMELA

2

Undisclosed

20262025

Age diversity

(Contact and Western Energy)

Under 30

16%

Under 30

13%

30–50

52%

30–50

52%

Over 50

32%

Undisclosed

0%

Undisclosed


0%

Over 50

35%

* No Director or Officer self-identifies as gender diverse.

** FY26 includes Integration Director Matt Bolton who left Contact

on 31 March 2026.

53

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Operational
excellence

At Contact, operational

excellence means

continuing to improve

the way we deliver safe,

reliable, and resilient

energy infrastructure

for New Zealand.

This year, we accelerated our use

of data analytics and AI to improve

processes, boost productivity, and

pave the way for future process

automation.

We now have Enterprise AI

applications, such as Generative

AI agents, in production. These are

improving retail customer service,

analysing trends in health and safety

data, offering easy access to process

safety documentation, and more.


We have a responsible AI usage

policy, which was approved by the

Board in December 2025.

This work sits alongside and

supports our ongoing investment

in existing generation assets. In the

past year, we have continued to

increase efficiency and improved

the way we deliver our planned

maintenance programmes (known as

turnarounds), while maintaining our

fundamental commitment to safety.

BatMan powers

battery trading

Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

An algorithm called BatMan is at

the heart of Contact’s new trading

system. Created by our Trading

and Technology Innovation teams,

BatMan has integrated our new

battery at Glenbrook Ohurua.

From a trading perspective,

the battery provides a new set

of options to support Contact’s

generation portfolio. With quick

start up and no reliance on the

sun shining or wind blowing, the

battery can be run on any given day

in many different ways. It improves

our ability to respond to short-term

price volatility and rapid changes in

system conditions.

The BatMan algorithm

automatically generates

recommendations for how the

battery should be offered to the

market at any time. It combines

real-time telemetry f rom the battery

with live market data, providing

updated recommendations as

f requently as every six seconds,


five minutes, or as required 24/7.

As battery trading is still relatively

new in New Zealand, there was no

established playbook. So, our Trading

and Technology Innovation teams

have built a system that did not


exist before, and which the team

will iterate and adapt for future use.

“This is our first foray into

integrated algorithmic


trading which will over the

years scale to respond to

further investments by the

Renewable Development team

and help us manage our own

intermittent assets like solar and

wind.” Sam Turner, Market and

Portfolio Analytics Manager.

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.

54

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTSCONTENTS

A home-grown
reservoir

management

platform

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

Innovation for Geothermal Excellence

The launch of our geothermal

reservoir management solution,

Māpuna, is one of our operational

highlights of the past year. It has

been recognised as a finalist in the

2026 Energy Excellence Awards.

After a decade of testing various

commercial products, our geothermal

specialists and Technology Innovation

team collaborated on an initiative to

build our own solution.

Māpuna brings critical well,


geology, condition and performance

data into one clear, visual platform.

It replaces outdated tools and

spreadsheets (including data


f rom over 540 wells spanning

more than 70 years), into a single,

trusted system.

The data provided by Māpuna

enables better decision-making

across reservoir engineering, drilling

and development, faster analysis,

stronger forecasting, and more

proactive maintenance to protect

long-term reservoir health.

As we extend our advantage as


New Zealand’s geothermal leader

under our Contact31+ strategy,

Māpuna will guide our development

plans. It will enable us to scale on

high-quality existing fields, explore

new options, and continue to

improve our cost-efficiency .

“Māpuna is an excellent example of

magic happening when the Tech

team and Generation business units

work together. Our geothermal well

management has gone f rom one

of Contact’s most significant risks to

a strategic advantage, and the two

teams have developed a world-first

technology solution that is used every

day.” Tighe Wall, Chief Technology

Officer.

The true value Māpuna has

delivered to Contact extends far

beyond reservoir management.

Through the development of

Māpuna, Contact built its data

and AI capabilities, increased its

AI maturity, and unlocked the

structured, high-quality data

environment needed to scale AI

over time. It shows how a business-

critical challenge can be turned

into a platform for innovation,

performance and competitiveness.

Asset

Management

Raising the

bar on planned

maintenance

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

Planned maintenance turnarounds

(or shutdowns) at our power

stations enable our teams to

carry out essential maintenance

to reduce the risk of unexpected

outages and ensure reliable energy

generation.

This year, our turnaround team has

delivered a number of firsts, thanks

to ongoing operational efficiencies.

At Ohaaki, the team completed

both the station and steamfield

in a single turnaround – the first

time this has been done. During

this turnaround, as well as regular

cleaning and maintenance, the

team found cracks in the turbine’s

rotor which was replaced with one

f rom an adjacent unit.

Our new plants at Tauhara and

Te Huka 3 had their first-year

turnarounds during the year.


At Tauhara, vendors Fuji Electric

and Sumitomo Corporation

replaced the stainless-steel


bellows under warranty.

At Wairākei, the planned

turnarounds saw our two turbine

generators stripped down for

maintenance, while in Stratford,

the team completed the annual

inspection on our two gas peakers


in just three weeks – a week faster

than previous.

I joined Contact as a mechanical

geothermal technician in 2021.

Last year I got the opportunity to

step up as a Turnaround Manager

to see if I would enjoy it. I haven’t

looked back since.

The highlight has definitely been

the Te Huka 3 turnaround last year.

It was a new plant up for its first-year

service. Despite some unplanned

work, which is par for the course

in a first turnaround, the team

executed really well, and we came

in on budget and with an excellent

quality assurance rating.

It’s the team that makes these

projects a success: the guys on the

ground, those behind the scenes,

the operators, and support from

the rest of the business. Seeing

everyone come together is what

really makes it for me.

Jason Hydes

Turnaround Manager, Geothermal

55

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Hydro upgrades
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

Our multi-year $33 million project to

replace four of the eight turbines at

the Roxburgh hydro dam continued

throughout the year. Three new

turbines are now in operation with

the fourth due by the end of this

calendar year.

As each turbine comes online, it can

produce an extra 11GWh of renewable

electricity a year compared to the

old design. When complete, the four

new turbines will increase the dam’s

average generation 44GWh (enough

to power an additional 6,000 homes).

The new turbines, manufactured by

German hydro-engineering specialist

Voith Hydro, replace the original units

that had served the power station

since the 1950s.

At Clyde, we have now finished

our transformer upgrade which

has seen four units replaced with

modern alternatives. This was a

significant project, consuming over

40,000 hours of Contact and external

specialist expertise. It represents

an investment in grid reliability and

operational continuity.

At Matahina, we upgraded the dam

dewatering gate to increase dam

safety and earthquake resilience.


The $4 million project also replaced

the internal stairs built in 1967 with


a 10-storey modular suspended

stair system.

The $32 million project to upgrade

three of the Coleridge units is now

well underway. The G1 upgrade is

complete increasing the unit output

by 2.8MW. G2 is planned for 2027

followed by G3 in 2028 and once


the project is complete the overall

station output will increase f rom

39MW to 42.3MW.

Our $35 million Highbank unit

replacement project is progressing

well with demolition works complete

and the new scroll case installation

underway. We’re expecting the new

unit to come online in 2027.

Technology asset

management

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

This year, our technology team

created a f ramework, tools and

processes to enhance the way we

manage the digital and IT systems

across Contact. This technology

asset management plan will improve

security and reliability, reduce

risk, and ensure our technology

investments align with business

goals. It includes a clear roadmap

f rom FY27 onwards.

Process safety

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

At Contact, process safety reflects

our commitment to managing the

inherent hazards of generating and

delivering energy safely, reliably, and

responsibly. It covers the systems,

procedures, and practices that

prevent major incidents which

are low in f requency but high in

consequence. Our goal is to ensure

they never occur.

Alongside our everyday continuous

improvement programmes, our two

priorities this year relate to our new

power station Te Mihi Stage 2 and the

Manawa integration.

The safety case for our new power

station, Te Mihi Stage 2, has now

been submitted to WorkSafe. This

substantial body of work identifies

the major hazard risks at the site,

shows the controls in place, and

provides assurance the controls

Clyde Power Station transformers now installed.

56

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

are effective, maintained, and
continuously improved.

Contact’s purchase of Manawa Energy

has added 25 new generation sites

to our fleet. As expected, reported

process safety events have increased,

reflecting both the expanded portfolio

and our emphasis on encouraging

greater reporting to improve

transparency and prevention.

As we have integrated the two

businesses, we have sought to

adopt the best processes f rom

each. Contact is adopting Manawa’s

approach to dam safety. Contact’s

process safety training is being rolled

out across the teams that operate


the former Manawa hydro assets.

Strengthening

cyber resilience

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

This year, we continued to strengthen

our cybersecurity capabilities to

support safe, reliable, and resilient

operations. We reduced exposure

to key cyber risks through stronger

controls, including improvements

to identity security, email protection

and technology asset management.

We enhanced our ability to

detect, respond to and recover

f rom incidents through resilience

testing, independent assurance

activities, and ongoing capability

investment. As cyber threats evolve,

we are strengthening oversight of

third-party risk and improving our

detection and response capabilities

to protect information and support

operational resilience.

Protecting privacy

Energy Wellbeing

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

As custodians of the personal

information entrusted to us, we are

committed to protecting the privacy

of our customers and employees.

The Privacy Committee is made up

of senior leaders f rom across the

business and chaired by the Privacy

Officer – Chief Corporate Affairs Officer.

It meets every two months to

drive privacy-focused initiatives or

convenes immediately to approve

responses to moderate or greater

privacy breaches.

This year we ref reshed our privacy

policies to reflect new privacy

requirements and to support

transparent management of

personal information. An internal

assurance review will be conducted

by November to assess whether


our privacy policies are fit for

purpose for the adoption of AI.

Western Energy

Infrastructure and Asset Resilience

Our team at Western Energy

combined strong operational

performance with innovation


and growth throughout the year.

Key achievements included

completing complex repair work at

Tauhara which was part of the first

commercialisation of the coiled tube

drilling rig. Our wireline, live well

interventions, and formation


cleaning projects also delivered

significant value.

We were proud to receive the

Innovation Award for our new high

capacity coil tubing unit and be

recognised as Highly Commended

Employer of the Year at the Taupō

Business Awards. We were also

finalists in the New Zealand Energy

Awards for our formation cleaning

delivery, reflecting Western’s

commitment to innovation,


capability development and

service excellence.

Our international work included

establishing our Philippines branch,

delivering multiple projects for the

Energy Development Corporation of

the Philippines and completing our

first wireline operations in Japan.

Looking ahead, Western is strongly

positioned to support growing

geothermal development through

advances in supercritical well

capability, digital solutions and

continuous improvement initiatives.

Tauhara Power Station, Taupō.

57

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

About us
AI Hackathon, Wellington.

58

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

See the Governance matters section of this report for a matrix of the Board’s expertise
across a range of strategic skills. You can also find profiles of the directors on our website.

Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding, and strong experience to the boardroom table. Their governance

sets our strategic direction and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk. They apply independent judgement and

constructive challenge until they are satisfied with decisions, helping us seize the right opportunities and ensuring we balance

the interests of all our stakeholders.

Our

Board

Sandra Dodds

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTOR

Appointed director

September 2021

Chair of the Audit

and Risk Committee

Rukumoana

Schaafhausen


INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTOR

Appointed director

March 2021

Member of the

Health, Safety

and Environment

Committee, and

People Committee

David Gibson

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTOR

Appointed director

February 2024

Member of the Audit

and Risk Committee

Robert McDonald

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR

Appointed director

November 2015

Member of the

People Committee

David Smol

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTOR

Appointed director

October 2018

Chair of the

Health, Safety

and Environment

Committee, and

Member of the Audit

and Risk Committee

Jon Macdonald

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTOR

Appointed director

November 2018

Chair of the People

Committee

Deion Campbell

NON-INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTOR

Appointed director

July 2025. Member

of the Health, Safety

and Environment

Committee

Our

Board

Alison Barrass

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Appointed

1 September 2026

Alison will fill a casual

vacancy on the Board

f rom 1 September and

will stand for election

by shareholders at the

Annual Shareholder

meeting 16 September

2026.

Our

Board

59

Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They ensure the Board receives accurate and timely
information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial position, and prospects.

They provide strong and visible leadership across Contact and with our external stakeholders. They manage our people

and resources to ensure we operate effectively, efficiently, and deliver on our strategic priorities.

Mike Fuge

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Joined 2020

Dorian Devers

CHIEF RENEWABLE GROWTH OFFICER

Joined 2018

Chris Abbott

CHIEF CORPORATE AFFAIRS OFFICER

Joined 2019 (Leadership team Dec 2021)

Tighe Wall

CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER

Joined 2020 (Leadership team Sep 2021)

Jan Bibby

CHIEF PEOPLE EXPERIENCE OFFICER

Joined 2019

John Clark

CHIEF GENERATION OFFICER

Joined 2018 (Leadership team Feb 2022)

Matt Forbes

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Joined 2015 (Leadership team May 2025)

Carolyn Luey

CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER

Joined Jul 2025

Our leadership team

60

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Senior leaders
Contact cares deeply about the communities we operate in and relationships with stakeholders. Engaging with these

groups in a respectful and mutually beneficial way is not only important for delivering on our strategy, but also about

being a good corporate citizen.

The senior leaders highlighted here represent Contact with key external stakeholder groups.

Robin Baxter

Major Projects

Director

Tim Boyce

Head of Wholesale

Markets

Boyd Brinsdon

Head of Generation

– Hydro

Kirsten Clayton

General Counsel and

Company Secretary

Matthew Cleland

Head of Business

Development –

Wind & Solar

Mike Dunstall

Head of Business

Development –

Geothermal

James Flannery

Head of Market

Development

Sera Flint

Head of Brand and

Marketing

Saralaya Frost

Head of Strategic

Finance

Corinne

Gouldsbury

Head of People

Experience

Operations

Mark Green

Head of Health and

Safety

Shelley

Hollingsworth

Head of Strategy and

Investor Relations

Julie Jang

Head of New

Ventures

Lauren Jepson

Head of People

Experience Centres

of Expertise

Kate Kolich

Head of Data and AI

Jeremy MacIver

Head of Commercial

Angela McMillan

Head of Rewards and

Benefits

Jenni McNeil

Head of Security and

Infrastructure

Todd Mead

Head of Business

Development –

Hydro

Bryan Middleton

Head of Outstanding

Customer

Experience

Sam Morse

Head of Innovation

and Growth

Rob Nichol

Head of Generation

Thermal

Amy Oding

Head of Strategy and

Transformation

Michael

Robertson

Head of Consenting

Andy Sibley

Head of Simply

Energy

Mike Stevens

Head of Generation –

Geothermal

Taria Tahana

Head of

Sustainability

Eleanore Walker

Head of

Procurement

Brett Woods

Head of Regulatory

and Government

Relations

Louise Wright

Head of

Communications

and Reputation

61

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

External influences
At Contact, our ability to create value for our shareholders is

affected by global influences, such as economic conditions

and climate change, as well as local factors including the

cost of living and New Zealand’s regulatory environment.

The energy trilemma

The World Energy Council’s Energy

Trilemma is a set of objectives to

guide energy policy. There are

three components: Energy Security,

Energy Sustainability, and Energy

Affordability.

The independent report f rom


Boston Consulting Group showed

New Zealand continues to perform

well against these metrics, but some

challenges remain. The report found:

+Energy Security – New Zealand’s

system remains relatively reliable

and secure but the decline in gas

supply has exacerbated challenges

in supply when it is dry and

windless.

+Energy Sustainability – emissions

f rom electricity generation have

reduced by 66 percent since 2005,

and New Zealand is on track to be

more than 95 percent renewable

by 2027.

+Energy Affordability – increasing

gas prices have caused wholesale

electricity prices to rise, but

end consumer electricity prices

continue to perform well compared

to global peers.

As a business, we have a duty of care

to ensure our customers have reliable

access to electricity when they need

it. We also have a responsibility to

deliver affordable electricity, and to

protect the most vulnerable as we

decarbonise electricity generation.

We are investing at pace to support

the transition, while also working

hard with our customers and

industry to shift energy use off-peak,

and build the flexible, resilient energy

system essential for New Zealand’s

transition to an electrified economy.

Regulatory environment

Dry year risk

Regulatory attention remains high

following the elevated prices during

the dry conditions in 2024. It is

important that New Zealanders


trust the electricity sector to

provide secure and reliable supply

no matter the weather. The best

response to these challenges is to

continue to rapidly invest to fill the

gap left by the decline of the gas

sector. This strategy is working,


with wholesale prices falling in

line with the expected costs to

build new generation.

The New Zealand government is

also in the process of procuring

an LNG import facility. A right-

sized facility would be a sensible

addition to the New Zealand energy

market, providing additional fuel for

direct gas users, and insurance for

electricity generation in dry years.

Non-discrimination obligations

The recently introduced non-

discrimination obligations will

help improve transparency and

confidence in the market. The rules

took effect f rom 1 July 2026 and

provide a f ramework to demonstrate

we treat all parties we contract

with on fair and consistent terms.

This regime will also support an

improved allocation of costs to our

retail business, reflecting the costs a

business of Contact’s size would face.

Resource management reform

The New Zealand Government has

embarked on a reform programme


of the Resource Management

system. The Natural Environment Bill

and the Planning Bill are expected

to pass into law. Contact is broadly

supportive of the new legislative

f ramework. A more supportive

consenting environment will be

necessary to maintain energy security

and support economic growth. This

does not change our commitment to

being a responsible long-term partner

and environmental steward in the

regions where we operate, including

continuing to engage in good faith

with local communities, mana

whenua, and other key stakeholders.

62

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Enable our strategy through empowered
people and leaders, relationships with our

stakeholders, tech advantage, and productivity

Contact26

Building a better Aotearoa New Zealand

Contact31

+


Leading New Zealand’s renewable

energy future

Capitals

Nature

Grow demand for renewable electricity

Relationships

Decarbonise our portfolio

People

Grow renewable developmentLead on new flexibility in New Zealand

Build into new demand with wind and solar

Lead the energy transition at home

Assets

Enable our strategy through strong ESG

practices, transformative ways of working,

and operational excellence

Finance

Create outstanding customer experiences

Creating value

We’re putting our energy where

it matters most – to create a better

Aotearoa New Zealand.

Nature

The environment provides

the resources our generation

business relies on including

water, geothermal steam and

land. We both impact and

depend on nature.

People

The expertise, competence,

and passion of everyone f rom

our Board and Leadership

Team through to those in our

offices and sites underpin our

operations. Our approach

is embodied in our values.

This includes how we work

together, manage risks, look

for improvements, and treat

each other with respect.

Relationships

Our social licence to operate

relies on myriad relationships

within and between our

communities, stakeholders, and

networks. It relies on building

goodwill and earning trust with

all our stakeholders including

tangata whenua, customers,

communities, investors,

regulators, media, suppliers,

and our own people.

Finance

We have a pool of funds that we

deploy to produce and deliver

energy, serve our customers,

and undertake all our other

activities. This has been

generated through our business

activities, our investors, and our

debt arrangements, and relies

on us delivering on our strategy.

Assets

We use many physical and

intellectual assets to deliver

reliable, affordable, and

environmentally sustainable

electricity. These include power

stations, offices, vehicles,

transmission and distribution

connectivity, our reputation,

website and application

software, IT systems, customer

databases, brands, licences,

and internal ‘know-how’.

At Contact, we create value by:

+

Using resources (or capitals) including nature, people, relationships, finances, and assets

+Factoring in external environmental influences

+Running our business activities in a way that is true to our values, vision and strategy,

and overseen by good governance.

+Delivering outcomes that align with our strategy

We depend on various forms of capital for our success. The value of these capitals fluctuates throughout our business activity.

S

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

A

c

c

e

s

s

i

b

i

l

i

t

y

R

e

l

i

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

S

t

r

a

t

e

g

y

V

a

l

u

e

s

G

o

v

e

r

n

a

n

c

e

S

t

a

k

e

h

o

l

d

e

r

s

E

n

v

i

r

o

n

m

e

n

t

Extend our advantage as New Zealand’s

geothermal leader

63

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Identifying what matters most
We use the GRI standards and the Integrated

Reporting Framework to report on material

environmental, social and governance (ESG)

activities and provide a balanced view of our

performance. Contact also publishes a Climate

Statement under the Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards.

In 2026, we ref reshed our material topics following

the Manawa acquisition and release of Contact31+.

Guided by GRI 3: Material Topics 2021, we worked

with independent consultants Oxygen Consulting

to determine the ESG topics most significant to

Contact’s business and stakeholders.

We used a double materiality process, which

considered Contact’s impacts on people and the

environment, and potential financial implications

over the short, medium and long term. We aligned

this with Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management

Framework.

The assessment was informed by internal subject

matter experts; external thought leaders and

subject matter experts covering energy wellbeing,

climate resilience, communities and partnerships,

waste and circular economy; the Contact

Leadership Team; and staff through a company-

wide survey.

What we heard from stakeholders

+Contact plays a critical role in supporting

Aotearoa New Zealand’s energy transition,


with stakeholders expecting continued

momentum in renewable generation.

+Energy affordability and customer

wellbeing remain top of mind, with growing

expectations for Contact to balance commercial

performance with supporting customers and

maintaining trust.

+Reliable and resilient energy inf rastructure

is seen as essential, with increasing focus on

managing climate-related risks and ensuring

long-term energy security.

+Expectations are rising for Contact to strengthen

its approach to biodiversity and f reshwater

impacts, alongside demonstrating measurable

progress and transparency.

+There is continued recognition of the

importance of strong, enduring partnerships

with tangata whenua and communities to

enable long-term outcomes and successful

project delivery.

The results identified key material topics and

mapped them by their impact on people,

communities, the environment, and Contact’s

financial performance. This resulted in a

materiality matrix which helped identify


priorities and see where stakeholder

expectations and business risks align or differ.

The work confirmed we are focusing on the

right things. However, we have refined the topic

descriptions and definitions to improve clarity,

reduce ambiguity and strengthen their practical

application.

The waste and circular economy topic has

increased in relevance due to our renewable

energy pipeline and new generation assets

through the Manawa acquisition.

Contact’s Board and Leadership Team received


a verbal presentation and written report,

and approved the topics outlined below.

ThemeFY26 Material Topic

Climate

mitigation and

energy transition

Climate change and GHG emissions

Our contribution to New Zealand’s

decarbonisation

Inf rastructure and

asset resilience

Energy security

Safe and resilient inf rastructure

Biodiversity and

nature

Terrestrial ecological health

Freshwater ecological health

Waste and circular economy

Our people Health, safety, and wellbeing

Employee attraction, development,

and retention

Diversity, equity, and inclusion

Human rights, labour practices,

and modern slavery

Energy wellbeing Energy wellbeing, affordability,

and trust

Our communities

and partnerships

Tangata whenua partnerships

Communities and social impact


This report discusses each of these themes.

It covers topics we determined to be highly

material or material. The exception is Corporate

Governance. Although classed as material, it is

embedded into all topics.

64

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

1. We generate
We own and operate

37 generation sites and

produce the majority of our

electricity from our renewable

hydro and geothermal stations.

Our natural gas and diesel-

fired power stations operate

to ensure the lights stay on

for New Zealanders when

intermittent renewable

plants cannot operate.

3. We trade

We sell the electricity we

generate on the wholesale

market. We purchase goods

and services from a wide range

of suppliers. We also trade a

range of financial products

to manage our risk and

create value.

2. We develop

We build and invest in new

renewable energy directly

and in partnership. Facilitating

new development with long-

term PPAs and sales.

4. We innovate

We create smart solutions

to help customers, partners,

suppliers and communities

to improve energy efficiency

and reduce carbon emissions.

5. We sell and serve

As a retailer we sell products

and services to thousands of

individuals and businesses to

meet their energy, broadband

and mobile needs.

Our supply chain

Our

impacts

Generation

Lines

companies

Corporate activities Operational presenceCustomer service

• Climate change and GHG

emissions

• Our contribution to New Zealand’s

decarbonisation

• Energy security

• Safe and resilient infrastructure

• Terrestrial ecological health

• Freshwater ecological health

• Waste and circular economy

• Health, safety and wellbeing

• Climate change and GHG emissions

• Our contribution to New Zealand’s

decarbonisation

• Energy security

• Safe and resilient infrastructure

• Energy wellbeing, affordability

and trust

• Employee attraction, development

and retention

• Diversity, equity and inclusion

• Human rights, labour practices,

and modern slavery

• Communities and social impact

• Tangata whenua partnerships

• Terrestrial ecological health

• Freshwater ecological health

• Communities and social impact

• Safe and resilient infrastructure

• Our contribution to New Zealand’s

decarbonisation

• Energy security

• Energy wellbeing, affordability

and trust

National

Grid

65

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Governance
matters

Lake Matahina Dam, Bay of Plenty.

66

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Governance matters
Good corporate governance protects

the interests of all stakeholders and

enhances short-term and long-term

value.

We regularly review our corporate governance

systems and always look for opportunities to

improve.

We comply with the recommendations of the NZX

Corporate Governance Code in all material respects

with one exception this year: diversity metrics,

between 16 September 2025, and 30 June 2026,

following Elena Trout’s retirement as a director.


No alternative governance practice was adopted

in lieu of the recommendation during that period.

We have actively recruited to resolve this issue and

as at 1 September 2026 have returned to having at

least 30 percent male and at least 30 percent female

directors. In the intervening period our experienced

Board has continued to bring a broad range of

experiences and perspectives to our decision-


making processes. You can see our full reporting

in our Corporate Governance Statement dated

30 June 2026 on our website.

Our Board

The Board’s role and responsibilities

The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,

direction and performance.

Specific responsibilities include:

+Setting and approving Contact’s strategic direction

+Approving major investments

+Monitoring financial performance

+Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and

senior management performance

+Identifying and controlling significant risks

+Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk

are in place along with approving Contact’s risk

capacity and tolerance

+Reviewing and approving compliance systems

+Overseeing sustainable development, the

community and environment, and the health

and safety of our people.

Board composition

Contact’s Board comprises seven directors, with

a wide variety of skills, experience and points of

view. A further director was appointed effective

1 September 2026. More information on the

Contact Board, including appointment dates and

committee memberships, and short biographies

setting out skills and experience of each director,


is available on our website.

In May 2026, Contact announced long-standing

Chair, Rob McDonald would retire at the 2026

Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. The Contact Board

has elected Jon Macdonald, a Contact director

since 2018, as Chair.

As at 30 June 2026, the Board considers Deion

Campbell to be non-independent given his

association with Inf ratil Limited and Inf ratil

Investments Limited, who are substantial product

holders of Contact. All other current directors,

including the current and incoming Chair, are

considered to be independent in that they are


not executives of the company and do not have

a direct or indirect interest, position, association

or relationship that could reasonably influence

in a material way, their decisions in relation to

Contact. In making this assessment, the Board


has considered the NZX Listing Rules and

the factors in the NZX Corporate Governance

Code that may affect director independence.

The Board continues to use a director skills matrix

to assist with succession planning and ensure the

appropriate skills and experience are represented.

The matrix shows the areas in which the Board

considers director capability is required to enable

Contact’s success, and the expertise held by

current directors.

The matrix reflects the directors’ assessment of the

current skills held by the Board. It is not expected

that every director will be an expert in every area,

but all skills in the matrix should be represented

on the Board as a whole. The matrix shows a good

spread of expertise and secondary skills among

current directors.

Board performance

We recognise the value of professional development

and the need for directors to remain current in

industry and corporate governance matters. Contact

assists directors with professional development in a

number of ways, including an induction programme

for new directors, briefings to upskill the Board on

new developments, deep-dive workshops on key

issues and Board study tours.

In 2026, the Board undertook deep dives to gain

valuable insight into topics such as AI and dam

safety. These investigations helped inform the

Board’s thinking about the risks and opportunities

for Contact.

We regularly review the performance of

the Board to ensure the Board as a whole,

and individual directors, perform to a high

standard. Comprehensive reviews are carried

out approximately every two years and the last

independent external review undertaken by

BoardOutlook and Propero was conducted in

2024. We intend to ref resh the independent

external review in FY27.

67

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Director skills matrix
Skills and experience categoryCapability

Strategy and risk settings

Strategic oversight

Major projects oversight

Innovation and disruption oversight

Sustainability and environmental oversight

Mergers, acquisitions and divestments oversight

Technology, digital and data oversight

Risk management oversight

Stakeholders and People Leadership

Iwi and community relationships

Safety oversight

Energy Industry

Energy generation and markets

Energy/mass market consumers

Governance and Risk Management

CEO or (large scale) CxO experience

Financing/funding oversight

Corporate governance experience

Accounting and financial reporting oversight

Government and regulatory engagement oversight

Primary Secondary

Board committees

The Board has three core committees to perform

work and provide specialist advice in certain areas.

Our Board works to the principle that committees

should enhance effectiveness in key areas, while

still retaining Board responsibility.

The Audit and Risk Committee helps the Board

fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s

external financial reporting, internal control

environment, business assurance and external

audit functions, and risk management.

The Health, Safety and Environment Committee

supports the Board in relation to health, safety and

wellbeing (HSW) objectives and monitoring HSW

performance. It provides governance oversight of

environmental sustainability matters.

The People Committee advises and supports the

Board to fulfil its responsibilities across all aspects

of Contact’s people and capability strategies, risks,

policies and practices including remuneration.

From time to time, the Board may create ad-hoc

committees to oversee specific areas on its behalf.

Contact does not have a Nominations Committee.

Instead, this responsibility is held by the full Board.

This reflects the importance all directors place on

ensuring the Board is performing well and has the

necessary skills.

The current members of the committees are:

CommitteeMembers

Audit and RiskSandra Dodds (Chair)

David Gibson

David Smol

Health, Safety and

Environment

David Smol (Chair)

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Deion Campbell

People Jon Macdonald (Chair)

Robert McDonald

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Note: This matrix does not include skills of the director appointed effective 1 September 2026.

68

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Code of Conduct and policies
We expect all our people to act honestly,

with integrity, in Contact’s best interests,

and in accordance with the law, all the time.

This expectation is enshrined in our Code of

Conduct, which underpins our corporate policy

f ramework. Our corporate policies address key

risks and set expected standards of behaviour

for our people. Information about how our key

policies operate is in our Corporate Governance

Statement and the policies themselves are

on our website. Each of our corporate policies

give reference to international standards or

commitments where applicable. Our Code of

Conduct incorporates our core policies and set


out key behavioural principles and requirements.

Our Human Rights Policy applies to everyone


who works at Contact and its subsidiaries and

sets the expectation that our supply chain

partners will have similar policies in place,


and/or meet comparable standards.

Our compliance training f ramework governs

the way we allocate training on core policy

areas across the business. In addition, a range of

management-level committees has responsibility

for specific policy areas: for example, the Privacy

Committee, Data, AI and Strategy Governance

Committee and the Procurement Steering Group.

We implement our commitments through our

Procurement team processes – in particular,

the supplier management process and

implementation of the Supplier Code of Conduct.

We offer online and tailored in-person training to

different business areas. We conduct online training

on our Code of Conduct which includes human

rights issues including wellbeing, health and


safety, bullying and harassment, and inclusion.

These modules, together with Health & Safety,

Privacy and Security Awareness are mandatory


for all Contact people.

Our Whistleblowing Policy offers protections


for employees who disclose serious wrongdoing

in accordance with the process in the policy.

Our online whistleblower portal helps to ensure

we’re aware of any breaches of the Code of

Conduct or our policies, or any other illegal or

unethical activity. Anyone at Contact can use our

online whistleblower portal to report an incident or

behaviour they are concerned about, anonymously

if they choose. Whistleblower disclosures are

reported to the General Counsel and CEO and,

where appropriate, to the Chair of the Board to

investigate and take appropriate action.

Our Modern Slavery Statement sets out the steps

we have taken to identify, manage and mitigate

the risks of modern slavery in our operations and

supply chain. In FY26, we identified and reviewed

supply chains in our higher-risk business areas.

Our modern slavery working group continues

to review and improve our processes across the

organisation. We also ref reshed our Supplier

Code of Conduct to clarify the behaviours we

expect f rom suppliers and outline the process

we will follow where expectations are not met.

Any critical concerns identified via the

whistleblowing process, our modern slavery

practices or through other mechanisms would

be presented at Board meetings through

written papers and oral presentations. No critical

concerns were communicated to the Board

during the FY26 reporting period.

Risk management and assurance

Risk management

Our enterprise risk management f ramework

ensures we have appropriate systems in place

to identify, assess, treat, monitor and report

on material risks. We assign responsibility to

individuals to own and manage identified risks

and we monitor any material change to Contact’s

risk profile. Risk is managed throughout the

organisation in accordance with the Board’s risk

appetite statements.

Contact’s enterprise risk management f ramework

is supported by a range of systems and tools that

help assess and report all risk types across the

organisation. These include environmental, social,

climate and governance risks.

Contact31+ builds on the strategic direction of

Contact26 and continues to have a strong focus

on ESG commitments to create long-term value.

A wide range of risks and environmental factors

is considered by the Board during the strategy

setting process including analysis into how actions

to limit the impacts of climate change could affect

delivery of our strategy.

Risk

Appetite

Strategic

Direction

Board

Approving

strategic direction,

monitoring of

performance

Governance

structures, policies

and objectives,

identification of

significant risk

Monitor the environment, respond to

stakeholder material issues, anticipate

long-term threats and opportunity

69

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our corporate governance model is
vertically integrated to ensure an appropriate

level of support and oversight of our key

climate-related risks.

+The full Board considers a wide range of risks

(including economic, environment, social,

climate and governance risks) when reviewing

the business strategy alongside a market

update. Reporting to the Board ensures their

understanding of the key risks and issues


(such as climate change) and contribute to

their decision-making.

+Top risks are reported to the Board Audit and

Risk Committee on a quarterly basis and are

actively monitored by the Leadership Team.

+The Board Audit and Risk Committee has

formal oversight of climate related issues.

+Risks rated high and above are regularly

monitored for active management by the

Leadership Team.

+There is regular engagement with stakeholders

(including local communities and tangata

whenua as we aim to maintain our positive

relationships) to assess and communicate


the impacts of the changing environment.

+People at all levels of the organisation (including

contractors) are encouraged to identify and

manage potential risks to Contact on a regular

basis throughout the year.

The integrated nature of our operations means

that climate-related risks and opportunities are

regularly assessed. Mitigation plans for material

risks are implemented to proactively manage the

impact to Contact.

Legal and regulatory compliance

There has been no material instance of non-

compliance with laws and regulations. See Creating

outstanding customer experiences for more.

Assurance

Our Business Assurance team fulfils our internal

audit function and provides objective assurance

of the effectiveness of our internal control

f ramework. The team is based in-house and


draws on external expertise where required.

The team brings a disciplined approach to

evaluating and improving the effectiveness


of risk management, internal controls and

governance processes. We use a risk-based

assurance approach driven by our risk

management f ramework. The team also assists

external audits by making findings f rom the

internal assurance process available for the

external auditor to consider when providing their

opinion on the financial statements. The team


has unrestricted access to all departments,

records and systems of Contact, and to the Board

Audit and Risk Committee, external auditor and

other third parties as it deems necessary.


Auditors

We recognise the role of our external auditor is

critical for the integrity of our financial reporting.

EY commenced its appointment as the Group’s

external auditor on 1 July 2022. The Board Audit

and Risk Committee ensures that the audit

partner is changed at least every five years, and

the lead audit partner was changed during FY25.

Our External Audit Independence Policy

sets out the f ramework we use to ensure

the independence of our external auditors is

maintained and their ability to carry out their

statutory audit role is not impaired. Under this

policy, the external auditor may not do any work

for Contact that compromises, or is seen to

compromise, the independence and objectivity of

the external audit process. In addition, the external

auditor confirms its continuing independent

status to the Board every six months.

The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

approved EY to perform assurance engagements

over our green borrowing programme,

greenhouse gas emissions, Global Initiative


(GRI) indicators, unique emission factors and

an audit of subsidiary financial statements.

In addition EY was approved to perform the

following non-assurance activities: remuneration

benchmarking and survey services, verification

procedures in relation to Everen Insurance Mutual,

verification procedures in relation to the equity

raise, verification procedures in relation to issue of

the Euro Medium Term Notes, and review of our

SBTi climate targets.

Representatives f rom the external auditor attend

Contact’s annual shareholder meeting, where

they’re available to answer shareholders’ questions

relating to the audit.

Board and Board Committees are provided with

analysis and reporting

Management and staff across the business regularly

assess, review, analyse, monitor, and report on all

risks (including ESG-related risks) within integrated

governance structures to ensure Contact takes a

proactive approach to mitigate risk impacts

The Leadership team review all management

materials and address mitigation plans for key risks

70

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Remuneration report
Dear fellow shareholders,

I am pleased to present

Contact’s remuneration report

for FY26 on behalf of the

Board’s People Committee.

FY26 financial results and

remuneration

Contact has delivered a strong financial

result for shareholders this year with

profit of $423 million, EBITDAF of


$1,011 million, and operating f ree cash

flow of $648 million. Operating costs


and capital expenditure have been

managed well, while contending


with inflationary pressures.

We consider Contact’s executive


remuneration to be appropriate

given the company’s performance.


We’ve continued with our high

degree of transparency, and full

details of the corporate scorecard


and incentive payments are provided

on pages 73 to 77. We believe that

the structure and components of

Contact’s remuneration continue to

serve the company well, and therefore

have not made any significant


changes to that structure over the

past year. We did upweight the

proportion of the Long Term Incentive

based on Total Shareholder Return

f rom 50 percent to 70 percent,


to increase the financial alignment

between executives and shareholders.

Manawa integration

The successful integration of Manawa

was a significant achievement during

the year. From a people perspective,

we brought together two

organisations with a strong focus


on transparency, care and respect,

successfully onboarding transferring

employees, aligning people practices

and building the foundations for


a united culture. The integration

has strengthened our capability,

brought together the best of both

organisations and positioned us well

for future success.

New Values & Behaviours

During FY26, we ref reshed Contact’s

values and behaviours to provide

greater clarity on how we will work

together to deliver our Contact31+

strategy. Developed f rom insights

gathered across Contact and

Manawa, the new values – Own the

Future, Brave Humility and

Performance Edge – set clear

expectations for the behaviours that

will help us succeed as a larger,


more complex organisation.

The values are designed to

strengthen alignment, improve

execution, enable faster decision-

making and reinforce a high-

performing culture.

The first major step in this


journey has been the launch of

Performance@Contact, our

new performance f ramework.

Performance@Contact brings

together both what people deliver

and how they deliver it. By creating


a simpler, more consistent approach

to performance, we are helping our

people understand their impact,

grow their capability and contribute

to Contact’s long-term success.

As we head into FY27, the values and

behaviours will be embedded across

key people processes, including

recognition, leadership development,

performance management and

onboarding, creating a consistent

employee experience that supports

the successful delivery of our strategy.

AI and our people

AI is becoming an increasingly

important enabler of Contact’s future

performance. During the year, we

continued to identify opportunities


to use AI to improve productivity,

simplify work and enhance decision-

making. As we do so, we remain

focused on supporting our people

through changing ways of working,

investing in capability and ensuring

AI complements human expertise

and judgement.

Gender pay equity 

We’ve provided comprehensive

information on Contact Energy’s

gender pay gap and pay equity in


Gender pay reporting. This continues

to be important for us, and we

appreciate that whilst progress is

slow in closing our pay gap, we are

committed to working both internally

through establishing governance and

pipeline opportunities, as well as

externally as a wider industry, on how

we can continue to close the gap

across the energy sector. We have

made further progress in our most

recent pay round, which will maintain

our overall pay equity at 98 percent


as of 1 September 2026.

Thank you to the outgoing Chair  

Rob McDonald will finish up with

Contact at our ASM in September,

after 11 years’ service as a director


and over eight years as our Chair.

Rob has contributed hugely to

Contact’s successes, and he leaves


a legacy of a company that is bigger

and stronger in every dimension.

We’ll properly acknowledge all that

Rob has done for Contact at our


ASM, and in the meantime offer

our heartfelt thanks for all the mahi,

care and leadership Rob has shown

over his tenure.

Jon Macdonald


Chair, People Committee

Jon Macdonald

Chair, People Committee.

71

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Directors’ remuneration
The total directors’ fee pool is $1,850,000 per year.

The increase was approved by shareholders at the

2025 annual shareholders meeting. Actual fees

paid to directors are determined by the Board on

the recommendation of the People Committee.

Between FY25 and FY26, fees for the Board and

Committee fees increased by around 3 percent.

Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate.


In addition, Board members are reimbursed for

costs directly associated with carrying out their

duties, such as travel costs. Contact employees

appointed as directors of Contact subsidiaries do

not receive any director fees.

FY26

Chair

per annum

Member

per annum

Board of Directors$329,500*$157,000

Audit and Risk

Committee

$51,000$26,000

Health, Safety and

Environment Committee

$29,500$15,000

People Committee$29,500$15,000

Overseas director

travelling allowance

$17,000

* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.

Details of the total remuneration paid to each Contact director for FY26 are as follows:

DirectorsBoard fees

Health,

Safety and

Environment

Committee

Audit and Risk

Committee

People

Committee

Overseas

travelling

allowance

Total

Remuneration

Robert McDonald

1

$327,917$327,917

Deion Campbell

2

$149,896$11,875$161,771

Sandra Dodds$156,250$51,250$16,917$224,417

David Gibson$156,250$26,333$182,583

Jon Macdonald$156,250$29,333$185,583

Rukumoana Schaafhausen$156,250$15,083$15,083$186,417

David Smol$156,250$26,396$26,333$208,979

Elena Trout

3

$31,958$5,979$37,938

Total$1,291,021$59,333$103,916$44,416$16,917$1,515,605

1 No additional fees are paid to the Chair of the Board for committee roles.

2 Deion Campbell was appointed to the Board, and HSEC in July 2025.

3 Elena Trout retired in September 2025.

72

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Contact employee remuneration
We’re committed to paying appropriate market

rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are

rewarded for their performance and experience.

There are three parts to employee remuneration –

fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance

remuneration, and other benefits. These combine

to attract, reward and retain high-performing

employees.

Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is based on the role

responsibilities, individual performance and

experience, and current market remuneration data.

Contact targets fixed remuneration at the median

of the market range.

Pay-for-performance remuneration

Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises

and rewards high-performing senior employees

and comprises short-term incentives (cash and

deferred share rights) and long-term incentives

(performance share rights).

Short-term incentives (STI)

STIs are designed to recognise and reward high

performance with cash incentives and deferred

share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for

our higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have a

maximum potential level set reflecting the person’s

role grade, and are based on performance

measured against key performance indicators

(KPIs), which generally consist of company and

individual objectives. The Board reserves the


right to adjust STI awards if company targets are

not met.

Long-term incentives (LTI)

Contact provides awards of performance share

rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our

senior people in our higher-level roles. This aims


to encourage and reward longer-term decision-

making and align participants’ interests with

Contact’s shareholders. These are subject to

performance hurdles.

Equity scheme

At 30 June 2026 there were 96 participants in

Contact’s equity scheme. For further details on the

equity scheme and the number of performance

share rights and deferred share rights granted,

exercised, lapsed and on issue at the end of the

reporting period, see note E8 of the financial

statements.

Other benefits

We know that rewards mean more than just

money, so we offer our people a range of other

benefits too, including ‘Growing Your Whānau’,


our policy to support primary and secondary

caregivers, and ‘Good to Be Home’, a $400 after-tax

payment for setting up a home office or putting

towards wellbeing, and enhanced KiwiSaver

benefits. Some of our other benefits include:

payments towards home energy and broadband;

employer-subsidised health insurance; an

employee share ownership plan called ‘Contact

Share’ (see note E8 in financial statements for

more detail).

Chief Executive Officer and

Executive Team remuneration

The CEO and Executive Team remuneration is

reviewed by our Board each year. The Board works

closely with and is advised by Contact’s People

Committee. We also consider market remuneration

data benchmarks, look at the achievement of

performance goals and factor in creating long-

term sustainable shareholder value.

The total remuneration is made up of a fixed

remuneration component, which includes cash

salary and other employment benefits, and pay


for performance remuneration containing short

term incentives (cash and equity awarded through

deferred share rights) and long-term incentives

(equity awarded through performance share rights).

73

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The CEO and Executive Team variable remuneration for FY26 was structured as follows:
SchemeDescriptionPerformance measures  Potential

Cash STICash STI is a discretionary scheme

based on achievement of KPIs.

70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on next page):

• 50% financial results (EBITDAF*, Totex)

• 20% safety targets

• 30% strategy delivery and key operational milestone targets

30% based on individual KPIs.

Executive Team individual KPIs are a mix of shared objectives and

goals specific to each individual.

The CEO individual KPIs for the year ending 30 June 2026 including

leadership performance of Contact’s key strategic initiatives,

leadership of the executive team and stakeholder engagement.

Executive Team maximum

potential 35% of base salary.

CEO maximum potential 50%

of base salary.

Equity STI (awarded as deferred

share rights)

Equity STI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the time-bound

exercise hurdle being achieved. 

The participant’s performance rating influences the Equity STI

awarded by the Board. 

The exercise hurdle to receive these is to remain employed by Contact

2 years f rom the grant date.

Executive Team maximum

potential 30% of base salary.

CEO maximum potential 30% of

base salary.

Equity LTI (awarded as

performance share rights) 

Equity LTI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the exercise hurdle

being achieved. 

The exercise hurdles to receive these are:

• 70% Contact’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking within

an energy industry peer group of other New Zealand NZX50 listed

utilities companies.

• 30% based on the achievement of Contact’s strategic priorities. For

FY26 this included renewable generation development, stimulation

of electricity demand flexibility and major projects execution.

Tested once, at year 3. See page 77 for more details on LTI hurdles,

that links to our disclosure.**

Executive Team set at 20% of base

salary.

CEO set at 40% of base salary.

* EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measures. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 to the financial statement.

** In addition to the above, to ensure delivery of the Manawa integration activities, we have a bespoke long-term incentive in place to ensure eligible participants stay focused on realising the Manawa integration benefits.

See page 80 for further details.

74

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY26 Corporate Scorecard results
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics and outcomes for FY26. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI

for the CEO and leadership team, and illustrates that a large portion of their remuneration is directly impacted by their management of the organisation, and its

impact on the economy, environment and people.

KPI

Weighted

Target UnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)Actual Result

Actual Weighted

Result

Financial50.0%50.0%

EBITDAF

1

30.0%$m8969439711,01130.0%

Totex

2

20.0%$m(582)(571)(560)50620.0%

Safety & Wellbeing20.0%12.6%

Safety Citizenship Programme

(SENTIS)

5.0%≥60% invited

participants complete

Safety Citizenship

Programme

≥70% invited

participants complete

Safety Citizenship

Programme

≥80% invited

participants complete

Safety Citizenship

Programme

92%5.0%

Leadership walkarounds (includes

all of Generation & Major Projects

Tiers 1–5)

5.0%  8801,1001,3201,5635.0%

TRIFR (Controlled)5.0%≤4≤2.5≤13.92.6%

Environmental Incidents5.0%

• No Tier 1 incidents

• Max 1 Tier 2 incidents;

and

• Five or fewer Tier 3

incidents

• No Tier 1 or 2

incidents; and

• Three or fewer Tier 3

incidents.

• No Tier 1, 2 or 3

incidents

• 3 x Tier 2 incidents

• 11 x Tier 3 incidents

0%

Strategic/Performance30.0%28.4%

Execution Pipeline

(Glenbrook Battery, Kōwhai Park,

Te Mihi 2A, Wairākei Extension)

7.5%Board assessment of progress against the agreed plans for Glenbrook

Battery, Kōwhai Park, Te Mihi 2A, Wairākei Extension

Outstanding7.5%

Development Pipeline7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved

FY26 Development pipeline

Outstanding7.5%

Operational Uptime 7.5%%>95>96>9796.165.9%

Multi Product Customers7.5%#153,000155,000160,000164,7497.5%

Total100.0%91.0%

FY23 Corporate Scorecard result was 36.6%. FY24 Corporate Scorecard result was 68.8%. FY25 Corporate Scorecard result was 91.2%.

1 Underlying EBITDAF is on a combined entity basis (Contact + Manawa) and adjusted for AGS non cash movements.

2 Totex is on a combined entity basis (Contact + Manawa excluding transaction and integration costs) and defined as opex  and cash SIB capex.

75

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY25 Long-term incentive scorecard results
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetricResult 

Percentage

Achieved

FY25Allocated October 2022

Tested October 2025

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $7.66 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Contact Energy

Limited, Genesis Energy Limited, Meridian Energy Limited, Mercury NZ Limited,

Manawa Energy (formally Trustpower Limited), Vector Limited)

100%100%50%

Internal Hurdles – 50% weighting

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.1.0 TWh16.66%

Te Huka 3 delivered at or above the business case (base case) economics as measured by the

net present value of the project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax

rate are held in line with the business case as they aren’t controllable items but all other items

are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as the amount

of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.

Yes /No16.66%

100MW Demand Flex contracted by customers (which enables them to automatically reduce

consumption when electricity demand is high).

Yes /No16.66%

* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies in the TSR peer group

is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest. 

– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the 3 calendar months preceding the grant date and test date. 

– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.

If Contact’s TSR ranking on Test Date does not exceed the 50th percentile of the TSR of the peer group of companies, 0% of the Performance Share Rights which will vest.

76

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Long-term Incentive scorecards
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetric

FY28Allocated October 2025

Tested October 2028

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $9.32 on grant

Relative TSR – 70% weighting

Relative TSR** is based on Contact’s TSR is compared to an equal-weighted index of specific NZX peer

group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, and Vector) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 30% weighting 

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1/7/25 base. The base includes all existing

renewable generation, and any renewable projects post FID e.g. Tauhara.

Based on 100% share on Solar & Wind assumed.

1.1TWh

Flexibility. FID on Batteries, Retail Demand Flex or New Hydro or Thermal Flex over 1/7/2025 base.275MW

Major project execution Projects committed to FID in FY26 (e.g. Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2, Solar

projects) delivered within 3 months of P50, in line with output expectations and within 5% of P50 costs.

The majority of the cost,

schedule and output metrics

across both projects is met

FY27Allocated October 2024

Tested October 2027

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $8.44 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector

and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler

replacement, data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity

f rom major industrials but excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation

1.6 TWh

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.2.0 TWh

Maximum total Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets380 ktCO

2

e

FY26Allocated October 2023

Tested October 2026

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $8.24 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector

and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler

replacement, data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity

f rom major industrials but excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation

1.4 TWh

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.1.6 TWh

Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets100 ktCO

2

e

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measures the value delivered to shareholders through share price appreciation and dividends, with dividends assumed to be reinvested when paid. Vesting outcomes are determined by

Contact’s TSR performance relative to a peer group.

TSR is calculated using:

– The volume weighted average share price (VWAP) on the NZX over the three calendar months preceding the grant date and the three calendar months preceding the performance test date; and

– Dividends, which are assumed to be reinvested on the date they are paid.

* FY26 and FY27 awards

Contact’s TSR and the TSR of each company in the peer group are calculated over the performance period. Contact’s relative TSR percentile ranking within the peer group determines the proportion of rights that vest.

** FY28 awards

Vesting is determined by Contact’s TSR performance relative to an equally weighted peer group index.

77

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

CEO remuneration
The following table details the nature and amount of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time as CEO

during the year.

CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2026

Position



$

Fixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration

Total

remuneration

Salary

paidBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI Subtotal

FY261,433,922

1

83,333

2

1,517,255613,900

3

368,200

4

560,000

5

1,542,1003,059,355

Three-year CEO remuneration summary

Financial

year

Total

remuneration

paid

6

Percentage

Cash STI

awarded

against

maximum

Percentage

vested Equity

STI against

maximum

Span of

Equity STI

performance

period

Percentage vested

Equity LTI against

maximum

Span of Equity

LTI performance

period

FY26$3,059,35588%49%2023–2025100%1 July 2022 –

30 June 2026

FY25$2,817,57691%57%2022–202483.32%1 July 2021 –

30 June 2025

FY24$2,433,52771%75%2021–2023100%1 July 2020 –

30 June 2023

-10%

-20%

30 June 202330 June 202430 June 202530 June 202630 June 2022

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

Five-year summary TSR

7

performance graph

CompanyNZX50Peer group

8

1 FY26 included an additional pay cycle, resulting in 27 pay cycles

compared with the usual 26.

2 Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on

remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.

3 Cash STI for FY26 period 88% of maximum potential, calculated

on base salary, paid in FY26 (September 2026).

4 Equity STI, 88% of maximum potential, based on fair value

allocation. To be granted October 2026 and tested October 2028.

5 Equity LTI is based on fair value allocation. To be granted October

2026 and tested October 2028.

6 Total remuneration paid includes salary, benefits, Cash STI,

and value of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).

7 TSR is calculated using the volume-weighted average price for

the 3 months prior to year end.

8 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,

Vector and Manawa, with Manawa only in the group f rom FY18.

Manawa has been excluded f rom the peer group f rom FY25 due

to its acquisition by Contact Energy, which materially alters its

comparability within the group.

78

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Breakdown of CEO’s pay-for-performance
DescriptionPerformance measures

Percentage

achieved

Cash STI

• Maximum potential 50% of base salary

• Discretionary cash STI scheme

• 70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on page 75)91%

• 30% based on individual KPIs, including his leadership of:

– key aspects of Contact’s strategy, including renewable generation, electricity demand agreements and

customer sentiment

– Contact’s health and safety transformation

– culture and teamwork within Contact

– Contact’s engagement across all stakeholders

80%

Equity STI

• Maximum potential % of base salary

• Awarded as deferred share rights

• Share rights issued 1 October 2026

The participant’s performance rating is set by the Equity STI awarded by the Board88%

Equity LTI

• 40% of base salary.

• Awarded as performance share rights

• Share rights issued 1 October 2026

• 70% relative TSR ranking within an energy industry peer group

• 30% progress on strategic initiatives (see page 77)


CEO’s long-term performance incentives

LTI TranchePerformance PeriodGrant Year

Number of

share rights

issued on

grant

Value of share

rights on

grant date

1

Number of share rights vested

2

Value of shares transferred

3

Manawa Integration Incentive

(TSR hurdle)

1 July 2025 – 30 June 2028202566,858$623,116.56To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date

Manawa Integration Incentive

(integration activities hurdle)

1 July 2025 – 30 June 2027202519,598$182,653.36To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date

FY281 July 2025 – 30 June 20282025123,598$1,151,933.36To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date

FY271 July 2024 – 30 June 2027202487,732$437,500To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date

FY261 July 2023 – 30 June 2026202383,260$418,524To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date

FY251 July 2022 – 30 June 2025202282,041$402,50582,041$739,189

FY241 July 2021 – 30 June 2024202171,339$402,51062,109$525,442

1 Value of share rights on grant is based on Fair Value.

2 Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 77 for the performance hurdles.

3 Value of share rights on transfer is based on volume weighted price.

79

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Manawa Integration Incentive
To help ensure that the leaders of the business stay focused on realising the Manawa integration benefits in a lasting fashion, we have prepared a bespoke

long-term incentive to reward eligible participants for the successful delivery of the integration activities. The LTI was issued to recipients in October 2025.

Scheme DescriptionPerformance MeasuresPotential

Integration Equity LTI (awarded as

performance share rights)

Integration Equity LTI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise price

subject to the exercise hurdle being

achieved.

The exercise hurdles to receive these are:

• 60% Contact’s relative total shareholder

return (TSR) ranking within an energy

industry peer group of other New Zealand

NZX50 listed utilities companies. Tested

once, at year 3.

• 40% based on the achievement of

integration activities, and the successful

integration of the two entities. Tested

once, at year 2.

Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.

CEO set at 30% of base salary.

Workstream Leads set at 20% of base salary.

Integration Director set at 30% of base

salary.

FY27 CEO remuneration structure

The Board has elected, in the interests of transparency, to disclose in advance the structure and package that will apply for FY27.

Fixed RemunerationPay-for-performance remuneration maximum potential

$Base salaryBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STI Equity LTI Subtotal

Maximum Potential

Total Remuneration

FY271,442,00089,9481,531,948721,000432,600576,8001,730,4003,262,348

Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.

80

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY27 corporate scorecard
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics for FY27. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI for the CEO

and leadership team.

KPI

Weighted

TargetUnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)

Financial50.0%

EBITDAF

1

30.0%$m9921,0441,096

Totex

2

20.0%$m552541530

Safety and Wellbeing20.0%

Observations

3

5.0%2,5005,00010,000

Leadership walkarounds

3

(includes all of Generation and Major Projects Tiers 1–5)5.0%8801,1001,320

TRIFR (Controlled)5.0%

≤4≤2.5≤1

Environmental Incidents5.0%• No Tier 1 incidents

and a maximum of

two Tier 2 incidents

• No Tier 1 incidents

and only one Tier 2

incident

• No Tier 1 or 2 incidents

Strategic/Performance30.0%

Execution Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved

FY27 Execution pipeline

Development Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved

FY26 Development pipeline

Operational Excellence2.5%Tauhara, Te Mihi 1 and

Te Huka 3 availability

factor ≥92.5%

Tauhara, Te Mihi 1 and

Te Huka 3 availability

factor ≥93.5%

Tauhara, Te Mihi 1 and

Te Huka 3 availability

factor ≥94.5%

2.5%Hydro GWAP/TWAP

≥1.04

Hydro GWAP/TWAP

≥1.05

Hydro GWAP/TWAP

≥1.06

2.5%%Thermal forced outage

≤3

Thermal forced outage

≤2

Thermal forced outage

≤1

Multi Product Customers7.5%#171,000173,000178,000

Total100.0%

1 EBITDAF adjusted for AGS non-cash movements.

2 Totex is defined as opex (excluding SaaS and Integration) and cash SIB capex.

3 Leadership Walkarounds remain at current levels with greater focus on observation quality, critical risk controls and AI-enabled insights into risk awareness.

81

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Group employees who earn over $100k
The table shows the number of our people

(including any who have left) who received

remuneration and other benefits during FY26 of


at least $100,000 for the year ended 30 June 2026.

The value of remuneration benefits analysed

includes:

+fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime

payments

1

+employer superannuation contributions

+short-term cash incentives relating to FY25

performance but paid in FY25 (Contact)

+the value of equity-based incentives at fair

value allocation received during FY2 (Contact)

+the value of Contact Share received during

FY26 (Contact)

+redundancy and other payments made on

termination of employment.

The figures do not include amounts paid after


30 June 2026 that relate to the year ended

30 June 2026.

















1 FY26 included an additional pay cycle, resulting in 27 pay cycles

compared with the usual 26.

2 Total remuneration for CEO is based on Cash STI to be paid in

FY27 (September 2026) whereas all other employees earnings

is based on Cash STI paid in FY26 (September 2025).

Table of employees who earn over $100,000

Remuneration bandNumber of employees

$100,001–$110,00063

$110,001–$120,00058

$120,001–$130,00076

$130,001–$140,00060

$140,001–$150,00080

$150,001–$160,00068

$160,001–$170,00084

$170,001–$180,00069

$180,001–$190,00067

$190,001–$200,00069

$200,001–$210,00049

$210,001–$220,00039

$220,001–$230,00030

$230,001–$240,00020

$240,001–$250,00015

$250,001–$260,00017

$260,001–$270,00011

$270,001–$280,0007

$280,001–$290,0006

$290,001–$300,0003

$300,001–$310,0004

$310,001–$320,0004

$320,001–$330,0004

$330,001–$340,0002

$340,001–$350,0004

$350,001–$360,0002

$360,001–$370,0001

$370,001–$380,0006

$380,001–$390,0002

$390,001–$400,0007

Remuneration bandNumber of employees

$400,001–$410,0002

$410,001–$420,0003

$420,001–$430,0002

$440,001–$450,0004

$450,001–$460,0003

$460,001–$470,0003

$470,001–$480,0001

$480,001–$490,0003

$490,001–$500,0004

$500,001–$510,0001

$510,001–$520,0001

$520,001–$530,0001

$530,001–$540,0004

$550,001–$560,0001

$590,001–$600,0002

$600,001–$610,0001

$640,001–$650,0001

$670,001–$680,0001

$740,001–$750,0001

$800,001–$810,0001

$810,001–$820,0001

$910,001–$920,0001

$980,001–$990,0001

$1,010,001–$1,020,0001

$1,050,001–$1,060,0001

$1,090,001–$1,100,0001

$1,590,001–$1,600,0001

$1,610,001–$1,620,0001

$3,050,001–$3,060,0001

2

Grand Total976

82

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Gender pay reporting
Contact’s commitment

Being inclusive, encouraging diversity and

expressions of ideas and opinions is a key focus


of that. We are committed to building a

workforce that reflects, and is inclusive of,

the diverse communities of Aotearoa.

Understanding our pay reporting

Pay reporting is broadly defined as:

Gender parity – when men and women are


equally represented at all levels at Contact.

Gender pay gap – the gap between the pay


of women and the pay of men.

Pay gap calculation:

average male hourly rate –


average female hourly rate

average male hourly rate

Closing the gender pay gap typically relies on

addressing all these elements. Pay equity (equal

pay for equal work) will typically not close the

overall gender gap especially if genders are not

equally represented at each level of the organisation.

Gender pay equity – equal pay for equal work –


that is people undertaking the same work (roles

requiring a similar level of skills, knowledge, and

accountabilities) being paid the same regardless


of gender. (Note: Equal pay is a legal requirement

in New Zealand. We have processes and

monitoring in place to ensure our people are

treated and paid fairly, meeting both our legal


and moral obligations).

Pay equity calculation:

average female


(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)

average male


(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)

Contact’s pay reporting

For this reporting we have calculated our gender

pay equity and pay gap only as the difference

between those who identify as Women and Men

(around 1.7 percent of our people identify as gender

diverse).

Contact has made positive progress in closing


our gender pay gap, with the average pay gap

sitting at 23.6 percent (was 30.3 percent) and the

median gap sitting at 37.8 percent (down f rom


42.4 percent). There are two key drivers of our

gender pay gap. The first is a higher proportion of

women in our customer channels and the second

is a lower proportion of women in highly skilled

energy roles. Over the last 12 months, we have

increased the number of women in our higher

grades which has helped in closing our pay gap.

Continued focus on improving our gender balance

will lead to further reductions in the future.

Contact’s pay equity sits at 98.6 percent at the end

of the financial year. We assess all roles at Contact

based on the skills, capability and experience

required for the role. We then use market data


to apply an appropriate remuneration range for

each role. Roles are then grouped into pay bands,

which cluster similar-sized roles together.

The bands contain different roles that may


be filled by people with a range of experience.

This can include people recently promoted into

higher roles or bands, and who sit at the lower end

of the range. Each year, as part of our annual salary

review, we review all our data to ensure that we


are maintaining our commitment to gender

pay equity, and make adjustments if required.

We remain committed to achieving more

balance of gender across all levels at Contact.

Additional Contact remuneration disclosures

+CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 24:1. The ratio between the total annual

compensation of the CEO and the median employee compensation.

+CEO-to-employee pay increase ratio, 1:1.

The ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation

for the CEO to the median percentage increase.

+Contact does not implement any clawback practices on employee

remuneration other than in situations permitted by Aotearoa


New Zealand legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).

+Contact does not have a share ownership requirement for the

CEO or Executive Team.

+The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as CEO is six months.

Workforce demographic

1

Pay gap (hourly rate)

Career levelFemale

population

Male

populationMedianAveragePay equity

Executive0.2%0.5%4.9%19.2%n/a

Strategic Senior Management2.0%3.1%3.8%1.7%98.0%

Operational Management/

National Specialist

7.3%15.6%4.9%4.3%99.2%

Team Leader/Technical

Specialist

15.6%32.1%18.5%13.9%99.1%

Team Member18.1%5.7%-0.8%-0.4%101.8%

Overall43.0%57.0%37.8%26.3%98.6%

1 Workforce demographics exclude Western Energy (in relation to demographics on page 53).

83

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statutory disclosures
Geothermal rotor blades, Te Mihi.

84

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statutory disclosures
Disclosures of interests by directors  

The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of Contact

Energy Limited as at 30 June 2026 in accordance with section 140 of the

Companies Act 1993. 

Robert McDonald  

FleetPartners Group Limited  Director  

University of Auckland Pro chancellor

Vero New Zealand Insurance Limited and Vero Liability Insurance LimitedChair

Deion Campbell 

Morrison GlobalOperating Partner

Origin Energy LimitedDirector

Pastoral Partners AustraliaDirector

Longroad Energy Holdings Limited (USA)Chair

Sandra Dodds  

Fletcher Building Limited and Fletcher Industries Limited  Director  

OceanaGold Limited (listed TSX and NYSE)Director  

David Gibson   

Freightways Limited Director 

Goodman New Zealand Limited and associated companiesDeputy Chair

DG Advisory LimitedDirector

Jon Macdonald  

Kiwibank Limited Director 

Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiaries  Director 

Sharesies Group Limited and various subsidiaries  Chair  

Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of Trade Me Limited)   Director  

Rukumoana Schaafhausen  

Tainui Group Holdings Director

Equippers Church Trust  Trustee 

KGS Limited  Director 

Kings Trust NZ  Trustee 

Kiwi Group Capital Limited  Director 

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic Advisory Committee   Member 

Pathfinder Asset Management Limited  Trustee  

Te Rau o te Korimako  Director  

Te Waharoa Investments Limited  Director  

Tindall Foundation  Trustee 

Watercare Services Limited Director 

Kiwibank LimitedDirector

David Smol  

Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory Committee  Chair  

Earth Science InstituteChair

Tait Communications Limited Director 

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic Advisory Committee   Member  

Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit Committee  Chair  

New Zealand Transport Agency  Board Member 

The Co-operative Bank Limited  Director  

Victoria University of Wellington Council  Member  

Defence Capability Governance BoardDirector

Rimu Road Consulting LimitedDirector

85

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Information used by directors   
No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his or her

capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the director.   

Indemnity and insurance   

In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the constitution

of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure its directors

and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential liability or

costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited by law.   

Directors’ security participation   

The Board encourages directors to hold a minimum of 20,000 Contact shares

within three years of appointment to further align the interests of directors

with the interests of shareholders. Securities of the company in which each

director has a relevant interest at 30 June 2026. 

Director Ordinary shares Bonds Capital Bond 

Rob Macdonald40,797  100,000  

Deion Campbell0

Sandra Dodds   24,822  

David Gibson 21,200  

Jon Macdonald  30,23713,000 20,000 

Rukumoana Schaafhausen   1,398  

David Smol 26,688  

 

Securities dealings of directors  

During the year, Contact directors acquired/redeemed a relevant interest in

securities as follows. Consideration per share/bond is stated in NZD unless

otherwise specified. 

Director 

Date of

transaction Nature of transaction 

Consideration

per share/

bond 

Number of

shares/bonds 

Robert

McDonald 

 

24 September

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.72 777 

13 March

2026 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under retail

equity offer 

$8.753,428

25 March

2026

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP

$8.75549

Sandra Dodds  

 

24 September

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP  

$8.72    518

13 March

2026 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under retail

equity offer  

$8.75 2,939

25 March

2026   

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP  

$8.75  368

Jon

Macdonald  

24 September

2025 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP

$8.72581

13 March

2026

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under retail

equity offer  

$8.75 2,285

25 March

2026

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP  

$8.75411

Rukumoana

Schaafhausen  

 

24 September

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP  

$8.72    29

13 March

2026  

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP  

$8.7520

David Smol  

 

24 September

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP  

$8.72 509

13 March

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under retail

equity offer

 $8.752,285

25 March

2026

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP

$8.75 358

 

86

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Shareholder statistics  
Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2026 

 Number of

ordinary

shares  

% of ordinary

shares 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 136,039,564 12.71

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40  102,674,119 9.59

Inf ratil Investments Limited 82,600,000  7.72

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited76,767,7417.17

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 72,154,378 6.74

JPMORGAN Chase Bank 62,146,364 5.80

Custodial Services Limited 54,298,890 5.07

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited33,871,8483.16

Accident Compensation Corporation 30,212,578 2.82

A New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited 30,020,677 2.80

Apex Custodian Nominees 26,066,963 2.43

FNZ Custodians Limited  25,348,6312.37

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited     21,889,332 2.04

New Zealand Depository Nominee     17,351,242 1.62

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited     15,801,050 1.48

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited 15,333,853 1.43

Inf ratil Investments Limited   14,627,021 1.37

Public Trust 11,794,8061.10

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 6,248,6160.58

Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited 5,920,133 0.55

Total for top 20 841,167,806 78.55

 

Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2026 

Size of holding 

Number of

shareholders 

% of

shareholders 

Number of

ordinary

shares 

% of ordinary

shares 

1–1,000     23,98840.98   15,137,833  1.41

1,001–5,000   28,685 49.00 51,977,505 4.85

5,001–10,000   3,157 5.39 22,189,670 2.07

10,001–50,000   2,387 4.08 45,689,372 4.27

50,001–100,000     187   0.32  12,777,203 1.19

100,001 and over   137 0.23 922,855,570  86.20

Total    58,541100.00    1,070,627,153   99.99

Substantial product holders  

According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,

the following persons were substantial product holders of the company

as at 30 June 2026:   

Substantial product holder 

Number of ordinary

shares in which

relevant interest is

held Date of notice 

Inf ratil Limited and Inf ratil Investments

Limited

97,227,02125 May 2026

FirstCape Group Limited53,548,43618 March 2026

BlackRock Inc and related bodies

corporate 

51,085,662 4 March 2025 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 40,995,587 4 March 2025 

The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2026 was  

1,070,627,153 fully paid ordinary shares. 

 

87

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN060 bondholders at 30 June 2026

 Number of

CEN060 bonds 

% of CEN060

bonds 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited    68,447,000 30.42

Custodial Services Limited  27,595,000  12.26

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 27,354,000 12.16

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 14,480,0006.44 

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited14,061,0006.25

FNZ Custodians Limited  10,592,0004.71 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited     7,723,000 3.43

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited    7,043,0003.13

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 6,482,000 2.88

Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40  4,861,000 2.16

Investment Custodial Services Limited     2,127,0000.95

Catherine Ann Tuck  1,640,000 0.73

Cml Shares Limited  1,500,0000.67

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited    1,084,000 0.48

Commonwealth Bank of Australia   1,046,0000.46

Best Farm Limited  1,000,000  0.44

Fletcher Building Educational Fund 900,000 0.40

FNZ Custodians Limited    862,0000.38

NZX WT Nominees Limited  735,000 0.33

Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited 699,0000.31

Total for top 20    200,231,000  88.99

Distribution of CEN060 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026

Size of holding 

Number of

bondholders 

% of

bondholders 

Number of

bonds % of bonds 

1,001–5,000   588.42   290,0000.13

5,001–10,000   202 29.32 1,970,0000.88

10,001–50,000   329 47.75 8,327,000 3.70

50,001–100,000  46 6.68 3,653,000   1.62

100,001 and over  54    7.84 210,760,000    93.67

Total   689100.00 225,000,000 100.00 

 



Twenty largest CEN070 bondholders at 30 June 2026  

 Number of

CEN070 bonds 

% of CEN070

bonds 

Custodial Services Limited    81,710,000 32.68

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited    31,716,000 12.69

FNZ Custodians Limited     21,277,0008.51

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited    18,521,000 7.41

Investment Custodial Services Limited     9,829,000  3.93

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40   7,317,000 2.93

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd6,579,000 2.63 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited5,760,0002.30

JP Morgan Chase Bank  4,580,000 1.83 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited4,523,0001.81

NZX WT Nominees Limited    3,872,0001.55 

Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited     3,850,0001.54

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited3,240,0001.30

Apex Custodian Nominees2,811,0001.12

FNZ Custodians Limited    2,128,0000.85 

Dunedin City Council    1,900,000 0.76  

Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited 1,718,0000.69

Custodial Services Limited1,441,000 0.58

FNZ Custodians Limited 1,153,000 0.46

Fletcher Building Educational Fund   1,100,000 0.44  

Total for top 20    215,025,00086.01

Distribution of CEN070 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026 

Size of holding 

Number of

bondholders 

% of

bondholders 

Number of

bonds % of bonds 

1,001–5,000    61 7.99 305,000 0.12

5,001–10,000   139 18.22 1,326,0000.53 

10,001–50,000    424 55.5710,919,000   4.37

50,001–100,000 68 8.91 5,345,0002.14 

100,001 and over  71 9.31 232,105,000  92.84

Total   763100.00 250,000,000 100.00 

88

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Twenty largest CEN080 bondholders at 30 June 2026 
 Number of

CEN080 bonds 

% of CEN080

bonds 

Custodial Services Limited    103,878,000 34.63

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited   49,871,000 16.62

FNZ Custodians Limited    31,284,00010.43  

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40     16,329,000 5.44

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd11,907,0003.97

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited   11,211,0003.74  

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,722,000 2.24

Apex Custodian Nominees5,550,0001.85

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 5,000,000 1.67 

Investment Custodial Services Limited 4,915,000 1.64

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited4,207,0001.40

NZX WT Nominees Limited3,274,0001.09

FNZ Custodians Limited2,889,0000.96

Custodial Services Limited2,164,0000.72

Rodney Keith Deppe & Marianne Caroline Deppe   1,896,000  0.63  

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited1,761,0000.59

PT (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited Retail1,500,0000.50

PT (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited1,265,0000.42

JPMorgan Chase Bank1,150,0000.38

Custodial Services Limited1,109,0000.37.

Total for top 20    267,882,00089.29

Distribution of CEN080 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026  

Size of holding 

Number of

bondholders 

% of

bondholders 

Number of

bonds % of bonds 

1,001–5,000   16 3.97 80,0000.03  

5,001–10,000   67 16.63657,000  0.22 

10,001–50,000    215 53.356,581,000 2.19  

50,001–100,000   43 10.673,577,0001.19

100,001 and over   62 15.38 289,105,00096.37 

Total  403100.00 300,000,000 100.00 

 

 

Twenty largest CEN090 bondholders at 30 June 2026 

 Number of

CEN090 bonds 

% of CEN090

bonds 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited   88,802,00035.52

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited     38,000,000 15.20

Custodial Services Limited     28,900,000 11.56

JBWere  (NZ) Nominees Limited  15,507,0006.20  

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited13,833,0005.53

FNZ Custodians Limited12,611,0005.04

Apex Custodians Limited7,000,0002.80

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited3,511,0001.40

Cml Shares Limited3,320,0001.33

Public Trust 3,070,000 1.23

Mmc Limited 3,000,000 1.20

NZ Permanent Trustees Limited 1,644,000 0.66 

Philip John Patrick Newdick & Susan Hilbre Newdick 1,500,000 0.60

Brp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss401,390,0000.56

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited1,035,0000.41

NZX Wt Nominees Limited 1,004,000 0.40

Best Farm Limited 1,000,000 0.40

Cassington Holdings Limited1,000,0000.40

Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited867,0000.35

Investment Custodial Services Limited782,0000.31

Total for top 20    214,526,00091.40

Distribution of CEN090 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026  

Size of holding 

Number of

bondholders 

% of

bondholders 

Number of

bonds % of bonds 

1,001–5,000    25 5.27 125,0000.05 

5,001–10,000  86   18.14 836,0000.33

10,001–50,000   262 55.27 7,838,000 3.14

50,001–100,000    56 11.81 4,784,000 1.91

100,001 and over   45 9.49   236,417,000 94.57

Total   474 99.98 250,000,000 100.00

 

89

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Other disclosures  
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries   

The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited as at

30 June 2026: Robert McDonald, Deion Campbell, Sandra Dodds, David Gibson,

Jon Macdonald, Rukumoana Schaafhausen and David Smol. Elena Trout

resigned as a director of Contact Energy Limited on 16 September 2025.

The below table lists the subsidiaries of Contact Energy Limited during

FY26 and any changes to those subsidiaries and among the people who


held office as directors.    

Company name Directors Further information 

Western Energy Services

Limited  

Jan Bibby 

Dorian Devers   

Michael Dunstall   

There have been no changes among

the people who hold office as

directors during FY26.  

Contact Energy Trustee

Company Limited   

Jan Bibby   

Kirsten Clayton  

There have been no changes among

the people who hold office as

directors during FY26.  

Contact Energy Risk

Limited  

Antony Balfour Will   

Mike Fuge  

Matthew Forbes

Dorian Devers resigned as a director

and Matthew Forbes was appointed

a director on 25 August 2025.

Contact Energy Solar

Limited  

Kirsten Clayton  

Saralaya Frost  

Dorian Devers 

There have been no changes among

the people who hold office as

directors during FY26. 

Contact Energy Solar

Holdings GP Limited   

Kirsten Clayton  

Saralaya Frost  

Dorian Devers

There have been no changes among

the people who hold office as

directors during FY26.   

Manawa Energy LimitedJan Bibby

John Clark

Matthew Forbes

Manawa Energy Limited was

acquired by Contact Energy Limited

via a scheme of arrangement on

11 July 2025. At that date: Jan Bibby,

and Matthew Forbes, Kirsten Clayton

and Matthew Bolton were appointed

directors. Kirsten Clayton and

Matthew Bolton each have resigned

on 18 May 2026 and 6 March 2026

respectively. John Clark was appointed

on 21 May 2026.

Manawa Energy

Generation Limited,

Manawa Energy Metering

Limited, Maungatapere

2021 Limited

Were acquired by Contact Energy

Limited on 11 July 2025 and

amalgamated with Manawa Energy

Limited on 1 January 2026.

Company name Directors Further information 

Manawa Energy

Insurance Limited

Kirsten Clayton

Matthew Forbes

Was acquired by Contact Energy

Limited on 11 July 2025 and

Matthew Forbes and Matthew Bolton

appointed as directors that day.

Matthew Bolton resigned and Kirsten

Clayton was appointed as a director

on 13 March 2026.

ANZ Renewables LimitedKirsten Clayton

Matthew Forbes

Was acquired by Contact Energy on

11 July 2025 and Kirsten Clayton

and Matthew Forbes appointed as

Directors on that day.

Manawa Energy

Renewables Holdco 1

Limited

Kirsten Clayton

Dorian Devers

Was acquired by Contact Energy on

11 July 2025 and Kirsten Clayton and

Dorian Devers appointed as Directors

on that day.

KCE Generation Limited,

KCE Mangahao Limited,

King Country Energy

Holdings Limited, King

Country Energy Limited

Were acquired by Contact Energy

Limited on 17 April 2026 and

amalgamated into Manawa Energy

Limited on 30 June 2026.

Contact Energy Wind

Limited and Contact

Energy Wind Holdings

GP Limited

Kirsten Clayton

Saralaya Frost

Dorian Devers

Each subsidiary company was

incorporated on 21 May 2026 and

the directors appointed on that date.

NZX waivers   

There was one waiver granted by NZX in the 12 months preceding 30 June 2026

Waiver f rom NZX Listing Rule 3.14.1 released on NZX on 16 February 2026. Read

more in the NZX announcement.

Conditions

The conditions of the waiver were:

a. Contact announces its interim results, the Placement and the Retail Offer

on 16 February 2026;

b. Contact releases information on the interim dividend in the form required

by Rule 3.14.1 with the interim results, Placement and Retail Offer

information being announced on 16 February 2026; c. the Record Date


for the interim dividend is no earlier than 19 February 2026;

c. the implications of this waiver are disclosed in the announcements made


by Contact on 16 February 2026; and

d. the waiver, its conditions and its implications are disclosed in Contact’s

annual report for the financial year ending 30 June 2026.



90

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Implications
The interim dividend was paid on 25 March 2026 to all shareholders on the

register as at 5.00pm on 19 February 2026 (the Record Date). Contact received

a waiver f rom NZX to enable it to shorten the five business days’ notice period

prescribed by the NZX Listing Rules between the announcement of this

dividend and its Record Date.

This meant that new shares issued in the Equity Raise were not eligible


for this interim dividend which the Contact Board considered to be a fair

outcome, as these securities were not on issue during the period to which


the dividend relates.

The approach also ensured that all persons who acquired shares in the Equity

Raise – whether under the Placement or the Retail Offer – were treated equally.

ASX Listing Rule Waivers

In connection with its €500,000,000 3.537 percent notes issued

3 November 2025 (the Notes), Contact Energy Limited (Contact) was

granted certain waivers f rom ASX Listing Rules 8.2, 8.10 and 8.21.

The details of, and the reasons for, the waivers are set out in the table below.

WaiversReasons for Waivers

Waiver f rom ASX Listing Rule 8.2 to

the extent necessary for Contact not to

provide an issuer sponsored subregister for

wholesale debt securities quoted on ASX

settled outside of CHESS.

Application will be made by Contact to

the ASX for the Notes to be quoted as

wholesale debt securities. Debt securities

quoted on the ASX Wholesale Loan

Securities Market are not CHESS approved

securities. The Notes will instead be

settled and cleared through Euroclear and

Clearstream, and any transfers of interests

in the Notes will occur in accordance

with the procedures of Euroclear and

Clearstream.

Waiver f rom ASX Listing Rule 8.10 to allow

Contact to refuse to register transfers

of debt securities to be quoted on ASX

f rom the date which is the record date

before an interest payment date or the

maturity date of the debt securities, in

accordance with their terms, on condition

that ASX is satisfied with the settlement

arrangements that exist in relation to the

notes to be quoted on ASX.

Application will be made by Contact to

the ASX for the Notes to be quoted as

wholesale debt securities. Terms of the

Notes provide that transfers of interests

in the Notes are to occur in accordance

with the procedures of Euroclear and

Clearstream. These procedures may

require closure of the register in certain

circumstances (including to ensure it

remains accurate as at an interest payment

date or the maturity date, as applicable).

This enables the register to be up to date

on an interest payment date or maturity

date for the Notes. This is a common

arrangement for this type of securities.

Waiver f rom ASX Listing Rule 8.21 to the

extent necessary to permit Contact to not

do the following:

• in respect of transactions settled outside

CHESS, mark transfer forms as required

by Appendix 8A; or

• in respect of transactions settled in the

Euroclear and/or Clearstream systems,

send confirmation of a change of address

to a security holder at their address.

Application will be made by Contact to

the ASX for the Notes to be quoted as

wholesale debt securities. Debt securities

quoted on the ASX Wholesale Loan

Securities Market are not CHESS approved

securities. The Notes will instead be

settled and cleared through Euroclear and

Clearstream, and any transfers of interests

in the Notes will occur in accordance

with the procedures of Euroclear and

Clearstream.

Stock exchange listings  

Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board

and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code

‘CEN’. Contact has two tranches of green retail bonds listed and quoted


on the NZX Debt Market under the company codes, CEN070 and CEN080,

and two tranches of green capital bonds listed and quoted on the NZX Debt

Market under the company codes CEN060 and CEN090. Contact’s listing on

the ASX is as a Foreign Exempt Listing.

For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3, Contact confirms that it continues

to comply with the NZX listing rules.   

Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers   

NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation to

Contact during FY26.   

Auditor fee   

See auditor’s remuneration note E2 of the financial statements.   

Donations   

In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact records

that it donated $1,671,886.75 in FY26 including charitable donations, and where

we have given koha. Donations are made on the basis that the recipient is

not obliged to provide any service such as promoting Contact’s brand and are

separate f rom Contact’s sponsorship activity. No political contributions were

made during the year.

Credit rating

Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating of

BBB/stable and short term rating of A-2.  

Listed Bonds 

The $225 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital

bonds issued in November 2021 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.  

91

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in October 2022 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.  

The $300 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in April 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.  

The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital


bonds issued in September 2024 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s. 

Australian Medium-Term Notes 

The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate notes issued

in November 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s. 

The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate notes issued


in June 2025 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s. 

European Medium-Term Notes

The EUR500 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate notes issued

in November 2025 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

92

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial statements
Clyde Dam, Central Otago.

93

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

About these financial statements95
Statement of comprehensive income 96

Statement of cash flows 96

Statement of financial position97

Statement of changes in equity98

Notes to the financial statements99

Financial statements

Contents

A.Our Performance99

A1.Segments99

A2.Earnings99

A3.Free cash flow101

A4.Manawa Energy Limited Acquisition101

A5.Investment in King Country Energy

Limited

102

B.Our funding103

B1.Capital structure103

B2.Share capital103

B3.Distributions103

B4.Borrowings104

B5.Net interest expense105

C.Our assets106

C1.Property, plant and equipment and

intangible assets

106

C2.Goodwill and asset impairment

testing

108

D.Our financial risks109

D1.Market risk109

D2.Liquidity risk111

D3.Credit risk111

D4.Hedging activities112

D5.Change in fair value of financial

instruments in profit/(loss)

113


D6.Financial instruments at fair value113

D7.Financial instruments at amortised

cost

114

E.Other disclosures114

E1.Tax114

E2.Auditor’s remuneration115

E3.Inventories115

E4.Trade and other receivables115

E5.Trade and other payables116

E6.Provisions116

E7.Profit to operating cash flows116

E8.Share-based compensation117

E9.Related parties118

E10.New accounting standards not yet

effective

119

E11.Contingent assets and liabilities119

94

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

About these
financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2026

These financial statements are for Contact, a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,

its subsidiaries and its interests in associates and joint arrangements.

Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies

Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the

Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt

market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013.

The results of newly acquired Manawa Energy Limited (Manawa) are

included within the financial statements including the notes to the financial

statements. Further information about the acquisition is disclosed in note A4.

As part of the Manawa transaction, Contact acquired a 75% interest in

King Country Energy Limited (KCE). On 17 April 2026, Contact acquired the

remaining shares in KCE and now holds a 100% ownership interest. 100% of

KCE’s revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities are recognised in the financial

statements, including the notes to the financial statements (note A5).

Contact’s financial statements are prepared:

+in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice

(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for a for-profit-entity

+in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted

+on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value

+using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented

+with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current

year’s presentation.

Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting

policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:

+useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)

+impairment testing of cash-generating units (note C2)

+fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and D6)

+provision for future restoration/decommissioning and environmental

obligations (note E6).


The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy

Limited Board of Directors on 10 August 2026.

Robert McDonald Sandra Dodds

Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

95

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statement of
comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2026

$mNote20262025

RevenueA23,2423,439

Operating expensesA2(2,179)(2,428)

Net interestB5(140)(100)

Depreciation and amortisationC1(294)(273)

Change in fair value of financial instrumentsD5(31)(174)

Asset impairment and write offs(9)(1)

Profit before tax 589463

Tax expenseE1(166)(132)

Profit423331

Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4924

Comprehensive income515335

Profit/(loss) attributable to:

Shareholders420331

Non-controlling interest3–

Comprehensive income attributable to:

Shareholders512335

Non-controlling interest3–

Earnings per share (cents) attributable to

shareholders:

Basic earnings per share (cents)41.541.6

Diluted earnings per share (cents)41.441.6

Statement of

cash flows

For the year ended 30 June 2026

$mNote20262025

Receipts f rom customers3,2013,319

Payments to suppliers and employees(2,180)(2,602)

Receipts f rom insurance claims1310

Interest paid(122)(77)

Tax paid(119)(106)

Operating cash flowsE7793544

Purchase and construction of assets(499)(449)

Capitalised interestB5(21)(23)

Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives(3)(13)

Investment in joint ventures and associates(25)(43)

Acquisition of Manawa Energy Limited (net of

cash acquired)

(333)–

Proceeds f rom sale of assets4–

Investing cash flows(877)(528)

Cash dividend paidB3(267)(198)

Proceeds f rom borrowings 1,921933

Repayment of borrowings(1,875)(460)

Proceeds f rom equity raise575–

Financing costsB2(18)(6)

Financing cash flows336269

Net cash flow252285

Add: cash at the beginning of the year514229

Cash at the end of the year766514

96

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

$mNote20262025
Cash and cash equivalents766514

Trade and other receivablesE4392274

InventoriesE37567

Intangible assetsC13156

Derivative financial instrumentsD117795

Total current assets1,4411,006

Property, plant and equipmentC17,9765,166

Intangible assetsC1226188

Inventories E36765

GoodwillC2556214

Investments in joint venture and associatesE911584

Derivative financial instrumentsD128090

Total non-current assets9,2205,807

Total assets10,6616,813

Trade and other payablesE5505395

Tax payable2010

BorrowingsB47356

Derivative financial instrumentsD1197122

ProvisionsE62422

Total current liabilities753905

BorrowingsB43,0442,093

Derivative financial instrumentsD1338254

ProvisionsE6228209

Deferred taxE1961570

Other non-current liabilitiesE510823

Total non-current liabilities4,6793,148

Total liabilities5,4324,053

Net assets5,2292,760

Share capitalB24,5172,135

Retained earnings787795

Hedge reservesD4(89)(181)

Share-based compensation reserveE81411

Shareholders’ equity5,2292,760

Statement of

financial position

At 30 June 2026

97

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statement of
changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 2026

$mNote

Share

capital

Retained

earnings

Hedge

reserves

Share-based

compensation

reserves

Non-controlling

interest

Shareholders’

equity

Balance at 1 July 2024 2,021 773 (185)10 – 2,619

Profit – 331 – – – 331

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – 4 – – 4

Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 4 – – 5 – 9

Share capital issuedB2 110 – – (4) – 106

Dividends paidB3 – (309) – – – (309)

Balance at 30 June 20252,135795(181)11–2,760

Profit – 420 – – 3 423

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – 92 – – 92

Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 5 – – 8 – 13

Share capital issuedB22,377 – – (5) – 2,372

Dividends paid B3 – (386) – – (1)(387)

Transactions with non-controlling interest – (42) – – (2)(44)

Balance at 30 June 2026 4,517 787(89) 14 – 5,229

98

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Notes to the financial statements
A. Our performance

A1. Segments

Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Retail segment.

The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the

wholesale electricity market, to Commercial & Industrial (C&I) customers and

to the Retail segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase the electricity

and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers. This includes

activities under newly acquired Manawa Energy Limited (Manawa) and related

subsidiaries.

The results of Western Energy Services Limited are included in the Wholesale

segment. The results of Contact Energy Risk Limited have been allocated

across the operating segments.

The Retail segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, broadband,

mobile and other products and services to mass market customers, and

natural gas to mass market and C&I customers, less the cost of purchasing

those products and services, and the cost to serve and distribute electricity


to customers.

The Retail segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment


at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the

operating segments, including transaction and integration costs relating


to Manawa of $26 million. There are also transaction and integration costs

of $1 million within the Wholesale segment.

Other operating expenses within the segment results include employee

benefits of $201 million (2025: $153 million). Employee benefits (before

corporate allocations ) are $84 million (2025: $60 million) for the Wholesale

segment and $34 million (2025: $31 million) for the Retail segment.

A2. Earnings

The table on the next page provides a breakdown of Contact’s revenue, expenses

and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment

and write offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by

segment, and a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP.

EBITDAF is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP profit measure.

The key revenue categories are:

+Electricity, gas and steam

Electricity, gas and steam revenue (including mass market electricity,

C&I electricity and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer

consumption.

+Wholesale electricity, net of hedging

Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the

wholesale market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the

electricity futures markets and to generators, other retailers and industrial

customers. Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.

+Electricity-related services

Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the

wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency

keeping and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services

are provided.

+Telco

Broadband and mobile revenue are recognised as the services are provided.

99

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Segment results
 

20262025

$m

WholesaleRetailUnallocated EliminationsTotalWholesale Retail Unallocated Eliminations Total

Mass market electricity– 1,207– (1)1,206– 1,079– (1)1,078

C&I electricity – fixed price 467– – – 467278– – – 278

C&I electricity – pass through109– – – 10952– – – 52

Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,029– – – 1,0291,616– – – 1,616

Electricity-related services revenue6– – – 69– – – 9

Inter-segment electricity sales657– – (657)– 601– – (601)–

Gas11198– – 20929103– – 132

Steam5– – – 55– – – 5

Geothermal services12– – – 128– – – 8

Telco– 117– – 117– 101– – 101

Other income 424– – 46207– – 27

Total revenue2,3381,526– (658)3,2062,6181,290– (602)3,306

Electricity purchases, net of hedging (596)(3)– – (599)(1,149)(3) – – (1,152)

Electricity purchases – pass through(68)– – – (68)(43)–– – (43)

Electricity-related services cost(5)– – – (5)(8)– – – (8)

Inter-segment electricity purchases– (657)– 657– – (601)– 601–

Gas and diesel expenses(36)(72)– – (108)(184)(23)– – (207)

Gas storage costs(31)– – – (31)84– – – 84

Carbon emissions costs(26)(16)– – (42)(61)(9)– – (70)

Generation transmission & levies(40)– – – (40)(31)– – – (31)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (128)(563)– – (691)(67)(486)– – (553)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(39)– – – (39)(7)– – – (7)

Gas networks, transmission, meter & service costs(1)(78)– – (79)(5)(55)– – (60)

Geothermal service costs(6)– – – (6)(4)– – – (4)

Telco costs– (100)– – (100)– (88)– – (88)

Other operating expenses(217)(78)(93)1(387)(149)(74)(73)1(295)

Total operating expenses(1,193)(1,567)(93)658(2,195)(1,624)(1,339)(73)602(2,434)

EBITDAF1,145(41)(93)– 1,011994(49)(73)– 872

Depreciation and amortisation(294)(273)

Net interest expense(140)(100)

Change in fair value of financial instruments21(35)

Asset impairment and write offs(9)(1)

Tax expense(166)(132)

Profit423331

100

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Realised gains/(losses) relating to risk management derivatives not in a hedge
relationship are included in ‘Change in fair value of financial instruments’

within the Statement of Comprehensive Income but not in the Segment

results. In the Segment results they are included in wholesale electricity

revenue or purchases within EBITDAF.

These derivatives are ineligible to be designated into a hedge relationship for

accounting purposes, however they are commercial hedges and therefore

are included within EBITDAF. Further information on hedge accounting is

included in note D4.

The below table provides a reconciliation between the Statement of

Comprehensive Income and Segment results.

$m

Statement of

Comprehensive

Income

Realised gains/

(losses) on risk

management

derivatives

not in a hedge

relationship

Share of

unrealised

gains/(losses)

of derivatives

from joint

ventures

Segment

results

Year ended

30 June 2026

Revenue3,242 (42)53,206

Operating expenses(2,179)(16)–(2,195)

Change in fair

value of financial

instruments

(31)58 (5)21

Year ended

30 June 2025

Revenue3,439 (133)–3,306

Operating expenses(2,428)(6)–(2,434)

Change in fair

value of financial

instruments

(174)139–(35)

A3. Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash

Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in

growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating

cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.

$mNote20262025

EBITDAFA21,011872

Tax paid(119)(106)

Change in working capital, net of investing and

financing activities

20(35)

Non-cash movement in provisions(2)(113)

Non-cash items included in EBITDAF53

Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest(122)(77)

Operating cash flows E7793544

Stay-in-business capital expenditure(145)(110)

Operating free cash flow648434

Proceeds f rom sale of assets4–

Free cash flow652434

Operating free cash flow per share (cents)B364.054.4

Stay-in-business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business

operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of existing

assets.

A4. Manawa Energy Limited Acquisition

On 11 July 2025, Contact completed the acquisition of Manawa Energy Limited

(Manawa) under a Scheme of Arrangement. Under the Scheme, Contact

acquired 100% of Manawa’s shares, issuing Contact shares and paying cash


to Manawa shareholders as consideration.

Manawa is an electricity generator which owns and operates 25 hydro schemes

around New Zealand. The combination with Manawa has created a more

diversified, resilient and efficient business. Manawa’s complementary hydro

assets increase Contact’s ability to offer larger volumes of fixed price electricity

to the market and provides greater opportunity for wider deployment of flexible

demand product sales, helping to support customers in the electricity market.

The acquisition also further enhances Contact’s strong development

capabilities, accelerating Contact’s strategy to grow renewable generation

while decarbonising Contact’s portfolio.

101

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The table below summarises the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities

assumed at the date of acquisition.

$mNote11 July 2025

Cash and cash equivalents 18

Receivables and prepayments 66

Property, plant and equipmentC1 2,553

Intangible assetsC1 48

Investment in associates/joint ventures 10

Borrowings (545)

Payables and accruals(55)

Provisions (5)

Derivative financial instrumentsD2 (109)

Deferred tax(324)

Total identifiable net assets acquired1,658

At 30 June 2026, the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

are final. The main changes f rom the provisional amounts recorded at


31 December 2025 relates to $45 million of additional intangible assets for

the acquisition of Manawa’s customer contracts and renewable development

pipeline. Additionally, the fair value of property, plant and equipment reduced

by $16 million due to reclassification of some assets f rom non-generation

assets to generation assets.

The acquisition date fair value and full contracted gross amount of trade

receivables are $62 million. It is expected that the full contracted amounts


will be collected.

Goodwill

The fair value of the purchase consideration less the fair value of the net

identifiable assets acquired has been recorded below.

$m11 July 2025

Consideration – issue of Contact shares 1,649

Consideration – Cash 351

Fair value of identifiable net assets(1,658)

Goodwill342

Goodwill is attributable to the expected cost synergies and portfolio benefits

f rom combining Contact and Manawa. The acquisition also grows Contact’s

development capabilities.

Cost synergies are expected f rom amalgamation of systems, and efficiency gains

in operations, combined with removing duplicated functions and costs. Portfolio

benefits are expected through complementary inflow patterns of combined

hydro assets and an ability to optimise hydro management across the portfolio.

Manawa revenue and profit

Throughout the period, various Manawa transactions and contracts were

legally transferred to Contact. Consequently, Manawa is not assessed or

reviewed as a standalone entity and its results are completely integrated into

Contact. Therefore, it is impracticable to disclose separate Manawa financial

information or contribution to the Group.

Combined revenue and profit as if the acquisition occurred at the start of the

financial year has not been disclosed as it is not material given the acquisition

date occurred 11 days into the financial year.

A5. Investment in King Country Energy Limited

With the acquisition of Manawa in July 2025, Contact acquired a 75.02%

ownership in King Country Energy Limited (KCE) and KCE’s subsidiaries.

Subsequently, on 17 April 2026, Contact acquired full ownership of KCE,

purchasing the remaining 24.98% ownership interest. In exchange, Contact

issued 4,987,902 new shares worth $46 million.

As Contact already had control over KCE, the additional investment has been

accounted for as an equity transaction with the consideration paid being

recognised within equity. This has been offset by the derecognition of the

non-controlling interest (NCI) equity balance.

102

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

B. Our funding
B1. Capital structure

Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing

capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to

optimise the cost of our capital.

To manage the capital structure, the Board may adjust the amount and nature

of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and increase or repay debt.

Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit

rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.

$mNote20262025

BorrowingsB43,0512,449

Shareholders’ equity5,2292,760

Total capital funding 8,2805,209

Gearing ratio36.8%47.0%

Gearing ratio excluding subordinated debt33.0%41.7%

B2. Share capital

Share capital is comprised of ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX. Certain

ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the Contact

Share scheme (note E8). All shareholders are entitled to receive distributions

and to make one vote per share.

Shares$m

Balance at 30 June 2025802,811,9142,135

Share capital issued

Manawa Energy acquisition (net transaction cost)182,463,1901,645

KCE investment4,987,90246

Equity raise (net transaction cost)65,714,248565

Dividend reinvestment plan13,862,826121

Share-based payments787,0735

Balance at 30 June 20261,070,627,1534,517

Transaction costs during the year relating to the Manawa Energy acquisition

and the equity raise were $4 million and $10 million respectively. In the prior

year, 13,038,190 shares were issued under the dividend reinvestment plan.

B3. Distributions

Earnings and operating free cash flow per share

Weighted average20262025

Number of shares (basic)1,012,508,342797,176,026

Number of shares (diluted)1,014,324,182798,542,265

The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number

of shares on issue over the period.

The diluted weighted average number of shares considers the number

of performance share rights and deferred share rights that are currently

exercisable or will become exercisable depending on the likelihood of meeting

vesting conditions.

0

20

30

10

cps

40

50

60

70

Profit

(basic)

2026

2025

Operating free

cash flow

(basic)

Profit

(diluted)

41.641.554.464.0

41.641.4

103

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Dividends paid
Cents per

share$m

2024 Final23.0181

2025 Interim16.0128

30 June 2025309

2025 Final23.0227

2026 Interim16.0159

2026 Interim – KCE* 18.0 1

30 June 2026387

Comprised of:

Cash dividends267

Dividend reinvestment plan121

* Relates to dividends paid by KCE to non-controlling interests.

In the prior year, cash dividends were $198 million and dividends reinvested

were $111 million.

On 7 August 2026, the Board resolved to pay a 79% imputed final dividend

of 24 cents per share on 23 September 2026. On 7 August 2026, Contact had

$72 million (2025: $32 million) of imputation credits available for use in future

periods.

B4. Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and

subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which

means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result

in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.

All borrowings other than leases are Green Debt Instruments under Contact’s

Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the Climate Bonds

Initiative. At 30 June 2026 Contact remains compliant with the requirements

of the programme. Further information is available on the Sustainability

section on Contact’s website.

$mMaturityCoupon20262025

Lease obligations VariousVarious6350

Commercial paper< 3 monthsFloating–180

USPP notes – US$101mDec 2025Various–135

USPP notes – US$68mApr 2026Various–89

Export credit agency facilityMar 2026Floating–18

Retail bonds – CEN070Apr 20285.82%250250

Retail bonds – CEN080Apr 20295.62%300300

AMTN – AUD $400mNov 20306.40%434434

AMTN – AUD $400mDec 20315.41%435435

EMTN – EUR €500mNov 20323.54%1,011–

Capital bonds – CEN060Nov 20514.33%225225

Capital bonds – CEN090Oct 20545.67%250250

Face value of borrowings2,9682,366

Deferred financing costs(7)(10)

Total borrowings at amortised cost2,9612,355

Fair value adjustment on hedged

borrowings

9094

Carrying value of borrowings3,0512,449

Current7356

Non-current3,0442,093

Changes in borrowings

$m20262025

Borrowings at the start of the year2,4491,913

Borrowings acquired f rom Manawa545–

Net cash borrowed/(repaid)41468

Non-cash change in lease obligations1612

Non-cash change in deferred financing costs43

Non-cash change in fair value adjustment(4)53

Borrowings at the end of the year3,0512,449

During the year, the export credit agency facility and USPP notes were fully

repaid before their original maturity dates of 2027 and 2028 calendar years.

104

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Short-term funding
Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to

manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities

are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can

be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current

when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.

Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:

Maturity $m20262025

Between 1 and 2 years150150

Between 2 and 3 years350350

More than 3 years350350

850850

All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.

Lease obligations

Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the

national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of

property, plant and equipment (note C1).

Cash and cash equivalents

At 30 June 2026, cash and cash equivalents included short-term deposits of

$760 million (2025: $509 million).

Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using a broker

that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls which is included within cash

and cash equivalents. At 30 June 2026, the collateral balance was nil (2025: nil).

B5. Net interest expense

$mNote20262025

Interest expense on borrowings(159)(113)

Interest expense on finance leases(4)(3)

Unwind of discount on provisionsE6(9)(13)

Unwind of deferred financing costs(4)(3)

Other interest(1) (2)

Capitalised interestC121 23

Interest income16 11

Net interest expense(140)(100)

105

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

C. Our assets
C1. Property, plant and equipment

and intangible assets

Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

and intangible assets include:

+Generation plant and equipment: hydro,

geothermal and thermal power stations and

geothermal wells and pipelines.

+Computer software: our SAP system that is used

for customer service and billing, finance functions

and generation asset management, which has


a carrying value of $102 million (2025: $116 million)

and a remaining life of 12 years.

All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated

depreciation or amortisation and impairments.

Generation plant and equipment acquired before

1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical

cost, which is the fair value of those assets at


1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation

and accumulated impairment losses.

Software as a service contracts are recorded as

operating expenditure unless they meet the

requirements of an intangible asset or lease asset


(i.e. management can demonstrate control of an

asset).

Intangible assets include a capital work in progress

(CWIP) balance of $23 million relating to software

(2025: $6 million).

Other intangible assets include $43 million

relating to the renewable development pipeline

and customer contracts acquired f rom Manawa.

Property, plant and equipment

$m

Generation

plant and

equipment

Other land,

buildings,

plant &

equipment

Capital

work in

progress

Leased

assets Total

Cost

Balance at 1 July 20246,0401101,416807,646

Additions12943319473

Transfers f rom capital work in progress1,38120(1,401)– –

Disposals(3)– – – (3)

Balance at 30 June 20257,547134346898,116

Additions48645718529

Acquisitions2,423319092,553

Transfers f rom capital work in progress20429(233)– –

Disposals(47)(1)–(6)(54)

Balance at 30 June 202610,17519966011011,144

Depreciation

Balance at 1 July 2024(2,611)(74)– (28)(2,713)

Depreciation(227)(7)– (6)(240)

Disposals3– – – 3

Balance at 30 June 2025(2,835)(81)– (34)(2,950)

Depreciation(236)(13)– (8)(257)

Disposals381– – 39

Balance at 30 June 2026(3,033)(93)– (42)(3,168)

Carrying value

At 30 June 20254,71253346555,166

At 30 June 20267,142106660687,976

Included within additions for the year ended 30 June 2026 is capitalised interest of $21 million

(2025: $23 million) in relation to the build of Te Mihi Stage 2 and associated steamfield, and the

Glenbrook Battery.

106

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Intangible assets
$m

Software

and capital

work in

progress

Carbon

emission

unitsOtherTotal

Cost

Balance at 1 July 20245956118 674

Additions1664– 80

Disposals– (69)– (69)

Balance at 30 June 20256115618 685

Acquisitions–– 4848

Additions27 34 – 61

Disposals– (59)– (59)

Balance at 30 June 20266383166 735

Amortisation

Balance at 1 July 2024(402)– (6)(408)

Amortisation(31)– (2)(33)

Balance at 30 June 2025(433)– (8)(441)

Amortisation(33)– (4)(37)

Balance at 30 June 2026(466)– (12)(478)

Carrying value

At 30 June 20251785610244

At 30 June 20261723154257

Current–31– 31

Non-current172– 54 226

Cost

Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service. When

Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly attributable

costs are capitalised and held as capital work in progress until the asset is

commissioned.

Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal

exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations

that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal

exploration costs are expensed.

Carbon units are purchased to offset our emissions under the New Zealand

Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are recognised at cost and are

classified as current assets.

Depreciation and amortisation

The cost of Contact’s assets are spread evenly over their useful lives (straight

line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating

hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.

Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed

annually.

Land, capital work in progress and carbon units are not depreciated or

amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:

Rate/hours

Asset20262025

Generation plant and equipment

Straight line 1% – 50% 1% – 50%

Equivalent operating hours 1,800 – 19,000 1,900 – 21,000

Other buildings, plant and equipment 2% – 33% 2% – 33%

Computer software 4% – 50% 4% – 50%

Capital commitments

$m20262025

Contracted capital expenditure284324

Carbon forward contracts7173

Closing balance355397

Due within 12 months189250

Due beyond 12 months166147

107

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing
Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Retail.

The Wholesale CGU includes goodwill of $377 million (2025: $35 million).

The Retail CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2025: $179 million).

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher

of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period

management estimates the value in use expected to be recovered f rom

Contact’s CGUs. An impairment is recognised when the recoverable value


is lower than the carrying value.

Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each CGU.

These cash flows are based on a ten-year projection, adjusted for future growth

rate of 2% (2025: 2%) based on RBNZ’s target inflation rate. This is then discounted

at a post-tax discount rate between 7%–8% (2025: 8%–9%) to arrive at the present

value, or value in use, of each CGU. A ten-year cash flow projection has been used

as a longer-term forecast provides a more accurate valuation for Contact.

No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.

The key inputs to CGU cash flows, and their method of determination, are:

Wholesale CGU

Post-tax discount rate and

inflation

External WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit

inflation rate.

Wholesale electricity price

path

Modelled wholesale prices based upon ASX future

electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal

shape, and price estimates based on an analysis of

expected demand and cost of new supply for periods

not quoted on the ASX market.

Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand, hydro

volumes, planned outages and expected market pricing.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating

costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure, reflecting

historical levels and known differences.

Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise Contact’s

best estimate of future prices.

Retail CGU

Post-tax discount rate and

inflation

External WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit

inflation rate.

Customer numbers and

churn

Actual customer numbers adjusted for historical churn

data and expected market trends.

Price per customerPrice per customer adjusted for expected market changes.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating

costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure, reflecting

historical levels and known differences.

Cost of purchased energy and

networks costs

ASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and

seasonal shape and estimated future network costs.

Sensitivities

The calculation of the value in use for the Wholesale CGU is most sensitive

to the inputs of wholesale electricity prices and the post-tax discount rate.

For the Retail CGU, the most sensitive inputs are EBITDAF margin and the

post-tax discount rate.

There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes


in the wholesale electricity prices and post-tax discount rate would not occur

in isolation and would drive other changes which could also impact the value

in use.

Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by several factors that are difficult

to predict, in particular the weather, which can impact short-term prices.

Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction

in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale

electricity market, competitor and transmission system availability.

Retail EBITDAF margin includes price per customer, operating costs, costs


of purchased energy and network costs as noted in the table.

The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost

of capital and is influenced by several external factors such as the risk-f ree rate

and inflation.

When individually adjusting the most sensitive inputs within a reasonable

range, the value in use for the Wholesale and Retail CGUs exceeded their

carrying values in all scenarios.

108

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,

liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the

financial impact is understood and tools and limits are in place to manage

exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk

management system.

D1. Market risk

Interest rate risk

Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements in

interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates as

Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating rate

debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.

Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)

and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt

portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure. The

risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed and

floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.

Foreign exchange risk

Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its

commitments to pay certain suppliers, Australian medium-term note


(AMTN) holders and Euro medium-term note (EMTN) holders.

To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future

cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,

which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at a

fixed exchange rate.

Commodity price risk

Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of

electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale

and Retail businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.

Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any

residual exposure to electricity price risks.

Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural

gas. Short and long term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price

of gas. Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon

obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation are

used to manage the price risk relating to carbon. These are not recognised on

the balance sheet as gas and carbon contracts are entered into for Contact’s

own use in operations.

109

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Summary of derivative financial instruments
A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s financial position is provided below grouped by type of hedge relationship.

Further information on hedging activities and fair value of derivatives is provided in notes D4, D5 and D6.

 

Fair value hedge

Cash flow and fair value

hedgeCash flow hedgeNo hedge relationship

IRSCCIRSIRSElectricity derivatives

Foreign exchange

contractsElectricity derivatives

$m 20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change

Financial year of maturity

2027–302027–302031-342026–322027-342026–312027-402026–402027-282026–282027-452026–45

Notional amount of derivatives1,0251,0251,8801,0932,5332,00516,971

GWh

13,861

GWh

13823334,440

GWh

25,847

GWh

Carrying amount of hedged

borrowings

(1,038)(1,042)(1,957)(1,169)– – – – – – – –

Fair value adjustments to

borrowings

(13)(17)4(77)(77)– –– ––– – –– – –– –

Fair value of derivatives – asset1318(5)1087830610(4)156471106 15168 31137

Fair value of derivatives – liability(1)(2)1(41)(2)(39)(40)(41)1(262)(269)7(1)(4)3(190)(58)(132)

Total movement– (9)(3)11685

Change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and profit/(loss) – unrealised

  

Fair value

hedge

Cash flow and

fair value hedgeCash flow hedge

No hedge

relationship

 IRSCCIRSIRS

Electricity

derivatives

Foreign

exchange

contracts

Electricity

derivativesTotal

$m Note20262025202620252026202520262025202620252026202520262025

Change in fair values recognised in:

• Manawa derivatives acquired – balance sheetA43–– – (4)– (11)– – – (97)– (109)–

• Manawa derivatives closed out – cash(3)–– – – – – – – – – (3)–

• Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised

in profit/(loss)

D5– – (2)– 23– – 1– 24(26)25(23)

• Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCID4– – (7)2(5)(55)80(5)5(2)– – 73(60)

• Premiums recognised in payables/(receivables)– – – – – – – – – – 78378 3

• Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) or balance sheetD4– – – – 4(12)477821– – 5367

Total unrealised movement– – (9)2(3)(64)117738(1)5(23)117(13)

Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised in profit/(loss) also includes realised gains/(losses). Cash flow hedge reserves and the total change in fair

value recognised in profit/(loss) and has been reconciled in notes D4 and D5.

110

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Sensitivities
The table below summarises the impact on derivative valuations of possible

changes in forward wholesale electricity prices and forward interest rates.


The analysis assumes that all variables were held constant except for the

relevant market risk factor. If in a hedge relationship, these movements


would be offset elsewhere by an opposite movement on the hedged item.

$m Favourable/(unfavourable)20262025

Impact on hedge reserves

Forward interest rates +100bps5043

–25bps(7)(8)

Forward electricity prices+10%(111)(97)

–10%11197

Forward foreign exchange rates+10%(9)(11)

–10%1114

Impact on post-tax profit/(loss)

Forward interest rates+100bps– –

–25bps– –

Forward electricity prices+10%(36)(47)

–10%3647

D2. Liquidity risk

To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse portfolio of funding, debt

maturities are spread over several years and any new financing or refinancing

requirements are addressed with an appropriate lead time. Contact maintains

a buffer of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding requirements to

enable it to meet any unforeseen cash flows.

Management monitors the available liquidity buffer by comparing forecast

cash flows to available facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained in

accordance with internal limits.

Information on contracted cash flows in the following table are presented


on an undiscounted basis.

CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings in the following table.

Foreign dollar inflows on the CCIRS offset the foreign dollar outflows on


the debt.

$m

Total

contractual

cash flows

Less than

1 year1–2 years2–5 years

More than

5 years

2026

Trade and other payables(441)(441)– – –

Borrowings and interest(4,141)(144)(404)(1,111)(2,482)

Other liabilities(157)(14)(13)(40)(91)

Provisions(332)(19)(14)(26)(273)

Electricity price derivatives –

net settled

(1,719)(90)(100)(273)(1,256)

IRS – net settled(32)(9)(4)(17)(2)

Foreign exchange

derivatives – inflow

14311429– –

Foreign exchange

derivatives – outflow

(138)(108)(30)– –

(6,817)(711)(536)(1,467)(4,104)

2025

Trade and other payables(374)(374)– – –

Borrowings and interest(3,389)(436)(117)(905)(1,931)

Other liabilities(34)(2)(1)(4)(27)

Provisions(306)(21)(14)(22)(249)

Electricity price derivatives –

net settled

(1,650)(147)(135)(339)(1,029)

IRS – net settled(27)(1)(4)(20)(2)

Foreign exchange

derivatives – inflow

2311675113–

Foreign exchange

derivatives – outflow

(233)(168)(52)(13)–

(5,782)(982)(272)(1,290)(3,238)

D3. Credit risk

Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset

position of $1,569 million (2025: $861 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,

Contact has a policy to only transact with credit worthy counterparties and to

not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty. Where

appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer related

credit risk is provided in note E4.

111

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

D4. Hedging activities
Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair

value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for

all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the

notional value of the hedged item.

Fair value hedges

Interest rate risk

The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet


the criteria for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt.

The hedge is against future fair value movements in the debt and can be

for a portion of the debt.

Contact has designated $1,025 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge

relationships, with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates and

other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.


At 30 June 2026, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for

these IRS is 5.6% (2025: 5.6%).

The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the

hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the fair

value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the extent

the hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources


of ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedges

The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity

prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates qualify for cash

flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the derivative is recognised

at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair value recognised

in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is recognised

immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedge

reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial Position

according to the nature of the hedged item.

The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.

$mNote 20262025

Opening balance(181)(185)

Effective portion of cash flow hedgesD173(60)

Amortisation of hedge reserve – (2)

Transferred to profit/loss or balance sheetD15467

Transferred to deferred taxE1(35)(1)

Closing balance(89)(181)

Commodity price risk

Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow

hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an

economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

At 30 June 2026, the average price of these derivatives was $114/MWh


(2025: $110/MWh).

Interest rate risk

Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow

hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.


At 30 June 2026, the average fixed interest rate that Contact pays for these

IRS is 4% (2025: 4.0%).

An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the

IRS based on the reference interest rate.

Combined fair value and cash flow hedges

Contact has designated all its AMTN and EMTN into both fair value and cash

flow hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on the component of the

note being hedged:

+For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the notes are recognised

in profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant CCIRS

component.

+For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component

is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.

+The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded

f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.

At 30 June 2026, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these

IRS is 5.2% (2025: 5.8%).

The CCIRS has converted the foreign currency principal of the notes at fixed

rates of AUD 0.92 and EUR 0.49 (2025: AUD 0.92).

An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates,

exchange rate and other terms. There are no material sources of

ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedge reserve balances relating to discontinued cash flow hedge

relationships are amortised to profit/(loss) over the original term if the cash

flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the balance is transferred to profit/

(loss) when the relationship is discontinued.

112

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Derivatives not in hedge relationships
Some electricity derivatives are not entered into a hedge relationship,

including when they include termination options, have variable volume

structures (e.g. solar power purchase agreements), or they have been entered

into for market making or trading.

Unrealised gains or losses relating to these derivatives are recognised in profit/

loss within “Change in fair value of financial instruments” below EBITDAF as

summarised in D5.

The fair value of the electricity derivatives will change depending on changes

to future wholesale electricity prices, which may cause significant volatility to

profit/(loss) where these derivatives are not in a hedge relationship.

The sensitivities table in D1 summarises the impact on profit/(loss) f rom

possible changes in fair values of these derivatives (unrealised gains/(losses))

due to change in forward electricity prices.

D5. Change in fair value of financial instruments in

profit/(loss)

The following table provides a summary of the amounts recognised in change

in fair value of financial instruments within profit/(loss).

$mNote 20262025

Within EBITDAF:

Realised gains/(losses) on risk management derivativesA2(58)(139)

Below EBITDAF:

Close out of Manawa derivatives(3)–

Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives4(12)

Unrealised gains/(losses) on unhedged derivativesD124(26)

Unrealised gains/(losses) – hedge ineffectivenessD113

Share of unrealised gains/(losses) f rom joint ventures(5)–

Total below EBITDAF per segment resultsA121(35)

Reclass share of unrealised gains/(losses) f rom joint

ventures to Statement of Comprehensive Income

5–

Change in fair value of financial instruments (31)(174)

Except for the hedge ineffectiveness amount, the above relates to derivatives

not in a hedge relationship.

D6. Financial instruments at fair value

Fair value

Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data,

to the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives.

The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for the relevant

underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale electricity

prices) and discount rates.

All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward

wholesale electricity prices which are:

+derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate of

the effect of location and seasonality, or

+when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long dated and large

contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is

derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors

and management judgement.

Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value of

electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called over

the life of electricity options.

The discount rate used for the valuations of electricity price derivatives is

between 3%–7% (2025: 4%–7%), which is a risk-f ree rate with credit adjustment.

The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives by the

source of key valuation inputs:

$m20262025

Sourced f rom market data982

Derived f rom market data4151

Electricity price estimates(217)(244)

(78)(191)

113

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled below:
$m20262025

Opening balance(244)(273)

Gain/(loss) in profit/loss:

• wholesale electricity revenue4765

• Change in fair value of financial instruments(58)–

Gain/(loss) in OCI(31)(26)

Instruments issued68 (10)

Closing balance(217)(244)

For these derivatives a 10% increase in the electricity price would result in

an unfavourable movement in fair value of $196 million (2025: $183 million)

and a 10% decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value of

$196 million (2025: $183 million).

D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost

The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the

table below.

$m20262025

Cash and cash equivalents766514

Trade and other receivables346265

Trade and other payables(552)(333)

Borrowings (2,961)(2,355)

The fair value of borrowings is $3,059 million (2025: $2,459 million). This fair

value is derived f rom market data.

E. Other disclosures

E1. Tax

Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.

Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while

deferred tax will be payable in future periods.

Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly

in OCI.

$m20262025

Profit before tax589463

Tax at 28%(165)(130)

Tax effect adjustments:

Prior period adjustments1–

Other(2) (2)

Tax expense(166)(132)

Current(137)(87)

Deferred (29)(45)

Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the

carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the

values used for taxation purposes.

$m

PP&E/

intangible

assetsDerivativesOtherTotal

Balance at 1 July 2024(696)7597(524)

Recognised in profit/(loss)(21) 5 (29)(45)

Recognised in balance sheet (7) – 7 –

Recognised in OCI – (1) – (1)

Balance at 30 June 2025(724)7975(570)

Recognised in profit/(loss)(25)(6)2(29)

Recognised in balance sheet(8) (2) 8(2)

Recognised in OCI – (35) – (35)

Manawa/KCE acquisition(347)33(10)(324)

Balance at 30 June 2026(1,104)6975(961)

114

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E2. Auditor’s remuneration
2026

$’000

2025

$’000

Review of interim financial statements12079

Audit of financial statements680451

Audit of subsidiary financial statements 4216

Total audit and review of financial statements842546

Assurance of Global Reporting Initiatives disclosures 4841

Assurance of Greenhouse gas inventory report7062

Assurance of Green Borrowing Programme2329

Assurance of Sustainability linked loan – 21

Assurance of unique emission factors38 –

Total other assurance services179153

Verification procedures in relation to Everen Insurance Mutual7 8

Verification procedures in relation to equity raise81 –

Verification procedures in relation to issue of EMTN100 –

Due diligence procedures in relation to Manawa Energy

transaction

– 203

Total agreed-upon procedures188 211

Total fees related to audit or review, assurance and agreed-

upon procedures

1,209910

Remuneration surveys and benchmarking 4037

Review of climate targets25 –

Total other services6537

Total fees for services provided by EY1,274947

Contact has an External Audit Independence Policy whereby all other

assurance and non-assurance services require approval f rom the Audit & Risk

Committee Chair. Total fees for non-assurance services are limited to 50% of

the audit and review of financial statements fees.

E3. Inventories

Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,

consumables and spare parts for power stations and diesel fuel for use in the

Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.

All other inventories are stated at cost.

The non-current portion relates to 4PJs of inventory gas in AGS that will not be

available for extraction in the next 12 months.

$m20262025

Inventory gas124112

Consumables and spare parts1314

Diesel fuel66

142132

Current7567

Non-current6765

E4. Trade and other receivables

$m20262025

Trade receivables212162

Unbilled receivables138103

Provision for impairment(5)(2)

Net trade receivables345263

Contract assets33

Prepayments448

Trade and other receivables392274

Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts.

Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales

at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to

determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history

is used if smart meter data is not available.

Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:

$m20262025

Less than one month 1710

Greater than one month84

2514

115

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers
those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries of $5 million

(2025: $3 million) were written off during the reporting period.

Customer contracts do not have significant financing components and

payment terms for customers are mainly 14 days f rom invoice date, while

some C&I customers have payment terms of the 20th of each month.

E5. Trade and other payables

$m20262025

Trade payables and accruals459312

Employee benefits2425

Interest payable1913

Other liabilities345

Trade and other payables505395

At 30 June 2026, Contact also had non-current liabilities of $108 million

(2025: $23 million). $68 million of this relates to premiums payable on

an option contract relating to the Huntly Firming Option (2025: $nil).

A corresponding derivative asset has been recognised.

E6. Provisions

Provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to settle obligations

or make good the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful lives and

discounted to present value. The discount rate used for 30 June 2026 was

4.38% (2025: 4.60%).

$m

Restoration/

decommissioningEnvironmentOtherTotal

Balance at 1 July 2025(172)(57)(2)(231)

Acquired–(5)–(5)

Created(7)(18)–(25)

Released47–11

Utilised2327

Unwind of discount(8)(1)–(9)

Balance at 30 June 2026(181)(71)–(252)

Current(6)(18)–(24)

Non-current(175)(53)–(228)

Restoration and decommissioning provisions

These provisions relate to Contact’s obligations to decommission and restore

geothermal wells, generation plants and generation sites.

The key source of uncertainty for these provisions is the timing and the

expected cost of these activities. For these provisions, timing has been

determined based on the expected useful life of the plants and assets.


Costs have been determined by estimating the costs to perform activities

at present and then applying inflation out to the future.

Environmental provisions

These provisions relate to Contact’s obligations to remediate the impact

of our operations on the environment.

The key source of uncertainty for these provisions is the timing and


expected cost of these activities. For these provisions, timing is based on

Contact’s planning process, approved budgets, along with consultation


with stakeholders. Costs have been determined by estimating the costs to

perform activities at present and then applying inflation out to the future.

E7. Profit to operating cash flows

$m20262025

Profit423331

Depreciation and amortisation294273

Amortisation of contract assets22

Change in fair value of financial instruments(21)35

Movement in provisions(1)(113)

Non-cash interest expense1623

Bad debt expense64

Share-based compensation75

Asset write offs and impairments91

Other2(2)

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash, investing

and financing activities

Trade and other receivables(14)(6)

Inventories and intangible assets9(49)

Trade and other payables2214

Tax payable 10(16)

Deferred tax2942

Operating cash flows793544

116

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E8. Share-based compensation
Equity Scheme

Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made

up of performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs).

If performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control,

the awards vest and become exercisable.

On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to ordinary shares at no cost to the

employee. There are no holding/retention periods or ownership requirements

for employees who exercise equity rights. The awards lapse if the performance

hurdles are not met or if an employee voluntarily leaves Contact.

The scheme entitlements continue on redundancy or retirement, but the

entitlements are adjusted. In exceptional circumstances, the Board has

discretion to continue or vest the awards if an employee leaves Contact.

Outstanding PSRs and DSRs

Number outstandingPSRsDSRs

Balance at 1 July 2024990,750652,878

Granted443,918467,177

Exercised(194,628)(340,663)

Lapsed(28,922)(9,922)

Balance at 30 June 20251,211,118769,470

Granted599,227485,973

Exercised(359,271)(308,247)

Lapsed(9,410)(17,870)

Balance at 30 June 20261,441,664929,326

PSRs had a weighted average remaining life 1 year and 9 months (2025: 1 year

and 6 months) and DSRs had 11 months (2025: 12 months).

Contact Share

Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables

eligible employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares.

The shares are issued and legally held by a trustee company for a restrictive

period of three years, during which time the employee is entitled to receive

distributions and direct the exercise of voting rights that attach to shares held

on their behalf.

At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.

Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other

circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other

employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated

pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for

future allocations under Contact Share.

Number outstandingContact Share

Balance at 1 July 2024264,287

Shares issued121,225

Transferred to employees(75,911)

Balance at 30 June 2025309,601

Shares issued119,555

Transferred to employees(85,275)

Balance at 30 June 2026343,881

These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 4 months

(2025: 1 year and 5 months).

Share-based compensation expense

Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards

granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The fair

values of awards granted during the reporting period are:

Grant date

$ per shareOct 2025Oct 2024Oct 2023

PSRs – without internal hurdle3.503.793.96

PSRs – with internal hurdle7.967.146.88

DSRs8.407.497.25

Contact Share9.118.068.08


Key inputs in determining the fair values

Grant date

$ per shareOct 2025Oct 2024Oct 2023

Risk-f ree interest rate3%4%6%

Expected dividend yield4%5%5%

Expected share price volatility15%16%24%

117

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Changes in Share-based compensation reserve
$mNote 20262025

Opening balance1110

Exercised share scheme awards (5)(4)

Lapsed share scheme awards– –

Share-based compensation expense75

Deferred tax on share scheme 1–

Closing balance1411

E9. Related parties

Contact group entities

All entities below are based in New Zealand, other than Contact Energy Risk

Limited which is incorporated in the Cook Islands.

Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding

Subsidiaries

Manawa Energy Limited*Hydro activities100%

ANZ Renewables Limited*Wind activities100%

Manawa Energy Insurance Limited*Captive insurance100%

Manawa Energy Renewables Holdco 1 Limited*Wind activities100%

Western Energy Services LimitedGeothermal well services100%

Contact Energy Solar LimitedSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Solar Holdings GP LimitedSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Solar Holdings LPSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Trustee Company LimitedTrust for Contact Share100%

Contact Energy Risk LimitedCaptive insurance100%

Contact Energy Wind Limited*Wind activities100%

Contact Energy Wind Holdings GP Limited*Wind activities100%

Contact Energy Wind Holdings LP*Wind activities100%

Southland Wind I GP Limited*Wind activities100%

Southland Wind I LP* Wind activities100%

Southland Wind P GP Limited*Wind activities100%

Southland Wind PLP*Wind activities 100%

Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding

Associates and joint ventures

DrylandCarbon One Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry16.5%

Forest Partners Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry22%

Rangitata Diversion Race Management Limited*Irrigation scheme15%

Lochindorb Wind GP Limited*Wind activities50%

Kōwhai Park I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park I LPSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park P LPSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar I LPSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar P LPSolar activities50%

Stratford Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Stratford Solar I LPSolar activities50%

Stratford Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Stratford Solar P LPSolar activities50%

* New entities this year.

On 30 June 2026, the legal entities of King Country Energy Limited and related

subsidiaries (King Country Energy Holdings Limited, KCE Generation Limited

and KCE Mangahao Limited) were amalgamated into Manawa Energy Limited.

Joint venture and associates

Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investments in

associates and joint ventures. The initial investments are recognised at cost

and are subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits or

losses. Any distributions received are recognised against the investment.

Contact has significant influence over the associates and joint arrangement

entities listed above either through holding significant voting power and/or


by participation in financial and operating policy decisions.

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners invest in afforestation projects on

economically marginal land in New Zealand to produce a stable supply of

carbon units which will offset Contact’s carbon obligations.

The solar and wind entities listed above invest in wind and solar generation

projects in New Zealand.

118

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Related party transactions
Contact’s related parties also include its Directors and the Leadership Team (LT).

Received/(paid) $m20262025

Kōwhai Park P LP

Capital contributions(23)–

Forest Partners Limited Partnership

Capital contributions(1)(15)

Lochindorb Wind Limited Partnership

Capital contributions(1)–

Key management personnel

Directors’ fees(1)(1)

LT – salary and other short-term benefits*(9)(9)

LT – share-based compensation expense(2)(2)

Balances payable at end of the year

Key management personnel(2)(2)

* Salary and other short-term benefits is the cash amount paid in the year.

Members of the LT and Directors purchase goods and services f rom Contact

for domestic purposes.

E10. New accounting standards not yet effective

NZ IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements was issued

in May 2024 (effective f rom 1 January 2027). The standard introduces new

requirements on presentation within the statement of profit or loss, including

specified totals and subtotals. It also requires disclosure of management-

defined performance measures and includes new requirements for the

aggregation and disaggregation of financial information based on the

identified ‘roles’ of the primary financial statements and the notes. Contact

has not yet assessed the impact of NZ IFRS 18.

E11. Contingent assets and liabilities

In the normal course of business, Contact is subject to inquiries, claims and

investigations. There are no other material matters to disclose in this respect

at 30 June 2026.

119

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Combined Independent Auditor’s Report
and Limited Assurance Report

Assurance engagements performed by Ernst & Young

We have performed the following assurance engagements:

• audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited on

pages 94 to 119.

• limited assurance engagement in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s Global

Reporting Initiative disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 134 of the Integrated

Report (“GRI Disclosures”). In relation to these matters, our limited assurance is

restricted to the specific elements referred to and unless otherwise stated we

provide no assurance on other information on the pages referred to.

Independent Auditor’s Report to the shareholders

of Contact Energy Limited

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Contact Energy Limited

(the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 94 to 119,

which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at

30 June 2026, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated

statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year

then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements

including material accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 94 to 119 present

fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at

30 June 2026 and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the year

then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has

been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters

we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.


To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility

to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body,

for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our opinion.

Please refer to the “Our independence and quality control” section of our combined

report below for details of our independence and other services we have provided to

the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most

significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial

statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a

separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our

audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for


the audit of the financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation

to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures

designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the

financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures

performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on


the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

120

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Valuation of Electricity Price Derivatives
Why significantHow our audit addressed the key

audit matter

The Group’s activities expose it to

commodity price risk through the sale

and purchase of electricity. This risk is

managed through the use of electricity

price derivatives. These derivatives are

carried at fair value. As at 30 June 2026,


the fair value of electricity price

derivatives was a $128m liability as set


out in Note D of the consolidated

financial statements.

The valuation of these electricity price

derivatives includes inputs which are

not readily observable and require the

use of complex valuation techniques

and assumptions, including the Group’s

internal forecast wholesale electricity

price path and long term expected

traded electricity volumes.

We consider the valuation of electricity

price derivatives to be a key audit matter,

as the inputs to the valuation models are

inherently subjective.

Disclosures related to electricity price

derivatives are included in Note D of the

financial statements.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit

evidence, we:

• Engaged our valuation specialists

to assess, on a sample basis, the

models used to estimate the fair

value of electricity price derivatives as

at 30 June 2026, including the

appropriateness of:

• the valuation methodologies; and

• the key assumptions applied in the

valuation models, namely:

• the forecast wholesale electricity

prices;

• the forecast traded electricity

volumes; and

• the discount rates.

• On a sample basis agreed key contract

terms, including contract start and

maturity dates, expected volumes

and electricity strike prices, applied in

the valuation models to the relevant

contract.

• Assessed the adequacy of the financial

statement disclosures related to

electricity price derivatives.

Manawa Business Combination

Why significantHow our audit addressed the key

audit matter

On 11 July 2025, the Group acquired 100%

of the ordinary shares in Manawa Energy

Limited.

Consideration included $351 million cash

and $1,649 million in Contact shares.

The acquisition has been treated as a

business combination under NZ IFRS 3:

Business Combinations, which requires

the separately identifiable assets and

liabilities acquired to be accounted for


at their fair value at acquisition date.

The assessment of the fair value of these

assets and liabilities acquired required

significant judgement, specifically in

relation to the fair value of the property,

plant and equipment (primarily energy

generation assets), valued at $2,553m,

and of the electricity price derivatives,

valued at $109m.

The impact of the business combination

is disclosed in Note A4 of the

consolidated financial statements.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit

evidence, we:

• Assessed whether all significant

identifiable assets and liabilities had

been identified.

• Agreed relevant elements of the

purchase price to the sale and

purchase agreement.

• In relation to the valuation of

derivatives, we performed the

procedures described above in the Key

Audit Matter related to electricity price

derivatives.

• In relation to the valuation of the

energy generation assets, we:

• engaged our valuation experts to

assess the appropriateness of the

valuation methodology adopted and

of certain inputs to the generation

asset valuation model, including the

discount rate and the energy price

path; and

• considered management’s forecast

generation volumes used in the

valuation model.

• Assessed the adequacy of the business

combination note disclosures in the

financial statements.

121

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other

information comprises the integrated report, but does not include the financial

statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other

information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, other

than our limited assurance conclusion in relation to the Group’s Global Reporting

Initiative disclosures as described below.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility

is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information

is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge

obtained during the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material

misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have

nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and

fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with

New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and

International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as the

directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements


that are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for

assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern,

disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going

concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group

or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated

financial statements as a whole are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to

f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable

assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted

in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always

detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud

or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could

reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the

basis of these consolidated financial statements.

A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial

statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.

nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/.


This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Independent Limited Assurance report

to the Directors of Contact Energy Limited

on the Global Reporting Initiative Disclosures

Assurance Conclusion

Based on our limited assurance procedures performed and the evidence we

obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe the Group’s GRI

Disclosures (as defined below) included in the Integrated Report for the year ended

30 June 2026 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Global

Reporting Initiative Reporting Standards 2021.

Scope

Ernst & Young (“EY”) has undertaken a limited assurance engagement to report on

Contact’s GRI Disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 134 of the Integrated Report

(the “GRI Disclosures”) for the year ended 30 June 2026. The GRI Disclosures relate


to the Company and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”).

Criteria applied by the Group

In preparing the GRI Disclosures, the Group applied the Global Reporting Initiative

Reporting Standards 2021 (the “GRI Standards” or the “Criteria”). In applying the

Criteria, the methods, and assumptions adopted by Contact are described throughout

the report.

Information other than the GRI Disclosures and our limited assurance report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated Report, which

includes information other than the GRI Disclosures and the limited assurance report.

Our limited assurance conclusion on the GRI Disclosures does not cover the other

information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon,


other than our audit opinion in relation to the Group’s financial statements as

described above.

In connection with our limited assurance engagement in relation to the GRI

Disclosures, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,

consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the GRI

Disclosures or our knowledge obtained during the engagement, or otherwise


appears to be materially misstated.

Management’s responsibilities

Contact Energy Limited’s management is responsible for the preparation of the GRI

Disclosures in accordance with the Criteria. This responsibility includes establishing

and maintaining internal controls, maintaining adequate records and making

estimates that are relevant to the preparation of the GRI Disclosures, such that


it is f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.

EY’s responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the presentation of

the GRI Disclosures based on the evidence we have obtained.

Our engagement was conducted in accordance with the International Standard

for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance Engagements Other Than

Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (“ISAE (NZ) 3000 (Revised)”’) and,

122

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

in relation to elements of the reporting related to greenhouse gases, International
Standard for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance Engagements on

Greenhouse Gas Statements (“ISAE (NZ) 3410”). These standards require that we plan

and perform this engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the GRI

Disclosures have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Criteria.

The nature, timing, and extent of the procedures selected depend on our judgment,

including an assessment of the risk of material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.

We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our limited assurance conclusion.

Description of procedures performed

Procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing

f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,

the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially

lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance

engagement been performed. Our procedures were designed to obtain a limited level of

assurance on which to base our conclusion and do not provide all the evidence that would

be required to provide a reasonable level of assurance.

Our procedures did not include testing controls or performing procedures relating to

checking aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.

A limited assurance engagement consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons

responsible for preparing the GRI Disclosures and related information, and applying

analytical and other appropriate procedures.

Our procedures included:

• Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of the Group’s processes for

determining the material issues for the Group’s key stakeholders;

• Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information in the GRI

Disclosures;

• Understanding management’s processes and controls for collating relevant

information;

• Comparing the information presented in the GRI Disclosures to corresponding

information in the relevant underlying sources to assess whether all the relevant

information contained in such underlying sources has been included in the GRI

Disclosures;

• Considering whether the disclosures reported align with the GRI Standards;

• Obtaining management representation.

We also performed such other procedures as we considered necessary in the

circumstances.

Although we considered the effectiveness of management’s internal controls when

determining the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance engagement


was not designed to provide assurance on internal controls.

Inherent Uncertainties

The GHG quantification process is subject to scientific uncertainty, which arises

because of incomplete scientific knowledge about the measurement of GHGs.

Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to estimation uncertainty resulting f rom


the measurement and calculation processes used to quantify emissions

within the bounds of existing scientific knowledge.

Use of our Assurance Report

We acknowledge a copy of our limited assurance report is included in Contact

Energy Limited’s Integrated Report for information purposes only. We disclaim any

assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this assurance report to any persons

other than Contact Energy Limited and its Directors, or for any purpose other than

that for which it was prepared.

Our review included web-based information that was available via web links as of the

date of this statement. We provide no assurance over changes to the content of this

web-based information after the date of this assurance statement.

Our Independence and Quality Control for the Combined Assurance Report

We have complied with and are independent of the Group in accordance with

the independence and other requirements of Professional and Ethical Standard 1

International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International

Independence Standards) (New Zealand) (PES1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing

and Assurance Standards Board as applicable to audits of financial statements of public

interest entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance

with PES 1. PES 1 is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,

professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.

The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 Quality Management for Firms

that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related

Services Engagements, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a

system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance

with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory

requirements.

In addition to the engagements resulting in this integrated report, Ernst & Young

provides services to the Group in relation to trustee reporting, market remuneration

surveys, review of climate targets, agreed upon procedures in relation to Everen and

the Company’s issuance of the Euro medium term note and equity raise, and other

assurance services relating to the Company’s Greenhouse Gas emissions reporting,

unique emission factors and green borrowings programme reporting. Partners and

employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary

course of trading activities of the business of the Group. We have no other relationship

with, or interest in, the Group.

The engagement partner on the combined assurance engagement resulting in the

independent auditor’s report and independent limited assurance report is Lianne Austin.








Chartered Accountants

Wellington

10 August 2026

123

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Glossary
AGSAhuroa Gas Storage

AIArtificial intelligence

ASXAustralian Securities Exchange

CENContact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX

CEOChief Executive Office

ContactThe company called Contact Energy

Limited. Unless otherwise stated,

all activities and indicators in this

report are for Contact.

Contact26Contact’s strategy which sets out the

company’s priorities and key activities

for the five years from 2021–2026.

Contact31+Contact’s strategy that sets out the

roadmap of activity for financial years

2027–2031 and beyond.

CTSCost to serve

DRPDividend Reinvestment Plan

DSRDeferred Share Right

EBITDAFEarnings before interest, tax, depreciation,

amortisation, asset impairment and write

offs, and changes in fair value of financial

instruments. EBITDAF is a non-GAAP

(generally accepted accounting practice)

measure. Information regarding the

usefulness, calculation and reconciliation

of this measure is provided within note A2

to the financial statements.

ESGThe environmental, social and governance

factors used to evaluate performance.

FID Final investment decision

FY25The financial year ended 30 June 2025

FY26The financial year ending 30 June 2026

FY27The financial year ending 30 June 2027

GHGGreenhouse gas emissions

GRIThe Global Reporting Initiative is an

international independent standards

organisation that helps businesses,

governments and other organisations

understand and communicate their

impacts on things like climate change,

human rights and corruption.

The GroupThis is Contact Energy Limited, its

subsidiaries, and its interest in associates

and joint arrangements that make up the

group. These are identified in note E9 of

the financial statements.

GWhA gigawatt-hour is a unit of energy equal

to one billion watt-hours, commonly

used to measure large-scale electricity

generation or consumption.

HSWHealth, safety and wellbeing

kWA kilowatt is a unit of power equal to

1,000 watts, commonly used to measure

the rate at which electricity is generated

or consumed.

kWhA kilowatt-hour is a measure of energy

equal to using one kilowatt of power

for one hour, commonly used to track

electricity consumption.

ktCO

2

eThe term kilotonnes of carbon dioxide

equivalent is a unit used to measure

greenhouse gas emissions, where different

gases are converted into the equivalent

amount of CO₂ based on their global

warming potential.

MWA megawatt is a unit of power equal to one

million watts, commonly used to measure

the output of large power plants or the

energy demand of big facilities.

MWacMegawatt Alternating Current is a unit

of electrical power capacity equal to one

million watts of alternating current.

NZASNew Zealand Aluminium Smelter is the

country’s only aluminium smelter and

is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across the

harbour from Bluff in Southland.

NZCSNew Zealand Climate Standard

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange

PJA petajoule is a unit of energy equal to one

quadrillion joules (1,000,000,000,000,000 J),

commonly used to measure large-scale

energy consumption or production, such

as national energy use.

PPAA Power Purchase Agreement is a contract

between an electricity generator and a

buyer that outlines the terms for selling

and purchasing electricity.

PSRPerformance Share Right

SIBStay-in-business capital expenditure

STIShort-Term Incentive

TCCTaranaki Combined Cycle our gas-fired

power station.

TISR Total Incident Severity Rate is a leading

indicator measure that assesses the

potential severity of health and safety

and process safety incidents.

TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

TSRTotal Shareholder Return

TWhTerawatt hour. A unit of energy equal to

outputting one million watts for one hour.

124

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Te Reo Māori glossary
HapūKinship group, subtribe

HarakekeNew Zealand flax

IwiExtended kinship group, tribe

KaitiakiGuardian, stewardship

Kaitiakitanga Guardianship, stewardship, trusteeship

KaihautūLeader, presenter

KanakanaLamprey

KōreroNarrative, discussion, conversation

MahiWork, activity

MamaeUnderlying hurt, pain

Mana whenuaTerritorial rights or jurisdiction over land or territory

MāoriIndigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand

MauriLife force, vital essence, vitality of a being or entity

OhakiNgāti Tahu have instructed Contact that ‘Ohaki’

(sulphur or brimstone) is the official pronunciation

and should be used when referring to the Ohaki

Marae (Tahumatua) or other Ngāti Tahu taonga.

Ohaki Pā is the paramount marae of the iwi.


There are many generations of Ngāti Tahu

occupation in and around the Ohaki area, which

was a highly valued kāinga for its geothermal

features, Waikato Awa and many natural resources.

OhaakiOhaaki is the name used for the Contact power

station and operations

RangatahiYoung people

RōpūGroup of people

TaiaoEarth, natural world, environment

TakiwāDistrict, area, territory

Tangata whenuaPeople of the land, in Aotearoa New Zealand,


Māori as the indigenous people are known as

tangata whenua

TaongaTreasure, something that is socially or culturally

valuable

TunaEel

Tuna hekeMigrating eel

WhānauExtended family, family group

WhenuaLand

Translations have primarily been sourced from Te Aka Māori Dictionary.

125

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI and Climate
Statement directories

Table of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards disclosed within the 2026 Integrated Report

that have been cross referenced within Contact’s Climate Statement 2026.

StandardDisclosureIR26 Page 

NZCS1 8(b)Director Skills Matrix68

NZCS1 8(d)Strategic Targets Monitored for FY2616

NZCS 17 and 18Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management69–70

NZCS 22(h)Remuneration linked to climate-related risks and opportunities77

126

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS



GRI 1 usedGRI 1: Foundation 2021

Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s)There is no current applicable sector standard.


GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021

2–1Organisational

details

95, 135Contact Operates in Aotearoa New Zealand.

2–2Entities

included in the

organisation’s

sustainability

reporting

Contact Energy, Western Energy and Manawa

Energy are the only entities included in our

sustainability reporting unless otherwise

specified. In consolidating this information

there have been no adjustments made for

minority interests and no differences in the

approach across disclosures in this standard

or across material topics. See page 117 for

entities included in our financial auditing.

2–3Reporting period,

f requency and

contact point

Inside

cover,

135

2–4Restatements of

information

No restatements have been made.

2–5External

assurance

70,

120–123

2–6Activities, value

chain and

other business

relationships

65

2–7EmployeesThere was significant fluctuation during

the reporting period with the acquisition

of Manawa Energy Limited. See employee

tables on our ESG Reporting webpage.

2–8Workers who are

not employees

OmittedInformation unavailable: Processes have

been improved for tracking non-employees

however, the data is not yet sufficiently

complete for disclosure purposes. Work will

continue in FY27.

2–9

Governance

structure and

composition

67–68,

85–86

Further detail can be found in our Corporate

Governance Statement and on our website.

2–10

Nomination

and selection

of the highest

governance body


Information is in our Corporate Governance

Statement.

2–11

Chair of

the highest

governance body

67

2–12

Role of the

highest

governance body

in overseeing the

management of

impacts

67–70

2–13

Delegation of

responsibility

for managing

impacts

69–70

2–14

Role of the highest

governance body

in sustainability

reporting

Inside

cover,

64

 

2–15

Conflicts of

interest

85–86

Further detail can be found in the Board

Charter, Corporate Governance Statement,

and Code of Conduct.

2–16

Communication

of critical

concerns

69

Any critical concerns are presented to the

Board in the form of written papers and oral

presentations.

2–17

Collective

knowledge of

the highest

governance body

67

Further detail can be found in our Corporate

Governance Statement.

2–18

Evaluation of the

performance

of the highest

governance body

67

Further detail can be found in our Corporate

Governance Statement.

2–18 c. Omitted. Confidentially constraints.

The results of Board evaluations are

considered confidential and cannot be

reported publicly.

2–19

Remuneration

policies

71–73

GRI content index

Contact has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period

1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026.

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

127

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

2–20Process to
determine

remuneration

68, 71,

73

Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement and

our Remuneration policy and Director

remuneration policy.

2–20 a. ii. The views of stakeholders on

remuneration are not sought.

2–20 b. Stakeholders do not vote on

remuneration policies and proposals.

2–21Annual total

compensation

ratio

83

2–22Statement on

sustainable

development

strategy

4–8

2–23Policy

commitments

69See our Code of Conduct, website and

Modern Slavery Statement.

Each of our corporate policies give reference

to international standards or commitments

where applicable.

Our Mergers and Acquisitions Policy stipulate

due diligence.

None of our policies stipulate applying the

precautionary principle.

The commitments stipulate respecting

human rights. See our Human Rights Policy.

2–24Embedding policy

commitments

69See also our Modern Slavery Statement.

2–25Processes to

remediate

negative impacts

OmittedInformation incomplete: We engage with

individuals and local communities to remediate

negative impacts f rom our operations, and we

have a Stakeholder Engagement Policy detailing

our engagement approach and principles with

various stakeholders. A review of complaints

processes is planned to continue in FY27.

2–26Mechanisms for

seeking advice

and raising

concerns

69Individuals can seek advice on implementing

the organisations policies and practices for

responsible business conduct by discussing

with their manager, their Leadership Team

member, or the General Counsel.

2–27Compliance

with laws and

regulations

There has been no material instance of non-

compliance with laws and regulations.

2–28Membership

associations

See our ESG Reporting webpage.

2–29Approach to

stakeholder

engagement

For more information see our Stakeholder

engagement policy and our website.

2–30Collective

bargaining

agreements

9.7% of total Contact employees were

covered by collective bargaining agreements

as at 30 June 2026. We do not otherwise

base employee remuneration on collective

bargaining agreements.

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–1Process to

determine

material topics

64

3–2List of material

topics

64

Material Topics

Terrestrial Ecological Health

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

41–43,

67–68,

75,

120–123

See also our Biodiversity and Biodiversity

Management webpages, Biodiversity data

tables, and our Environment Policy.

GRI 101: Biodiversity 2024

101–1Policies to halt

and reverse

biodiversity loss

Our biodiversity commitment is described on

our Biodiveristy webpage and included in

our Environment Policy. These policies and

commitments are not currently informed

by the 2050 Goals and 2030 Targets in

the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity

Framework, however we are developing

a Nature Framework which will feature

alignment with the Global Framework.

Our policies and commitments apply to all of

our activities, with primary application to our

electricity generation activities, and all of our

business relationships.

Our primary target is to plant 100,000 native

trees around our generation sites. Additional

goals and targets to halt and reverse

biodiversity loss are under development.

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

128

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

101–2Management
of biodiversity

impacts

See our Biodiversity data tables.

101–3Access and

benefit-sharing

Omitted: Not applicable. Contact does not

access genetic resources and associated

indigenous knowledge as part of our business

activities or relationships.

101–4Identification

of biodiversity

impacts

We have determined which of our sites have the

most significant actual and potential impacts on

biodiversity based on our consent conditions

and with reference to the IUCN Red List of

Threatend Species and New Zealand Threat

Classifcation System (NZTCS). We have not

conducted an impact assessment throughout

our supply chain. This activity is planned for FY27.

101–5Locations with

biodiversity

impacts

See our Biodiversity data tables.

101–6Direct drivers of

biodiversity loss

101–7Changes to the

state of biodiversity

101–8Ecosystem

services

See our Biodiversity data tables.

Ecosystem service beneficiaries include

tangata whenua (Indigenous Peoples) and

local communities.

Ecosystem services and their beneficiaries can

be, and are, affected by Contact’s activities in

both positive and negative ways, for example

reducing access to provisioning services such

as natural medicines for tangata whenua, or

enabling greater access to recreational areas

for the local community through clearance of

exotic plants.

Freshwater Ecological Health

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

43–45,

47

More information on our Water webpage

and our Water commitment.





GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018

303–1Interactions with

water as a shared

resource

43–45,

47

More information on our Water webpage.

303–2Management of

water discharge-

related impacts

No minimum standards beyond regulatory

requirements are set for the quality of our

discharges to waterways.

303–3Water withdrawalRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.

303–4Water dischargeFurther information on priority substances

can be found at the Waikato Regional Council

website. Refer to our ESG Reporting webpage

and our Water webpage.

303–5Water

consumption

Refer to our ESG Reporting webpage.

GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016

308–1New suppliers

that were

screened using

environmental

criteria

100% of new suppliers were screened using

environmental criteria via our procurement

questionnaire and third-party scanning tool.

Performance criteria include completeness

and, at a minimum, compliance with laws.

308–2Negative

environmental

impacts in the

supply chain and

actions taken

46

Climate Change and GHG Emissions

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

14–16,

29,

28–32,

47–49,

77

See also our Emissions webpage. All

emissions data is now inclusive of Manawa

Energy. Note: all SBTi targets are on a

calendar year basis.











GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

129

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI 305: Emissions 2016
305–1Direct (Scope 1)

GHG emissions

49All GHG emissions are calculated in CO

2


equivalent (CO

2

e).

Biogenic emissions are zero in Scopes 1 and

2, and 9 ktCO

2

e in scope 3 f rom agricultural

livestock.

Refer to page 33 of our Climate Statement

for emission factors and Global Warming

Potential (GWP) rate and sources.

The consolidation approach for emissions is

operational control.

Refer to pages 32 and 35–37 of our Climate

Statement for standards, methodologies and

assumptions.

GHG emissions intensity: 0.031:1 (tCO

2

e per

MWh). Calculated by dividing Scope 1 and 2

emissions by scope 1 and 2 activity amounts.

Scope 3 not included in this ratio as activity in

MWh is difficult to quantify. Further detail can

be found in our Climate Statement.

Further detail on emissions reductions can be

found on page 30 of our Climate Statement.

305–2Energy indirect

(Scope 2) GHG

emissions

305–3Other indirect

(Scope 3) GHG

emissions

305–4GHG emissions

intensity

305–5Reduction of GHG

emissions

305–6Emissions of

ozone-depleting

substances (ODS)

OmittedNot applicable: New Zealand legislation

prevents emission of ODS.

305–7Nitrogen oxides

(NO

x

), sulfur

oxides (SO

x

), and

other significant

air emissions

OmittedInformation unavailable: NO

x

, SO

x

and other

emission data for FY26 is currently unavailable

and is expected to be calculated later.

Own

measure

Percentage

of renewable

generation

10, 14,

28, 32,

49

Calculated by dividing renewable generation

against total generation.

Waste and Circular Economy

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

46See also our Waste and Circular Economy

webpage and Environment Policy.







GRI 306: Waste 2020

306–1Waste generation

and significant

waste-related

impacts

46See also our Waste and Circular Economy

webpage and Environment Policy.

306–2Management of

significant waste-

related impacts

306–3Waste generatedOmitted: Information incomplete. While we

report on waste quantities for the purposes

of calculating greenhouse gas emissions

f rom waste disposal, this information is

not comprehensive enough to fulfill the

disclosure requirements. Waste data will be

expanded under our waste management

program being developed in FY27.

306–4Waste diverted

f rom disposal

306–5Waste directed to

disposal

Our Contribution to NZ’s Decarbonisation

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

14–19,

21–26,

29–31,

34

Own

measure

Total contracted

flexible demand

16Total contracted flexible demand 206 MW

(including 171 MW in market).

The total contracted flexible demand figure

is made up of 120 MW on the Simply Flex

platform plus an additional 86 MW f rom

contractual arrangements with NZ Steel and

NZAS, and our Hot Water Sorter programme.

Energy Security

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

14–29,

21, 23,

25–26,

28–29,

31, 49,

55–56,

75





GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

130

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Employee Attraction, Development, and Retention
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

Management of

material topic

50–52,

68

See also out Careers webpage and our ESG

Reporting webpage.

GRI 401: Employment 2016

401–1New employee

hires and

employee

turnover

See our ESG Reporting webpage.

401–2Benefits provided

to full-time

employees that

are not provided

to temporary

or part-time

employees

All full-time employees receive the benefits

described on our careers website. Temporary

or part-time employees do not receive these

benefits. We do not provide life insurance or

disability and invalidity coverage.

Significant locations of operation are

defined as the North and South Island of

New Zealand because this is where our

assets and operations are located.

401–3Parental leaveSee our ESG Reporting webpage.

GRI 404: Training and Education 2016

404–1Average hours of

training per year

per employee

See our ESG Reporting webpage.

404–2Programs for

upgrading

employee skills

and transition

assistance

programs

51Redundancy provisions are part of

employment agreements, and we offer

outplacement support to anyone who is

impacted by redundancy, including help

with career planning, CVs, and interview

skills. For assistance with transitioning to a

non-working life, we have financial planning

and general counseling available through our

partnership with Clearhead.

404–3Percentage

of employees

receiving regular

performance

and career

development

reviews

100% of all permanent employees received

at least an annual performance review in the

reporting period.

Own

measure

Staff engagement50Engagement surveys are undertaken three

times per year and open to all employees.

Contact’s overall employee engagement

score is based on the average score given by

survey respondents in response to the main

engagement questions. This metric is used

to inform wellbeing initiatives and measure

improvement.

Health, Safety and Wellbeing

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

51–52Refer to our Health & Safety Policy and

webpage and ESG Reporting webpage for

more information.

GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018

403–1Occupational

health and safety

management

system

Refer to our Health & Safety webpage.

Following the acquisition of Manawa Energy,

a project is underway to integrate the

Manawa and Contact H&S Management

Systems to meet the requirements of ISO

45001 for H&S, ISO7901 for Public Safety

and ISO45003 for Pyschosocial Safety. The

integration of the system will include a critical

risk management and will cover all of the

Contact workers, activities and workplaces.

403–2Hazard

identification,

risk assessment,

and incident

investigation

See our Health & Safety webpage, our

Learning Approach webpage, and our

‘Work-related ill-health’ section on our ESG

Reporting webpage for more information.

403–3Occupational

health services

See our Health & Safety webpage and our

Focus on health webpage.

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

131

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

403–4Worker
participation,

consultation, and

communication

on occupational

health and safety

See our Health & Safety webpage.

Each of our sites has a H&S committee with

diverse membership f rom the f rontline

through to site management. Meetings

are generally held monthly, including with

contractors, and two-way communication

sets expectations, gathering insights

around H&S. Building relationships at work

f ronts, having informal discussions and

formal mechanisms such as observation

cards enables collaboration with f rontline

workers to write and review our H&S system.

Workshops, testing, and field experiments are

mechanisms we use throughout.

403–5Worker training

on occupational

health and safety

More information can be found on our Health

& Safety webpage.

403–6Promotion of

worker health

More information can be found on our Health

& Safety webpage.

403–7Prevention and

mitigation of

occupational

health and safety

impacts directly

linked by business

relationships

See our Health & Safety webpage.

We offer occupational health monitoring such

as lung function and hearing testing. Anyone

who has potentially been exposed to asbestos

in the past is registered with NZ Provide, an

asbestos health monitoring program.

403–8Workers

covered by an

occupational

health and safety

management

system

Our H&S system has been internally audited

according to NZS4801 (superseded by

ISO 45001). No external audit has been

performed.

Our H&S system covers 100% of our 1,421

employees and 4,400 contractors who work

on our sites as “controlled contractors”.

403–9Work-related

injuries

Refer to our Health & Safety webpage and

ESG Reporting webpage.

403–10Work-related ill

health

Data is compiled through our H&S

reporting system, including injuries and ill

health. A report is generated with includes

classifications and injury summary. The

categorisation of these help us to determine

if it is a work-related injury or illness, and the

agency of the injury.

Own

measure

TISRTISR or Total Incident Severity Rate is a lead

indicator designed to help us quantify how

well our defences are working to prevent

serious incidents in the future. It uses a

weighting system to ensure the more serious

incidents are reflected within the calculation.

TISR for FY26 was 6,272 for controlled and

1,564 for monitored. For more information

see our ESG Reporting webpage.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

10, 47,

51–53,

83

See also our Inclusion and Diversity Policy

and Careers webpage.

GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity 2016

405–1Diversity of

governance

bodies and

employees

59–60,

62

See also our ESG Reporting webpage.

405–2Ratio of basic

salary and

remuneration of

women to men

OmittedInformation unavailable: The information to

breakdown our employee remuneration by

employee category and area of operation

is not currently captured. We will disclose

this information next year. We do include

information on pay equity.



Safe and Resilient Infrastructure

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

10, 45,

55–57,

68, 70,

75

See our ESG reporting webpage for more

information.

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

132

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Own
measure

Process safety

incidents

See our ESG Reporting webpage for more

information.

Process safety learning events and incidents

are recorded and validated by an Engineering

Authority and categorised by following the

Process Safety Incident Categorisation Chart

(based on the API 754 standard). Step back

learnings are completed where justified and

improvement actions generated. All reported

process safety incidents are included in the

metric, even if remediation actions are still in

progress.

Communities and Social Impact

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

10,

43–46,

47

See also our Community website page.

GRI 413: Local Communities 2016

413–1Operations with

local community

engagement,

impact

assessments, and

development

programs

45See our Community website page.

While we look at gender diversity internally,

external gender impact assessments in local

communities is not part of our Assessment

of Environmental Effects (AEE). Community

consultation committees and processes that

include vulnerable groups are not included in

site-specific community engagement plans

as they are considered at a wider level.

413–2Operations

with significant

actual and

potential negative

impacts on local

communities

OmittedInformation incomplete: While we discuss

our impacts on biodiversity, habitats, and the

environment throughout the report, we do not

discuss this in context of the local community

in detail that the disclosure requires. We will

review local community engagement plans.

Tangata Whenua Partnerhsips

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

41–42,

45–46

See also our Tanagata Whenua webpage.

3–3 e. Omitted. Information unavailable.

Targets goals and indicators for measuring

effectiveness of actions taken were further

developed during FY26 but are still not ready

for disclosure. We will publish these in FY27.

Energy Wellbeing, Affordability, and Trust

Energy Wellbeing, Affordability, and Trust

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

34–36,

43, 61

See also our Consumer Care Policy and

Wellbeing page.

GRI 418: Customer Privacy 2016

418–1Substantiated

complaints

concerning

breaches of

customer privacy

and losses of

customer data

See reportable privacy incidents table on our

ESG Reporting webpage.

Own

measure

Customer

satisfaction (Net

Promoter Score)

10, 36Each week, a random customer sample is

surveyed to measure their experience with

Contact using Net Promoter Score (NPS).

NPS f rom the last quarter (1 April – 30 June)

of the year is reported using the following

calculation: (promotors-detractors)/(total

responses).

Own

measure

Percentage

of customers

accepted

following credit

check

47Measured by analysing new sign-ups

following a credit check to determine sign-up

rate with Prepay included/excluded. Increase

in sign-ups with Prepay reflects energy

accessibility for those who would otherwise

be rejected.

Human Rights, Labour Practices, and Modern Slavery

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

46See also our 2026 Modern Slavery

Statement, Supplier Code of Conduct,

Human Rights Policy, and Environment Policy

and Responsible Procurement webpage.

GRI 406: Non–discrimination 2016

406–1Incidents of

discrimination

and corrective

actions taken

No incidents of discrimination were recorded

during the reporting period.









GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

133

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI 407: Freedom of Association and Collective Bargaining 2016
407–1Operations and

suppliers in

which the right

to f reedom

of association

and collective

bargaining may

be at risk

See our 2026 Modern Slavery Statement.

GRI 408: Child Labor 2016

408–1Operations and

suppliers at

significant risk for

incidents of child

labor

See our 2026 Modern Slavery Statement.

GRI 409: Forced of Compulsory Labor 2016

409–1Operations and

suppliers at

significant risk for

incidents of forced

or compulsory

labor

See our 2026 Modern Slavery Statement.

GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016

414–1New suppliers

that were

screened using

social criteria

100% of new suppliers were screened

using social criteria via our procurement

questionnaire and thirdparty scanning tool.

Performance criteria include completeness

and, at a minimum, compliance with laws.

414–2Negative social

impacts in the

supply chain and

actions taken

46

GRI

Standard/

Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation

134

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Corporate directory
Board of Directors

Robert McDonald (Chair)

Alison Barrass


(appointed effective 1 September 2026)

Deion Campbell

Sandra Dodds

David Gibson

Jon Macdonald

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

David Smol

Leadership team

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

Chris Abbott

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

Jan Bibby

Chief People Experience Officer

John Clark

Chief Generation Officer

Dorian Devers

Chief Renewable Growth Officer

Matt Forbes

Chief Financial Officer

Carolyn Luey

Chief Retail Officer

Tighe Wall

Chief Technology Officer

Registered office

Contact Energy Limited

Level 2, Harbour City Tower

29 Brandon Street

Wellington 6011

New Zealand

T +64 4 499 4001

W contact.co.nz

Company secretary

Kirsten Clayton

General Counsel & Company Secretary

Company numbers

NZ Incorporation 660760

ABN 68 080 480 477

Auditor

EY

PO Box 490

Wellington 6011



Registry

Change of address, payment instructions

and investment portfolios can be viewed

and updated online:

New Zealand (NZX) registered holders:

nz.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com


Australia (ASX) registered holders:

au.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com

New Zealand Registry

MUFG Corporate Markets

A division of MUFG Pension & Market Services

PO Box 91976, Auckland, 1142

Level 30, PwC Tower


15 Customs Street West

Auckland, 1010

enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com


T

+ 64 9 375 5998

Australian Registry

MUFG Corporate Markets

A division of MUFG Pension & Market Service

Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235

Level 41, 161 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, NSW 2000

enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com


T +61 1300 554 474

Investor relations enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth

Head of Strategy and Investor Relations

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Sustainability enquiries

Taria Tahana

Head of Sustainability

sustainability@contact.co.nz

Utilities Disputes 0800 223 340

If you live around one of our power

stations or offices and want to


get in touch, give us a shout on

0800 000 458 (North Island) or

0800 66 33 35 (South Island).

135

2026

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

contact.co.nz

---

Climate
Statement

2026

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
2

About our climate-related disclosures

At Contact, our vision is to lead

New Zealand’s renewable energy

future. We’re playing our part in the

transition in response to the climate

challenges facing us all.

This Climate Statement 2026 details how our

business thinks about climate-related risks.


It explains how we are preparing to mitigate

these risks and take advantage of opportunities.

Contact Energy Limited (Contact) is a climate-

reporting entity under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013. We previously reported our

climate risks f rom 2019 to 2022 in accordance

with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD), and f rom 2024 onwards in

accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards (NZCS). This Climate Statement

has been prepared in accordance with NZCS 1, 2,

and 3. These disclosures cover the period 1 July

2025 to 30 June 2026.

This Climate Statement has been approved by


the Board and is dated 10 August 2026.





Robert McDonald

Chair




Sandra Broad

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

In preparing this statement, we have applied the

following adoption provision of Climate Standard 2

(NZCS 2):

+

Adoption Provision 2 – Anticipated financial

impacts 

The information presented in this Climate

Statement is subject to material limitations and

inherent uncertainty and is subject to ongoing

change. The information in these climate-related

disclosures should not be considered a prediction

of future financial or non-financial performance.

These statements are subject to a range of known

and unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions,

many of which lie outside of our control.

The climate scenarios outlined in this statement

were developed based on current assumptions

and projections using information available at the

time of development. There is inherent uncertainty

within each scenario – they are not intended

to provide a complete or accurate forecast of

future events. The climate risks and opportunities

identified may not eventuate and, if they do,

the actual impacts and consequences may be

significantly different to what is set out in this report.

This report includes forward-looking statements

about impacts, climate scenarios, targets, forecasts,

and future plans. Words like “likely,” “expect,” “will,”

“may,” “intend,” and similar terms indicate these

forward-looking statements. Such statements are

based on management’s current expectations and

reflect judgements, assumptions, estimates and

other information available when this statement

was compiled or when scenario analyses were

undertaken. They are inherently uncertain and

subject to limitations and may be affected by a

range of variables which could cause actual results

to differ materially f rom current expectations.


We do not guarantee that statements in this

report will remain correct after publication.

This report should not be relied upon as a

recommendation, forecast, or guarantee and

Contact disclaims, to the maximum extent

permitted by law, any liability whatsoever

(including for negligence) for any loss arising


f rom the use of, or reliance on, this report.

This disclaimer should be read together with

other limitations, uncertainties, and risks

mentioned throughout this report. This report is

not an offer or investment recommendation and

should not be considered legal or financial advice.

This statement should be read in conjunction with

Contact’s 2026 Integrated Report, which uses the

Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines and

the International Integrated Reporting Council’s

Integrated Reporting Framework to report on

material Environmental, Social, and Governance

(ESG) activities.

All financial figures presented in this report are


in New Zealand dollars.

For enquiries about this report, please contact:


Investor enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth

Head of Strategy and Investor Relations

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Media enquiries

Louise Wright

Head of Communications and Reputation

media@contactenergy.co.nz

3
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

Contents

About this statement 2

Message from the Chair and Chief Executive 4

Governance 5

Risk 9

Strategy 11

Metrics and targets 30

GHG assurance 43

3

Lake Mangamahoe, Taranaki.

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
4

Message from the

Chair and Chief Executive

Tēnā koutou

Welcome to Contact’s

2026 Climate Statement.

This statement outlines

our commitment to leading

New Zealand’s renewable

energy future.

We are one of New Zealand’s leading

energy generators and retailers, with

a responsibility to communicate

with our shareholders, stakeholders,

customers and communities about

our actions to manage climate-

related risks and opportunities.

This financial year marked the

completion of Contact26, our



five-year strategy f rom FY21 to FY26,

guided by four strategic pillars:

grow demand, grow renewable

development, decarbonise our

portfolio, and create outstanding

customer experiences.

Building on this, we ref reshed

our strategy with the release of

Contact31+, lifting our bold ambition

f rom leading New Zealand’s

decarbonisation to leading its

renewable energy future. Through

Contact31+, we are extending

our advantage as New Zealand’s

geothermal leader, accelerating

flexibility through batteries


and hydro, building into new

demand with wind and solar,


and empowering customers to

shift how they use energy at home.

Our renewable development

programme continued to advance

at pace during FY26. We completed

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, which

began trading in April 2026. It is

expected to prevent around 10,000

tonnes of CO

2

e emissions annually

by reducing our reliance on thermal

peaking. We continued construction

of our Kōwhai Park solar farm in

partnership with Lightsource bp and

Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal station,

and commenced construction on

a second, larger Glenbrook battery.

We also began a $30 million drilling

programme for our Tauhara 2

geothermal option and are starting

work on our Glorit solar farm.

Together, these projects represent


$1.7 billion in total construction

cost over the life of the projects,

1


demonstrating our continued

commitment to expanding renewable

capacity while managing climate risk.

These projects sit alongside our


$2.6 billion Manawa Energy purchase

that was completed in July 2025.


This was one of New Zealand’s largest

acquisitions, adding 25 hydro sites

to our portfolio. Integrating Manawa

has strengthened our ability to firm

renewable generation and support

customers through the electrification

of their homes and businesses.


It also adds valuable geographic

hydro diversity to our asset base.

This progress supports our

commitment to net zero emissions

f rom our generation operations by

2035. This financial year we reached

98 percent renewable generation, up

f rom 81 percent in 2021. During FY26,

we closed TCC, our last baseload gas

plant. This is expected to reduce

Contact’s Scope 1 and 2 CO

2

e

emissions by an average of 41 percent.


The retirement of TCC reflects the

increasing contribution of renewable

generation and was no longer

needed to support New Zealand’s

security of electricity supply. We also

secured medium-term gas contracts

and signed the heads of agreement

for a shared industry strategic fuel

reserve at Genesis’ Huntly’s power

station.

The energy landscape continues to

evolve as the economy electrifies,

input costs shift, and technology


and consumer behaviour change.

We test our strategy against this

context through our market and

climate scenarios and continue to

deliver on our climate commitments

for all New Zealanders.

Through Contact31+ continuing the

pace of our renewable build-out

positions us well to navigate the

challenges and opportunities ahead.

By taking decisive action, we work

hard to mitigate climate risks while

maximising the benefits of


New Zealand’s renewable energy

transition.

Ngā mihi nui,

Robert McDonald

Board Chair

Mike Fuge


Chief Executive Officer

Board Chair, Robert McDonald and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Fuge.

1 For those projects still under construction this includes project cost estimates approved at the final investment decision.

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
5

Governance

Board oversight of climate-

related risks and opportunities  

Our Board oversees Contact’s

governance, strategic direction, and

performance, including managing

climate risks and opportunities. Profiles

of our Board of Directors are available

on our website and in our 2026

Integrated Report (see page 59).  

Climate change considerations and related risks

and opportunities have remained central to Board

considerations, including developing and overseeing

our Contact strategy. In FY26, the Board has

considered several key areas:

+

Considering and adopting Contact’s updated

enterprise strategy Contact31+, including testing

how Contact responds to climate-related

risks and opportunities under various climate

scenarios.

+

Progress reporting on renewable energy projects

under development, including geothermal, solar,

wind and grid-scale batteries.

+

Reviewing emissions data to track progress

against our decarbonisation targets.

+

Assessing potential climate change impacts on

our operations through the risk management

f ramework.

+

Analysing financial Board reporting, which

incorporates consideration of the physical

impacts of climate change on our inf rastructure

and investment decision-making.

Two committees support the Board’s climate-

related work: the Audit and Risk Committee

(ARC), and the Health, Safety and Environment

Committee (HSEC). The Leadership Team supports

the Board by providing specialist input, feedback

and advice. Day-to-day management of climate-

related risks and opportunities is embedded with

individual business units (see governance structure

diagram on page 8). 

Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)

The ARC reviews climate-related risks and

opportunities, climate scenarios, results of scenario

analysis, and climate-related reporting. The ARC

Chair updated the Board four times in FY26 and

made recommendations to the Board on Contact’s

Risk Management Policy and Framework. During

FY26, the ARC reviewed Contact’s climate scenarios

and findings on climate risks and opportunities

including how they might impact Contact’s

strategy and performance over time.

Health, Safety and Environment

Committee (HSEC)

The HSEC oversees Contact’s environmental

policies, strategy and performance. It reviews and

recommends environmental targets to the Board

and assesses performance against those targets.

The HSEC reports to the full Board and receives

regular management reports. It met four times

in FY26 with sustainability initiatives a standing

item in the Environment paper presented to the

Committee at each meeting. At its FY26 meetings,

the Committee reviewed Contact’s performance

against emissions targets and discussed progress

on consenting for Contact’s new renewable

generation projects. It also reviewed updates on

climate risk and related disclosures. During FY26,

Contact reviewed its biodiversity targets and

developed an uplift plan, with progress reported

regularly to HSEC. In FY26, Contact undertook a

ref resh of environmental incident classification

with progress being reported to, and the ref reshed

3-tier classification being endorsed by, the

HSEC. The material topics, which describe the

environmental, social, and governance topics most

significant to Contact’s impacts, long-term value

creation, and stakeholders, were endorsed by the

Board of Directors in May 2026.

Strategic decision-making

In setting Contact’s strategy, the Board considers

a wide range of risks, opportunities and external

factors. In developing Contact31+, Directors

explicitly considered climate-related impacts

through environmental scans (which include latest

information on material nature and climate change

trends), as well as ARC and HSEC reports and

recommendations. As with Contact26, supporting

the shift to renewable energy and reducing

reliance on carbon-intensive assets are central to

the ambition of Contact31+; to lead New Zealand’s

renewable energy future.

The strategy becomes tangible through its

use within strategic decision-making and the

connection to Contact’s risk appetite, which

informs the management policies in place to

deliver on the strategy.

During FY26 the Board:

+

Adopted Contact31+, building on Contact26, with

a commitment to lead New Zealand’s renewable

energy future and clear strategic targets for 2031

(see page 11 for more information, including the

core pillars).

Climate change considerations also inform

recommendations for final investment decision

by the Board for all new renewable generation

projects. This is both explicitly in considerations

around site selection and design, as well as implicitly

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
6

through the use of climate-aligned market

scenarios (see page 16 for more detail on how

strategy informs strategic decision-making

through the use of market scenarios).


For example, in February 2026 the Board

approved Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2, reflecting

Contact’s commitment to lead on new flexibility.


The decision considered emissions to land, air,

and water, measures to minimise on-site impacts,

and opportunities to enhance biodiversity and

support cultural and social wellbeing.

Governance process and

frequency 

Contact’s climate-related work is integrated

into our existing governance structures and

our Enterprise Risk Management Framework.

The governance structure diagram on page 8

shows the responsibilities of the Contact Board,

committees, leadership team, and business units,

and the relationships between them.

Board skills and competencies 

Our director skills matrix is outlined on page 68

of our 2026 Integrated Report. It shows the areas

of director capability required to enable Contact’s

success and the expertise held by our current

directors.

The Board draws on expertise f rom within the

Contact business and f rom external specialists


to inform its planning and decision-making.

Industry engagement

Contact is an active member of business

associations that support emissions targets in

line with Paris Agreement goals, including the

commitment to net zero:

+

The Aotearoa Circle – a public-private

partnership aiming to restore natural capital


in New Zealand

+

Sustainable Business Council (SBC) – which

sets annual climate policy priorities and mobilises

New Zealand’s most ambitious businesses to

build a thriving and sustainable future for all

+

Climate Leaders Coalition – which aims to

build momentum towards a zero-carbon

future. Together with over one hundred other

businesses, Contact signed the SBC-backed

Climate Leaders Coalition Statement of Ambition

+

Electricity Retailers’ and Generators’

Association of New Zealand (ERGANZ) –

which supports New Zealand’s 2050 emissions

reduction targets, with a focus on how


New Zealand can achieve the emissions

reductions at the lowest possible cost without

leaving any households or businesses behind.

Monitoring progress  

Contact’s corporate scorecard outlines our

performance metrics and outcomes for each

financial year (see page 75 of our 2026 Integrated

Report). We also set targets for our strategic

initiatives relating to emissions generation and

emissions intensity f rom generation. These are

reported annually with the scorecard found on


page 16 of our 2026 Integrated Report.

The process for setting the strategic metrics begins

with the leadership team. It proposes metrics and

targets to the responsible Board Committee which

reviews and recommends these to the full Board.

The ARC is responsible for financial and non-

financial metrics. The HSEC is responsible for targets

relating to environmental performance including

climate-related issues.

At each of the four HSEC meetings in FY26, the

Board (via the HSEC), monitored scorecard progress

through regular reporting. This includes reporting

greenhouse gas (GHG) emission metrics at each of

the HSEC meetings.

Our CEO and Executive team have a climate-related

KPI within the long term incentive hurdles, focusing

on Scope 1 and 2 emissions targets (shown on


page 77 of our 2026 Integrated Report).

Management remuneration comprises fixed

remuneration (salary and other benefits) and

pay-for-performance remuneration. Pay-for-

performance includes Short-Term Incentives (cash

and equity awarded through deferred share rights)

and Long-Term Incentives (equity awarded through

performance share rights).

The Short-Term cash incentive comprises:

+

70% based on corporate shared KPIs, of which:  

• 50% relates to financial results 

• 20% relates to safety targets 

• 30% relates to strategy delivery and key

operational milestone targets 

+

30% based on individual KPIs. 

Management’s role in assessing

and considering climate-related

risks and opportunities 

Leadership Team 

Our Leadership Team (LT) ensures the business

identifies, assesses, and monitors climate-

related risks and opportunities, and implements

appropriate risk mitigations. Our Chief Financial

Officer and Chief Corporate Affairs Officer have

specific climate-related responsibilities as set out

in the governance structure diagram on page 8.

The LT considers the relationship between these

issues and Contact’s strategy and reports to the

ARC (on risk, strategy or finance) or the HSEC (on

sustainability, environmental policy and process).

Key issues are then reported to the full Board.

The LT also monitors and manages climate-related

risks and opportunities through its work on

Contact’s strategy. This is reviewed annually with

progress monitored monthly. Our Chief Executive

and LT members engage with the Board ten times

each year, and with the ARC and HSEC four times

each year.

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
7

Details of our LT members are included in our

Integrated Report on page 60, and profiles of


our LT members can be viewed on our website.

Operational teams

Our Contact teams manage climate-related risks

and opportunities every day. Specific areas of

responsibility fall into two key operational areas:

+

Risk, Strategy, and Finance teams report

to the Chief Financial Officer. The Risk team

implements risk management policy, oversees

climate-related risk processes, and reports

risks to the LT and the ARC. The Strategy team

undertakes scenario modelling and analysis


and develops the strategic planning process.

The Finance team collates and analyses

financial data.

+

Sustainability team reports to the Chief

Corporate Affairs Officer. This team has

responsibility for sustainability initiatives

and implementing environmental policy

and processes. Individual business units are

responsible for day-to-day climate-related

monitoring and reporting. 

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
8

Board

Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)

Leadership Team (LT)

Chief Financial Officer

Operational level

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

Health, Safety and Environment Committee (HSEC)

+

Establishing the purpose and overall strategic direction of Contact including the

strategy for managing climate risks and opportunities

+

Ensuring Contact has appropriate risk management policies in place and setting risk

appetite

+

Monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities, with assistance f rom the Audit and

Risk Committee

Reports to the Board

+

Supporting the Board on climate-related risks and opportunities, climate scenarios,

results of scenario analysis and climate-related reporting

+

Overseeing, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on Contact’s Risk

Management Policy and Framework

+

Monitoring progress on embedding climate-related risk processes into business practices

Reports to the Chief Executive

+

Responsible for ensuring Contact is identifying, assessing, and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and implementing appropriate risk mitigations

Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:

+

Risk Management Policy and Framework

+

Strategy and financial decision-making process

+

Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement

Risk team

Reports to the Chief Financial Officer.

Responsible for:

+

Implementation of Risk

Management Policy and oversight

of climate-related risk processes

+

Monitoring and reporting risks to

the Leadership Team and Audit

and Risk Committee

Strategy team

Reports to the Chief Financial

Officer. Responsible for:

+

Scenario modelling and

analysis

+

Strategic planning process

Finance team

Reports to the Chief Financial

Officer. Responsible for:

+

Collating and analysing

climate-related financial data

Sustainability team

Reports to the Chief Corporate

Affairs Officer. Responsible for:

+

Sustainability initiatives

+

Implementing environmental

policy and processes

Individual business units

Reports to the relevant LT

member. Responsible for:

+

Day-to-day monitoring,

management and reporting

on climate-related risks and

opportunities

Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:

+

Sustainability

+

Environmental Policy

+

Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement

Reports to the Board

+

Overseeing Contact’s environmental policies, strategy and performance,

including climate mitigations

+

Reviewing and recommending targets for environmental performance to the

Board and assessing performance against those targets

+

Ensuring the Board has the appropriate climate-related skills and

competencies

+

Setting financial and non-financial targets for management through the

corporate scorecard and strategic objectives

+

Approving climate-related disclosures

Governance structure

GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
9

Risk

Contact’s Organisational Risk

Management System 

Risk Management Framework 

Our enterprise risk management f ramework

aligns with the ISO 31000 risk management

guidelines. We use this f ramework to ensure we

have appropriate processes and systems to identify,

assess, treat, monitor, and report on material

risks across our entire value chain. This approach

is detailed on page 69 of our 2026 Integrated

Report. It supports the effective management

of our climate-related risks and opportunities in

alignment with the NZCS.

Risk Management and Identification

Our climate risk management f ramework, aligned

with the NZCS, enables us to identify and assess

climate-related risks and opportunities across the

organisation. It is reviewed annually.

This year, we updated our climate-related risks

and opportunities to reflect the acquisition of

Manawa Energy’s assets. Where necessary, we also

ref reshed the articulation and risk assessments

to ensure they remain current and effectively

managed.

We held our annual risk workshop with climate-

related risk owners and subject matter experts to

review material changes, identify any new risks

and opportunities, and assess climate-related risks

consistently across the combined business.

Risk assessment 

Assessing Transitional Risks

Transitional risks 

In FY26, we assessed transitional risks for


the combined Contact-Manawa business.

We considered how changes in areas such

as regulation and climate science could affect

our operations under aligned climate scenarios.

We then assessed these risks using Contact’s

enterprise risk matrix. These risk assessments


help risk owners prioritise and implement

risk treatment actions to reduce the risk to

an acceptable level.   

Assessing physical risks 

We reviewed physical climate risks for the

combined Contact-Manawa business by

considering how acute and chronic weather

events could affect our assets, operations, and

supply chains. We then rated these risks using

our enterprise risk matrix to support consistent

decision-making.



Time horizons 

We considered three time-horizons to inform our

view of when a climate-related risk or opportunity

would most likely manifest: 

+

short-term (next 5 years)

+

medium-term (>5 years to 2050) 

+

long-term (2050–2080) 

In FY26, the time horizons were reviewed to

confirm they remain consistent with current

climate science, emerging trends, and business

practice. Following this review, the short-term

horizon was updated f rom a fixed 2030 endpoint

to a rolling five-year period, with the medium-

term horizon commencing f rom the end of the

short-term horizon. The long-term horizon remains

unchanged.

Managing Climate-related Risks 

All risks are recorded in Contact’s central risk

management database, along with the controls

and treatment actions in accordance with our risk

management f ramework. Some climate-related

risks are standalone while others span multiple

parts of the business.


Roxburgh Power Station, Otago.

GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
10

Once a risk is entered into our risk database, the

risk owner takes responsibility for managing and

monitoring it. Treatment plans are put in place to

eliminate the risk, or to mitigate or transfer it to an

acceptable level.  

Frequency of review and assessment 

We assess Contact’s climate-related risks and

opportunities periodically in alignment with our

standard processes. In FY26, this included: 

+

Strategy setting process

Contact ref reshed its enterprise strategy, with

the introduction of Contact31+. Central to the

strategy-setting process was the development

of three market scenarios that describe the

different potential futures for New Zealand and

the energy sector. These were grounded in

assumptions around electrification of the wider

economy, economic price points of different

inputs (fuel, carbon, electricity), technology

development and cost, and consumer behaviour.

In this way, the strategic market scenarios

mirrored, and were mapped to, Contact’s climate

scenarios (Disorderly Decarbonisation, Hot

House, and Coordinated Decarbonisation).


(See page 16 for more detail).

+

Regular strategy updates

This involves commissioning regular

environmental scans of the different areas of

Contact’s value chain including emerging risks

and opportunities (including those linked to

climate change). New risks and opportunities are

incorporated into our enterprise climate-related

risk assessment and management process where

they meet materiality and likelihood thresholds.

+

Regular risk reviews

These have been extended across the business to

include climate-related risks and ensure existing

risks are actively managed in line with our risk

management f ramework.

+

Normal business processes

At an operational level, we actively reviewed and

managed climate risks through normal business

processes.

+

Reporting to the ARC

We reported climate-related risks to the ARC

as part of our standard governance reporting

process.   

Prioritising and integrating risks  

The output of our climate-related risk assessments

is integrated into Mau Taniwha, Contact’s business

planning and prioritisation process as required.

Actions for material climate-related risks that

require funding or shared resources are prioritised

by this process. Severe or highly-rated risks will

generally be prioritised for funding and allocation

of shared resources.

Kōwhai Park Solar Farm, Canterbury.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
11

Our value chain

We generate/dispatch

We sell & serve

We trade

We sell the electricity

we generate on the

wholesale market.

We purchase goods

and services f rom

a wide range of

suppliers. We also

trade a range of

financial products to

manage our risk and

create value.

We innovate

We create smart

solutions to help

customers, partners,

suppliers and

communities to

improve energy

efficiency and reduce

carbon emissions.

We develop

We build and invest

in new renewable

energy directly

and in partnership.

Facilitating new

development with

long-term PPAs and

sales.

As a retailer we

sell products and

services to thousands

of individuals and

businesses to

meet their energy,

broadband and

mobile needs.

Relationships

Workforce

Technology

Sustainable


Business Practice

GEOTHERMAL

HYDRO

THERMAL

(GAS/DIESEL)

MOBILE

GAS

BROADBAND

POWER PURCHASE

AGREEMENTS –

WIND, SOLAR AND

GEOTHERMAL*

LINES

COMPANIES

NATIONAL

GRID

BATTERY

SOLAR

UNDER

CONSTRUCTION

Strategy

Contact’s business

model and strategy

During FY26, Contact ref reshed its

enterprise strategy with the release

of Contact31+.

This ref resh builds on the

momentum and direction

established under Contact26 while

lifting our ambition f rom leading

New Zealand’s decarbonisation to

leading New Zealand’s renewable

energy future (see page 17 of our

2026 Integrated Report).

This shift in ambition does not signal

a move away f rom our climate

commitments. Contact remains

focused on achieving net zero

emissions f rom our generation

operations by 2035. Rather, it reflects

the progress made under Contact26

to decarbonise our operations and

portfolio (see page 13 for more

detail), and the role Contact can play

in supporting the electrification of


New Zealand’s economy.

As one of New Zealand’s largest

electricity generators and retailers,

Contact’s business model is to

supply the energy that will power

New Zealand’s future economy.

Continuing the pace of renewable

build-out through Contact31+

positions Contact to both lead


New Zealand’s renewable energy

future and support New Zealand’s

transition to a low-emissions

renewable economy.

RENEWABLE STORAGE AND

GENERATION DEVELOPMENT

UNDER CONSTRUCTION

*Expires December 2026.

We contract/partner

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
12

Dunedin

Kōwhai Park

Roxburgh

Clyde

Lake Hāwea

Wellington/Simply Energy

Levin

Auckland

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2


(under construction)

Glorit

(under construction)

Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1

Whirinaki

Simply Energy

Tauhara

Te Huka 1 & 2, Te Huka 3

Ohaaki

Te Mihi Stage 2


(under construction)

Te Mihi

Taupō

Wairākei

Poihipi

Stratford

Wheao/Flaxy

Mangahao

Arnold

Branch

Bream Bay

Cobb

Coleridge

Christchurch

Tauranga

Deep Stream

Esk

Highbank

Kaimai

Kaniere Forks/McKays Creek

Dillmans

Mangorei

Matahina

Motukawa

Paerau/Patearoa

Pātea

Wahapo

Waihopai

Waipori

Kuratau

Wairere

Piriaka

Mokauiti

Key

Thermal

power station site

Battery storage

Hydro

power station site

Geothermal

power station site

SolarStorage lake

Western Energy

Offices and

call centres

Hinemaiaia

Our diverse and resilient portfolio

Contact’s balanced portfolio of hydro, geothermal, thermal, solar and

battery storage assets provide the flexibility, resilience and reliability

needed to power today and enables our ambition to lead New Zealand’s

renewable energy future.

Battery storage site

1

26

Hydro sites

*

Geothermal sites6

2

Solar farm sites

**

3

Thermal sites

Site counts represent physical locations with generation

assets, flexible storage assets or assets under construction.

The map includes associated facilities, development

projects and supporting infrastructure. Multiple assets/

power stations within a single scheme or location are

counted as one site.

* Our acquisition of Manawa Energy in 2025 tripled our

generation stations, giving us a balanced portfolio of

geographically diverse hydro generation spanning the

North and South Islands.

** Contact’s solar developments are owned and operated

through a 50:50 joint venture with Lightsource bp.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
13

Generation 

In FY26, Contact completed the purchase of

Manawa Energy and successfully integrated

the business, assets, and people into Contact’s

operations. The addition of Manawa’s 25 sites,

located across New Zealand, has strengthened

Contact’s hydro generation capacity and improved

our resilience through greater seasonal and

geographic diversification.

The purchase of Manawa Energy also included

three long-term, generation-following electricity

supply agreements providing Contact with 0.6TWh

of wind generation (in average conditions), further

diversifying Contact’s generation and technology

stack.

During FY26, Contact also continued work on

decarbonising our generation portfolio with both

the closure of our last gas-fired baseload generation

plant, the Taranaki Combined Cycle plant (TCC), and

the completion of our first grid-scale battery.

As at 30 June 2026, Contact generates electricity

through six geothermal sites, 26 hydro sites and

three thermal peaking sites.

In FY26, we continued to invest in new renewable

energy through the active development of our

project pipeline. This includes additional consented

geothermal development options, several solar

development options nationwide through a joint

venture with Lightsource bp, and a pipeline of

wind farm opportunities. We currently have two

solar farms, a replacement geothermal project,


and a grid-scale battery project under construction

or in final commissioning.

Trading 

Contact is an active participant in the wholesale

electricity market, where we both sell all the

electricity we generate and buy all the electricity

we need for our customers. We also actively trade

in a range of financial risk management (hedging)

products both in futures and through bilateral

contracts.

With the completion of the Glenbrook Ohurua

Battery 1 project in FY26, Contact also buys and

resells electricity on an intra-day and weekly basis.

This works to shift electricity supply across time

periods, maximising the value of electricity to


the market and reducing the grid’s reliance on

thermal peaking.

Purchased electricity comes f rom a range of

generation sources including renewables, gas and

coal, reflecting the wholesale market mix. We also

use network and transmission services provided

by regulated entities, in line with New Zealand’s

energy market structure.

Retail 

We sell electricity, gas, broadband and mobile plans

to small-to-medium enterprises and households

across New Zealand. We also sell electricity directly

to large commercial and industrial customers.

Simply Energy  

Simply Energy, a Contact business unit and brand,

sells energy and flexible demand management

solutions to commercial and industrial customers.

Western Energy 

Our subsidiary, Western Energy, provides

specialised geothermal well services to customers

in New Zealand and internationally.

Transition is Contact’s strategy:

Contact26 marked a clear step forward in our strategic

direction, combining operational efficiency with a

strong focus on decarbonisation and the wider energy

transition. Over the five years f rom FY21 to FY26,

this strategy guided investment across four pillars:

1. Grow demand,

2. Grow renewable development,

3. Decarbonise our portfolio, and

4. Create outstanding customer experiences.

Through this period, Contact progressed a series

of major initiatives, including the closure of Te

Rapa (gas cogeneration) and TCC (baseload gas

plant), the development of Te Huka 3 and Tauhara

geothermal stations, investment in renewable

flexibility through Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1

and 2 and the acquisition of Manawa Energy, and

investments in new solar generation at Kōwhai

Park and Glorit, in partnership with Lightsource bp.

Together, these actions expanded our renewable

generation base, reduced reliance on baseload

gas, diversified our technology and geographic

footprint, and strengthened our ability to support

customers through electrification and flexibility

products. In doing so, Contact26 helped reduce our

exposure to climate-related risks while positioning

the business to capture opportunities arising f rom

New Zealand’s low-carbon transition.

Through Contact26, we sought to help build a

cleaner, more resilient Aotearoa New Zealand by

supporting the electrification of the economy.

Over this strategy period Contact reduced its

Scope 1 & 2 emissions by 69 percent, f rom 1,046

ktCO

2

e to 320 ktCO

2

e.

Building on this progress, Contact’s new strategy,

Contact31+, is to lead New Zealand’s renewable

energy future. Through this strategy Contact will

work to:

+ extend our advantage as New Zealand’s

geothermal leader, scaling on high-quality

existing fields, exploring new options and

continuing to improve our cost leadership

position;

+ lead on new flexibility in New Zealand,

accelerating batteries, building advantage in

hydro flex and maintaining gas flex, optimising

our portfolio in real time;

+ build into new demand with wind and solar,

delivering lowest-cost diversified wind and

rapidly deploying solar, anchored on long-term

industrial partnerships;

+ lead the energy transition at home, empowering

our customers to shift energy use, while making

every interaction easy and personal.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
14

Contact31+ positions us to support New Zealand’s

energy transition as the needs of households

and commercial and industrial customers evolve,

resulting in growth in demand for renewable

electricity and reduced reliance on fossil fuels.

How Contact’s strategy leads to tangible

emissions reduction and transition benefits:

As with Contact26, the four pillars of Contact31+

provide the strategic direction through which we

make decisions, invest and achieve our ambitions.

They define the areas where we see the greatest

opportunity to add value and support New Zealand’s

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.